index []specifications for road and bridge construction dated 2017 (or later version) (ssrbc-2017),...

INDEX

C-A

Cover Sheet ........................................................................................................................................ Cover

Pre-Bid Notice ......................................................................................................................................... A

Notice to Contractors .................................................................................................................................B

Index ..................................................................................................................................................... C-A

Submittals Requested with Bid .................................................................................................................D

Instructions to Bidders ......................................................................................................... ITB-1 to ITB-5

Specifications / Provisions

Special Provisions .................................................................................................................. SP-1 to SP-21

Requests for Information (Contractor RFI’s) ...................................................................... RFI-* to RFI-*

Supplemental Special Provisions ....................................................................................................... SSP-1

Technical Special Provisions ................................................................................. TSP-1-A to TSP-228-A

Standard Specifications ....................................................................................................................... SS-1

General Provisions ............................................................................................................. GP-1 to GP-120

Release / Permits / SBE Forms

Driveway Construction Release ............................................................................................ DE-1 to DE-2

Permits ........................................................................................................................... PER-1 to PER-182

SBE Bid Document Language ........................................................................................... SBE-1 to SBE-6

Proposal

Proposal ................................................................................................................................. P-1A to P-6A

Bid Forms / Requirements / Bid Bond

Palm Beach County Local Preference Ordinance ................................................................... LP-1 to LP-2

Living Wage Requirements ................................................................................................. LW-1 to LW-4

Scrutinized Companies ........................................................................................................................ SC-1

Bid Bond ................................................................................................................................ BB-1 to BB-2

Certificate of Resolution ...................................................................................................................... CC-1

Contract Forms / Requirements / Construction Bond

Contract ................................................................................................................................... C-1A to C-2

Public Construction Bond ................................................................................................. PCB-1 to PCB-4

SBE M/WBE Payment Certification Form ............................................................................. PC-1 to PC-2

Certificate of Insurance ......................................................................................................................... CI-1

Construction Coordination Forms ......................................................................... CONST-1 to CONST-6

TSP-1-A

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1. INTENT AND SCOPE-

The work detailed in these specifications consists of the installation and /or furnishing of traffic signal items, all according to the Florida Department of Transportation's (FDOT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction dated 2017 (or later version) (SSRBC-2017), the Design Standards (English Units) FY 2016-17 (or later version) (DS-FY 2016-17), FDOT Mast Arm Assembly Standards (Index Nos. 17743, and 17745), the attached Notes and Palm Beach County (PBC) Traffic Signal Installation Standards and Details-2015. http://pbcgov.com/engineering /traffic/pdf/signal typicals.pdf. Where conflicts exist, the Notes and PBC-Typicals shall take precedence over FDOT standard specifications.

Installations shall be as shown on plans as presented to the Contractor at the commencement of the project in such amounts, to such locations, at such times as may be designated by the Director of Traffic or his duly appointed representative (Engineer).

All items are to be bid on a unit price basis to establish the price for use on this specific project.

2. REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DIRECTOR OF TRAFFIC

The Director of Traffic Division will appoint one or more representatives (an Engineer) to inspect equipment used under this contract, observe personnel employed, and note the general performance of the Contractor. Any authorization to revoke, alter, enlarge, or relax the conditions of these specifications will be at the discretion of the Engineer. The Engineer will have the authority to reject defective equipment, and report on inept personnel, and to suspend any work that is being improperly done, subject to the final decision of the Director of Traffic Division.

3. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD & BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION

It is the intent of these Specifications that the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction dated 2017 (or later version) (DS-FY 2016-17) will be used as the basis for this contract except as amended herein. Such wording as, Department of Transportation and Personnel, is intended to be replaced with that wording which would provide proper terminology, thereby making such Standard Specifications and Special Provisions of Palm Beach County in conjunction with Palm Beach County's personnel.

Add the following to the end of Article "4-1 Intent of Contract" of the FDOT SSRBC-2017: Included under

"The work covered by this Contract consists of the installation and/or furnishing and/or removal of traffic signal items.

No areas will be closed to traffic unless or until approved by the Engineer. During the period or periods that areas are closed to traffic, adequate provisions to control and/or detour traffic will be provided by the Contractor. Traffic control shall be in accordance with FDOT Traffic Control

TS-I

TSP-2-A

through Work Zones - Index 600 of the Design Standards, FY 2016-17 for street and highway construction, maintenance, and utility operations, and shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

The job is to be completed in a workmanlike manner and all debris removed within the time of construction."

4. CONTRACT NOTES

1. All materials and equipment supplied and installed on any project shall be, where applicable, on the FDOT Approved Product List (APL) and meet the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, 2017. All materials and equipment shall be certified. Certificates shall be supplied with bid.

2. LED's used by the Contractor shall meet ITE and FDOT requirements.

3. Any changes to signalization plan during construction, the proposed change shall be submitted in writing to the Engineer for approval. No changes shall be implemented without the Engineer's approval.

4. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all present utilities that have been located by the various utility companies. He shall also maintain and protect the existing traffic signals and their related equipment from damage caused by subcontractors and employees under his Contract but only to the extent of the Contractor's normal work operation, and he shall not be responsible for routine maintenance, normal wear and tear, or an act of God, unless otherwise specified.

5. The Contractor shall be responsible for the adjustment and relocation of any and all traffic control signals and related equipment. A twenty-four (24) hour notice must be given to the Palm Beach County Traffic Division requesting the services of a signal technician to serve in an advisory capacity.

6. The Contractor shall bag all; newly installed signal heads with a heavy-duty opaque plastic covering until final inspection and acceptance by the Engineer, unless otherwise specified. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the new heads would create a hazard condition to motorists, the heads shall not be installed until one (1) hour before tum-on of the new equipment.

7. The Contractor shall provide barricades and warning and detour signs as required in Section 102-Maintenance of Traffic in FDOT SSRBC-2017.

8. The Contractor shall notify Florida Power and Light Company (FPL) forty-eight (48) hours in advance before setting traffic signal poles. The Contractor shall provide all coordination with FPL necessary to obtain the power for signals. The Contractor shall also provide coordination with all other utilities having an impact on the signal installation.

9. All existing traffic signal equipment removed by the Contractor shall be tagged to identify location. A representative of Traffic Operations warehouse shall be given twenty-four (24) hour notice before delivery to an approved location by the Engineer. Equipment not identified will not be accepted and equipment not returned will result in the withholding of

TS-2

TSP-3-A

payment to the contractor. Traffic Operation warehouse personnel will issue a receipt to the Contractor for returned equipment.

10. When the Engineer determines that the need for a traffic signal is critical to the public welfare, early "tum-on" of the signal shall be required before the completion of the project.

11. The Engineer may, at any time, authorize Palm Beach County personnel to enter the controller cabinet in order to restore any and all signal equipment to proper operation if a malfunction or non-functioning of such equipment poses a hazard or inconvenience to motorists or pedestrians. Such authorized entry may occur at any time within the period of the Contract and such authorized entry shall in no way relieve the Contactor or Manufacturer of his respective warranties.

12. All traffic signals will be inspected prior to final acceptance for maintenance by Palm Beach County Traffic Operations. See Palm Beach County Traffic Operations - Signal Inspection Process in Attachment A.

13. A Ninety (90) day bum-in period will be required for all electrical or electronic equipment furnished and installed as part of any traffic signal installation or system of traffic control devices. The bum-in shall consist of the field operations of the signalization system in a manner which is in full accordance with the signal operation requirements of the plans and specifications.

The bum-in period will commence after final inspection and a written conditional acceptance by the Engineer and will terminate 90 consecutive days thereafter, unless an equipment malfunction occurs. The written conditional acceptance of the signal will be granted to the contractor upon completion of final inspection of the signal. See PBC Traffic Signal Inspection Process in Attachment A. The bum-in period will be stopped for the length of time that the equipment is defective. When the equipment is repaired and is functioning properly, the bum-in period will resume from the point in time when it was stopped.

14. During the bum-in period, the Contractor shall restore operation of the installation within four ( 4) hours after notification of a malfunction. If the Contractor does not respond within four (4) hours, Palm Beach County shall have the option of making the necessary repair and billing the Contractor for the actual time and materials required.

15. When replacing sidewalks or curb and gutters, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to reinstall them to match existing color and surface texture.

16. Signal Timing: The Engineer will furnish timing. The Contractor shall notify the County Traffic Engineer seventy two (72) hours in advance of any requirement for timing.

17. The Contractor shall be required to install all span wire and/or mast arm mounted signing that is called for on any project. All non-powered signs, as required for the traffic signals by the design plans, shall be provided by Palm Beach County. Internally Illuminated Street Name Signs shall be provided by Palm Beach County when item is specified as Install-Only.

TS-3

TSP-4-A

All mounting hardware and labor for span wire signs shall be included in pay items 634-xxx. All mounting hardware and labor for mast arm signs shall be included in pay items 649-xxx. All mounting hardware and labor for concrete pole signs shall be included in pay item 641-2-AB-YY. All mounting hardware and labor for wood pole signs shall be included in pay item 643-XXX. All mounting hardware, labor and signs for pedestal signs shall be included in pay item 646-1-lX and item 646-1-12-A.

18. Where pedestrian pushbuttons are required, the Contractor shall be required to install one or two special signs per button, as provided by Palm Beach County. All mounting hardware and labor for span wire signs shall be included in pay items 634-xxx. All mounting hardware and labor for mast arm signs shall be included in pay items 649-xxx. All mounting hardware and labor for pedestal signs shall be included in pay items 646-1-lX and item 646-1-12-A. All mounting hardware and labor for concrete pole signs shall be included in pay item 641-2-AB-YY. All mounting hardware and labor for wood pole signs shall be included in pay item 643-XXX.

19. Signal Activation Scheduling: Scheduling of signal activation is the responsibility of the Engineer. Activation will be scheduled a minimum of seven (7) days after notification that the signal has been placed in flashing mode and inspections by County forces have been completed. The Contractor shall be present and shall conduct the turn-on to full operation in the presence of the Engineer. No activations shall be scheduled on Fridays or weekends unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.

21. Lightning protection shall be attached to incoming power service, all signal outputs, all poles and pedestals.

22. All loop work to be completed in accordance to pay item 660-2-xxx. No loop work shall be permitted during the hours of 6:45 AM to 8:45 AM, and during the hours of 3:45 PM to 6:30 PM. Nor shall loop work be permitted on days prior to major holidays.

23. Ground rods to be supplied and attached to all signal poles, control cabinets and equipment footings and basis according to PBC standard specifications, and Typical Ground Rod Array Detail. The work and materials for grounding are incidental to items being grounded. Bid Item 620-1-1 "Grounding Electrode" is provided for the case when additional grounding Electrodes may be required.

24. Cable ties must be PANDUIT (BT2LH-TL0) Black Weather Resistant Nylon with stainless steel self-locking barb, or equivalent approved by the Engineer.

25. All threaded parts/assemblies must be treated with anti-seizing compound.

26. Fiber Optic Specifications are listed in Attachment A; SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONS.

27. All conduit (Bid Items 630-2-lx-y) shall include a 14AWG insulated stranded (THHN) tracer wire and one (1) pull line. Multiple bundle conduit runs (i.e. 2-2") shall require only one (1) tracer per bundle runs and one ( 1) pull line per conduit in the bundle.

TS-4

TSP-5-A

28. All 5-section or 4-section signal heads included in Bid-Items 650-1-25 and 650-1-24 consist of aluminum housing for the top red-indication and poly-housing for the bottom 4 or 3 indications (yellows and greens).

29. All pull boxes and covers shall be heavy duty traffic bearing (minimum Tier15, 22K bearing). Covers to be embossed with the word "PBC TRAFFIC SIGNAL" or "PBC ITS".

30. The Contractor shall have access to low profile auger truck (s) (LPAT) when requested by the Engineer. The operating height of the LPAT varies from 20 feet to 24 feet depending on the need. Upon receipt of the request, the contractor shall make arrangements to reserve the LPAT for the project at no additional cost to Palm Beach County.

31. Shop drawings for all materials to be used under this contract shall be submitted to PBC Traffic Division for approval prior to purchase. Shop drawings shall include, but not limited to, conduits, cables, pull boxes, luminaires and photo cells, signal heads, pedestrian heads, pedestrian detectors, video detection system, illuminated street name signs, concrete poles, mast arms, mast arm color sample chip and finishing process, solar unit, school zone flasher and controller cabinet assembly.

32. Contractor Shall be able to secure the use of and provide a Telescoping Lift for mast arm installation at no additional cost to Palm Beach County.

33. The abbreviations and acronyms used in this contract are as follows: LF Linear Feet SF Square Feet SY Square Yards CY Cubic Yards AS Assembly PI Per Installation EA Each HR PerHour MH ManHour ED EachDay WK PerWeek

LS Lump Sum (Complete) F &I Furnish & Install F Furnish-Only I Install-Only R Remove

TS-5

TSP-6-A

6. SPECIAL BID ITEM NOTES:

1. Bid Item 102-1-A consists of Maintenance of Traffic for signalization modifications as necessitated by roadway construction. This pay item is for labor and equipment required to construct or modify traffic signals in order to accommodate changing highway geometrics resulting from on-going construction, and in Accordance with FDOT DS-FY 2016-17 Indices 615, 616, 617, 618, 619, 620, 621, 622, and 628. It is estimated that 8 MOT hours will be necessary for span wire signals installations and 16 MOT hours for mast arm signals installation. Additional MOT hours may be provided at the discretion of the Engineer.

2. Bid Items 630-2-11-x consists of (F&I) PVC (SCH. 40) underground in-trench conduit of 2" diameter when x = 2; 4" diameter when x= 4. This item includes trenching, installing conduit, covering trench, and bringing ground to original condition.

3. Bid Items 630-2-12-x-y consists of (F&I) HDPE (SDR 11) directional bore underpavement conduit of 2" diameter when x = 2; 4" diameter when x = 4; and 4" with (3) 1-¼" HDPE inner-duct when x =4i. The y represents the number of conduits per directional bore.

4. Bid Item 632-7-1-x consists of Furnish and Install signal cable, in linear feet where 'x' represents the number of conductors. This item is measured in linear feet.

5. Bid Item 632-7-1-x is pedestrian signal cable per intersection where 'x' represents the number of conductors. The item includes 4 conductor when x = 4 and 7 conductor when x = 7. This item is measures in linear feet as requested for signal modifications as a partial signal construction.

6. Bid Item 639-2-x shall include an electrical power service. The size of the feeder conductors shall be such that the voltage drop will not exceed 2½ % of supply voltage at the final distribution point. The service wire shall be XHHW. No service conductors shall be smaller than #6 AWG. Triplex (3-conuctor wire) when x = 1 and Duplex (2-conducor wire) when x =2. Payment for the item shall be per linear foot of the run of 3-wires when x = 1 and the run of2-wires when x=2.

7. Bid Item 646-1-lx Furnish & Install Aluminum pedestal complete furnish and install consists of 4" in diameter pole, pole base, foundation, rebar, conduit anchor bolts, grounding rod, and transformer base unless (unless otherwise specified without).

8. Bid Item 649-31-xxx Furnish & Install mast arm which includes pole, arm, concrete foundations, anchor bolts, ground rods, and related appurtenances required for a complete installation in accordance with FDOT Mast Arm Assembly Standards. The Contractor shall provide soils analysis and foundation design. The mast arm assemblies shall be powder-coated per specification listed in Attachment A, unless otherwise noted to be galvanized. Mast Arms painted using a process equivalent to powder coating may be considered if approval by County Engineer. When Mast Arm is specified to be equipped with luminaire, this item includes Mast Arm, luminaire bracket, cobra head luminaire (wattage as indicated on plans), wiring, control and all incidental hardware necessary for

TS-6

TSP-7-A

proper installation. The Contractor shall have access to low profile auger truck(s) when specified by Engineer, at no additional cost to County.

9. Bid Item 650-1-lx and 650-1-2x Furnish & Install or Install-Only Traffic Signal head. Specifications for this item shall be same as item 650-1-AB in FDOT basis of estimate (BOE). This item includes signal hanger, vertical & horizontal brackets, required to attach signal heads to mast arm structures, and all necessary appurtenances required for complete and accepted installation. Pipe and plate of bracket are aluminum and hanging cable and hardware are stainless steel. Pipe length shall be adequate to hold a 4-section head per Palm Beach County Standards. When installing signal heads to spanwire signals, this item includes disconnect hanger and all related hardware as described in item 650-2-103, Traffic signal head includes signal housing, LED lenses, reflective backplates, visors, and all other material necessary for complete and accepted installation. This items shall adhere to the PBC Signal Installation Standards and Details-2015 and the following specifications:

There shall be provided by the manufacturer of traffic signal heads, a method of positive locking. The method used shall prevent any misalignment due to high winds or objects which may come in contact with the signal head. Signal heads shall be cast aluminum with stainless steel door hinges, locking nuts, and washers. All signal indications (Red, Yellow, Green, and Pedestrian) shall be LED and FDOT and ITE approved as per attached specifications, unless otherwise specified. When all signal heads are assembled, no section shall be inverted. The signal head bodies shall be flat black, with flat black faces and tunnel visors. All signal head bodies at a given intersection shall be the same color.

10. Bid Item 653-19x Furnish & Install shall be a Hand/Count/Person display comprised of LEDs, and shall comply with ITE and FDOT specifications, for count-down pedestrian signals PBC Signal Installation Standards and Details-2015, and special specifications shown in Attachment A. This will be one-way when x = 1, and two-way when x = 2.

11. Bid Item 670-5-llx Furnish & Install Naztec Controller Cabinet Assembly, PBC Normal 68" TS-2, Type-5, 32 channel when x = A, and PBC Special 68" TS-2, Type-6, 64 channel when x = B. See Attachment A for detailed specifications Traffic Controller Assembly and See PBC Signal Installation Standards and Details-2015 for installation details. Written authorization must be obtained from the Engineer if a substitute controller assembly is proposed. In addition, the contractor shall demonstrate the ability of his equipment to perform to specifications listed in Attachment A.

12. Bid Item 700-5-2x Furnish & Install Internally Illuminated Street Name Signs and all necessary hardware (such as brackets and wiring) for a complete installation. The Contractor shall provide the sign face material to the Palm Beach County Sign Shop, which will apply the lettering prior to the Contractor's installation of the sign assembly, each sign to be equipped with individual photocell and receptacle. The signs shall adhere to the specifications in Attachment A.

TS-7

TSP-8-A

For Bid item 700-5-4x, where the bid item is noted as Install-Only, Palm Beach County will provide the signs and brackets, and the Contractor will provide the labor to install the signs and necessary wiring for a complete installation.

13. Bid Item 715-5-xx Luminaire and Bracket arm. This item consists of Furnish and Install 200 or 250 watt high pressure sodium Cobra Head Luminaire (Medium semi-cutoff) with lamp (22,000 or 27500 lumens (G.E. MDRA20S1H22RMS32J or MDRA25S 1H22RMS32J). The bracket arm is to be equivalent to Hapco 67524, slip fitting electrical aluminum. The Contractor shall provide the necessary service wire, circuit breaker and/or box, photo-electric control (PEC), weather heads, lightning arrester, and conduit risers with associated hardware. This item includes one luminaire and bracket arm each.

7. WARRANTY AND MATERIAL CERTIFICATIONS Mast Arm combinations shall be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of five years from the date of final inspection and acceptance by the County. Copies of manufacturer's warranties shall be submitted upon invoicing of all products, including material certifications. Exception will be made at the discretion of the Engineer.

f: \traffic\signals\contract_ documents\2015contract\specs2015 _ 22april. doc

TS-8

TSP-9-A

'• ';·,

() Blue Diamond Industries, LLC

630-2-XXX

Your communication partner.

Blue Diamond Industries, LLC Is an agile manufacturing and services company committed lo helping our customers with innovative solutions. We offer quality construction products and Installation for outside plant construction and broadband communication networks. Operations include the manufacture of Blue Diamond HOPE innerduct, toneable duct and aerial duct. We also have a variety of HOPE accessories and underground vaults. Blue Diamond Is also a representative of Moore Commercial Coatings for high quality communication enclosures.

Underground Construction Products.

High Density Polyethylene (HOPE) innerduct and conduit products provide security and protection to fiber optic and coaxial networks, the communication lifelines. Underground vault structures allow access for inspection, identification, expansion and maintenance of these communication highways.

Our tremendous growth in plastics and underground products is supported by the most progressive, versatile and technologically advanced production equipment aval/able. Our "Blue Diamond• innerduct

protects many of the largest fiber optic networks in the United States.

Corporate Headquarters: Blue Diamond Industries. LLC • 8•1 Corporate Drive. Suite 201 • Le>dngfon. KY 40503 859-224-0415 • 859-224-0543 faJc

www.bdiky.com

TSP-10-A

630-2-XXX Product types.

C Smooth wall innerduct. ~ St:5RI\ Smooth wall is the standard High Density Polyethylene (HOPE) Duel. The interior of smooth wall has a glass-like finish which delivers the lowest coefficient of frlcUon of all available non-lubricated innerducts. Smooth wall innerduct is a durable high quality product for direct burial applications.

Ribbed wall innerduct.

Ribbed wall innerducl is designed to allow extremely long cable pulls to gllde through the Interior raised ribs. All ribbed wall innerduct is internally ribbed and avallable In any SOR and SIDR rating.

Tracer wire innerduct. Tracer wire lnnerduct provides a method of locating underground fiber optic cable. The tracer wire Is a single copper wire co-extruded Into the innerduct providing a corrosion resistant conductor. An alternative method of locating buried fiber optic cable Is to use traceable tape, available preinstalled in any of our duct products.

An;IAL Blue Diamond figure 8 innerduct features a high tensile galvanized support ,strand for aerial placement of duct. The support strand Is an integral componenTotthe coextruded duct. ·

-Colors & Identification·,

l·~~·;:-;r.·...,,.-

.

.,,;f.~ ...... ~, ., ·~

...

Standard colors White, black, blue, green, red, orange, Ulac, grey, yellow, brown, butr, terra cotta. available in: •Special colors are avallable.

Striping: Striping combinations are available In all colors in combinations of single, dou-ble, triple and quad stripes.

• lnnerduct size, SOR and ~equential footage markings every 2' are, laser

Identification: imprinted on every order.

• Custom imprints such as company name, project name or any other special identification markings are also available.

• Lubrication. Options: • Up lo four lengths/colors of innerduct per reel available fayed in parallel or

series. • Pre-installed pull tape, tracer tape.

2

TSP-11-A

630-2-XXX

Blue Diamond lnnerduct is RUS/USDA listed. Blue Diamond is a member of PPI (Plastics Pipe Institute)

Applicable material standards and dimensional specifications. ASTM F:2160 • Solid Wall High Density PE Conduit based on Controlled 0.0. ASTM D3350 - Polyethylene Plastic Pipe Fittings Method ASTM 03035 - Polyethylene (PE) Plasllc Pipe Based on Controlled 0.0. ASTM 01248 • Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Molding and Extrusion Material ASTM 02239 - Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SIDR-PR) Based on Controlled Inside Diameter ASTM 02447 - Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80, Based on 0.0. ASTM 03485 • Smooth Wall Coilable (PE) Conduit (Duct) for Preassembled Wire and Cable NEMA Standards Publication TC-7 BELLCORE Generic Requirements for Optical Cable lnnerduct and Accessories, 1995 AWWAC901 '

Specifications.

1.0 Introduction: The following specification details the requirements for HOPE innerduct as manfuactured by Blue Diamond for the purpose of security, protection and identification of fiber optic or coa-xial cable networks.

2.0 lnnerduct Construction: 2.1 All innerduct shall be circular and of uniform cross section to the dimensions in accordance with ASTM D3035 and F2160

2.2 lnnerduct shall be a continuous length of _ __,-,.-_ ( smooth walled, ribbed inside) with a low friction internal surface containing no welds or joints, coiled on a reel.

2.2.1 lnnerduct shall be supplied a)empty b)containing a pulling medium such as mule tape c) pre-intsta/led with a cable specified by ___ _

3

TSP-12-A

630-2-XXX

3.0 Materials: 3. 1 The innerduct shall be extruded from virgin High Density Polyethylene (HOPE) resin, in accordance lo the requirements of ASTM 03350 with cell classification 345440C. 3.2 Density, melt flow, tensile strength at yield,. and environmental stress crack shall conform to the values listed in ASTM 03350, except as noted below. 3.3 Adequate stabilization shall be added during !he manufacturing process to protect the polyethylene against thermal and UV degradation throughout the projected lifespan of the finished product.

4.0 Dimensions: 4.1 The innerduct shall be SOR ___,SIOR __ , Schedule 40 or Schedule 80, and conform lo the dimensions as outlined In Table~ or ASTM D3035.

5.0 Identification and Marketing: 5.1 lnnerduct shall be permanently marked with a __ (1) laser ink imprinter, or (2) heal embossed white lettering, which shall be marked in a position 90 degrees to any stripes specified. 5.2 The base colors of the pipe shall be ___ _ 5.3 ( 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4) 5mm stripes, colored ____ shall be extruded onto the pipe at 90 degrees to the printing and 180 degrees from each other. 5.4 Marking shall Include lhe owners name ____ , ASTM and SOR designation, diameter and size. Additionally, a sequential length mark of ____ shall show length of the innerduct. 5.5 lnnerduct shall be marked so that date of manufacture, shift and Jot of resin can be identified and referenced lo certifications and quality cont~ol test results.

6.0 Quality Assurance: 6.1 Manufacturer shall provide certification of lhe properties as specified above. 6.2 In addition to continuous In process Inspection and control, batch samples will be checked for finish, print quality, dimensions and ovallty. 6 .3 The above tests are in addition to the resin requirmenls as outlined in ASTM 03350. 6.4 All reels will be marked and labeled with customer purchase order, project name, or other information for tracking and receiving.

TSP-13-A

ASTM Standards and Dimensions. 630-2-XXX

Polyethylene SOR 13. 5: Meets material and dimensional requirements of ASTM F2160. Minimum Safe

Nominal Outside Wall Inside Unsupported Wori<ing Weight Per Duct Size Diameter Thickne11 Diameter Bend Radius Pull Strength 1000 Ft.

1,2· .840" ! .004" .062"+.020· . 696" 10' 400 Iba . 72 Iba.

3/4" 1.050" ! .004" .078"+.020" . 874" 12· 650 lbs . 1101bs.

1· 1.315" !.005" .097"+.020" 1.101" 14• 1,050 lbs. 188 lbs.

1 1/4' 1.660" ! .005" .123"-+:,020" 1.394" 18" 1,650 Iba. 264 Iba,

1 112· 1,900" ! .006" .141"+.020" 1.599" 20· 2,150 Iba, 343 Iba.

2" 2.375" r .ooe· .176"+.021" 2.002" 26" 3,400 lbs. 531 lbs.

2 1/2" 2.875" ! .007" .213"+.026" 2.424' 38" 5,000 Iba, 778 Iba.

3' 3.500" ! .008" .259"+.031" 2.950" 48" 7,400 Iba. 1,153 lbs.

4" 4.500" ! .009" .333"+.040" 3.793" 60" 12,200 lbs. 1,904 lbs.

6" 6.625" ! .011" .491"+.059" 4.959" 67" 28,500 Iba. 4,130 Iba.

Polyethylene(§DR 11)Meets material and dimensional requirements of ASTM F2160. Minimum Safe

Nominal Outside Well Inside Unsupported Working Weight Per Duel Size Diameter Thickness Diameter Bend Radius Pull Strength 1000 Ft.

112· .8-40" ! .004" .076"+,020" .667" 10" 500 lbs. 85 Iba.

3/4" 1.050" '!' .00'4" ,095"+,020" .839" 12· 800 Iba. 130 lbs.

1" 1.315" ! .005" .120"+,020" 1.056" 1-4" 1,250 Iba. 200 Iba .

1 1/4" 1.660" ! .005" . 151"+.020" 1,338" 18" 2,000 lbs. 314 Iba.

1 1/2' 1.900" ! .006" .173"+.021" 1.53-4" 20· 2,600 lbs. 409 Iba,

-13· ~ I-> 2· 2.375" ! .ooo· .216"+.026" 1.917" 26" 4,100 lbs. 639 Iba.

2 1/2~ 2.875" ! .007" .261"+.031" 2.321" 38" 6,000 Iba. 936 lbs.

3• 3.500" !.008" .318"+.038" 2.825" 4B" 8,900 Iba, 1,387 lbs .

2=-J.f --;:;t 4• 4.500' ! .009" . 409'+,049" 3.633" 60" 14,700 lbs. 2,293 Iba.

17-~ V 6' 6.625' ! .011· .602"+.072" 4.724" 67' 31,900 Iba. 4,971 lbs,

, -/J-!/ Polyethylene Schedule 40. Meets NEMA TC 7. Minimum Safe

Nominal Outside Wall lmiide Unsupported Working Weight Per Duel Size o,ameler Thickness Diameter Bend Radius Pull Slrength 1000 Ft.

1 ,2· .840" ! .004' .119" !.010" .602" 10· 700 Iba. 112 lbs .

3,4• 1 oso· ! 00,4• . 123" :!'.010" .804' 12· 900 lbs. 148 lbs.

I" 1.315" :!' 005" .143"!.010" 1.029" 14" 1,375 lbs. 218 lbs.

1 1t4' 1.660" :!' 005" .150" :!' 010· 1.360" 1 a· 1,875 lbs. 295 lbs.

1 1,2' 1.900' :!' .006" 155" :!'.010' 1.590" 20· 2,225 lbs. 352 lbs.

2· 2.375" ! .006" .164' !.010" 2.047" 26" 3,000 lbs. 472 lbs.

2 1,2· 2.875" ! .007" .215" t.012· 2.445" 38" 4,775 lbs. 744 lbs .

3• 3.500" ! .008' . 229" ! .013" 3.042" 48' 6,250 lbs. 974 Iba.

a· 6,625' ! .011· .297' :!' .017• 6.031' 67" 15,283 lbs. 2,368 lbs, 5

'lnMrdUcl llled SCA 7, ,. 9.3, 1!.5, 17, 21 - NEl,!A SCHeo IIIO r,1Volbl4r,

TSP-14-A

630-2-XXX

Polyethylene SIDR 9: Meets material and dimensional requirements of ASTM D2239. Standard

Nominal ASTM Inside Minimum ASTM Outs,de Weight Per Duct Size Diameler Wall Tolerance Diameter 1000 Ft.

3/4" SIDR 9 0.824 0.092 0.020 1.027 122 Iba.

1• SIDR 9 1.049 0 117 0 020 1.302 193 Iba,

1 114" SIDR 9 1.380 0.153 0.020 1.707 328 Iba.

1 112" SIDR 9 1.610 0.179 0.021 1.989 444 lbs.

2" SIDR 9 2.067 0.230 0.028 2.554 732 Iba,

Polyethylene SIDR 11.5: Meets material and dimensional requirements of ASTM D2239. · Standard

Nominal ASTM Inside Minimum ASTM Outside VVelghl Per Duct Size Dlame1111r VV.11 Tolerance Dl•melar 1000°Ft.

3/4" SIDR 11.5 0.824 0.072 0.020 0.987 96 It>.. 1" SIDR 11.5 1.049 0.091 0.020 1.251 151 lbs.

1 1/4" SIDR 11.5 1.380 0.120 0.020 1.640 255 Iba.

1 1/2" SIDR 11.5 1.610 0.140 0.020 1.910 343 lb•. 2• SIOR 11.S 2.067 0.180 0.022 2.4-48 559 lb• .

2 112" SIDR 11.5 2.•69 0.215 0.026 2.924 798 Iba.

3' SIDA 11.5 3.068 0.267 0.032 3.634 1,232 ~-

4' SIDR 11.5 <1.026 0.350 0.042 4.768 2. 122 lbs.

Polyethylene SIDR 15: Meets material and dimensional requirements of ASTM D2239. Standard

Nominal ASTM Inside Minimum ASTM Oulaide Weight Per Duct Siza Diameter Wall Tolerance Diameter 1000 Ft.

3/4' SIDR 15 0.824 0.062 0.020 0.988 84 Iba ..

1' SIOR 15 1.049 0.070 0.020 1.209 117 lbs. '

1 1/4' SIOR 15 1.380 0.092 0.020 1.58-t 197 Iba.

1 1/2" SIDR 15 1.610 0.107 0.020 1.8•5 264 lb•.

2" SfDR 15 2.067 0.138 0.020 2.363 426 Iba.

2 1/2' SIDR 15 2.469 0.165 0.020 2.818 600 lbs.

J" SIDR 15 3.068 0.205 0.025 3.502 926 lbs.

4• SIDR 15 4.026 0.268 0 032 4 595 1.595 lbs.

• nf"t.lfc;)..f(I 'lfld SiOA 5 3, ; ar'<I t g, ••o •v•1tbfe'

6

TSP-15-A

630-2-XXX

Reel Capacities.

Pipe Sin , .. 1,1n • flange II tr,,..., .. 11 drum

112-72x42ll30 72x45Jl24

17,000 20,000 I RHI• pu Truckload I 72x411d4 Mic45x:u I 72"

3/4" 10,000 15,000 114"

72x45x30 841145x30 llh3h30 Hx45x30 I H" 1"

7,000 10,000 11,000 14,000 102"

72x41Sx30 114x4b30 9hlb30 lltlx4b30 I 114" 11/4"

4,1100 11,4(10 7,1100 11,1100. 120"

' 72X45xJI I ll,b4h31. 9b3bll llllx4111131 '102x421130 114x42x30

11/Z"

2"

2 Ml"

3"

4"

II"

3,000 4,1100 5,000 8,000

' 72Jt4b42. Ux4h42 9tlx3b42 I 9h42x42 I 1,500 2,500 3,000 3,!100

9holboll 102x411x4t 120x421154 i I 2,000 2,500 3,500 I

114x45d.t 9b42d0 9b4hU ; 120x42d0 ! 1,000 1,000 1,200 I 2,000

9tlx45x72 102114llx72

5150 SOR SOO SIOR 750 SOR 700 SIOR

102x45x711 114i45x71 120x411x71

400 eoo 1so

; 120x45il-4

400

7,200 11,000

9tlx411x42 ! 102x45x42

3,750 4,1100

114x4h72

1000 SOR 900SIOR

I 11 I 14

I 12 I 11

I I I I

114ll4b42 I 1,000

120xol5x72

1100 SIDA! 1250 SOR

7

TSP-16-A

,,. ,

. ~lnnerduc-t.com ''f1'ie innerclucf Speck:J!15tsl"

We Have all of your Innerduct Needs IN STOCKI!

Our High Density Polyethylene (HOPE) Innerduct is made of 100% Virgin Resin. The Innerduct can be manufactured In almost any color and has outstanding UV protection·. Orange, Black, Red, Blue and Green are the most common conduit colors. We can provide multiple duct and colors on one reel to maximize space In a trench. All of our Innerduct is sequencally marked every foot and can be purchased with or without pull tape. The Innderduct has a silicore lining on the Inside to prevent cable drag friction. SDR wall thicknesses are contingent on the type of projects projected.· Schedule 40, SOR 15.5, SOR 13.5, SOR 11 and SOR 9 are all standard wall thickness.

Corrugated and Plenum Rated HDPE

Duct Is also one of our specialties. Our Plenum meets UL(910) standards for the national electrical code, article 770, and statisfies UL-2024 standards for low smoke and flame propagation. The Plenum and corrugated are offered in 1" and 1 1/4" with pre-installed pull tape for easy cable installation.

Multiple colors per reel and slitDuct are also availiable. Please see the ?pecifications for more information.

MicroDuct - micro, we have the solution

Our newest product "MicroDuct". We have the solution to maximize your occupied duct systems and increase your duct capacity. Call us for MicroDuct sizes available and our wide variety of MlcroDuct accessories and installation equipment.

We are the complete source for Innderduct accessories, MicroDuct accessories, fusion, pulling, and blowing ... We are ready to take your order! Check out our ~ccessories page for information about the products listed above ..

TARA

ii~~ MULEGUN

/

~: ~

MICROOUCT

;mr .··. ,.·~•--.. ,. -{~ h•~

·.·.1;·

PULLING EYE

;~-~. -~ ... , .•.• ~ ..

TSP-17-A

. . ~ I Accenorla • Speqa I Cont.ct V•

Copyright© 2001 Innerduct.com, All Rights Reserved. 409 Seventh Avenue SE , Cedar Rapids • Iowa 52401 • (319} 364-4106

designed and maintained <OJNFOH~ATICS by

630-2-XXX

TSP-18-A

/NN£.ROUQT Test Results

Properties

Smoke peak optical

Test Method Value

UL-2024 0.02

Smoke average optical density UL-2024 0.01

1.5'

554

Max. flame spread dlstance(ft.) UL-2024

Max flame temperature UL-2024

Cor_rugated HOPE

630-2-XXX

Premier Corrugated HOPE Is manufactured from High Density Polyethylene (HOPE) and is intended to be placed Inside of existing lnnerduct. It's Ideal for pulls under 1000 ft. and is designed to reduce surface contact when pulling cable. This lightweight product offers maximum flexibility, and allows for Installation in small or restricted areas. Corrugated duct is available In 1" and 1 1/4". The standard color Is orange and is offered in a variety of other colors. Sequential marked footage is standard. Cust options, such as multiple colors per reel and Slit Duct are also available.

Accessories

• Universal Aluminum Couplers (screw-on type: sezes 1" thru 2") • Expansion Type Duct Plugs (can be used with pull tape)

Corrugated HOPE Reels

Nominal Nominal Reel Size Color Part No. I.D. O.D. Pull Tape Reel Size Length(ft.)

1" Orange PEC-100T-1000 1.049" 1.365" 9001b 48-30-24 1000

1" Orange PEC-lOOT-1800 1.049" 1.365" 9001b 48-30-24 1800

1" Orang~ PEC-100T-2500 1.049" 1.365" 9001b 66-41-24 2500

1" Orange PEC-100T-5000 1.049" 1.365" 9001b 72-41-24 5000

1" Orange PEC-100T-6500 1.049" 1.365" 900 lb 72-45-24 6500

1" Orange PEC-lOOT-8000 1.049" 1.365" 9001b 82-41-24 8000

1 1/4" Orange PEC-125T-1000 1.250" 1.550" 9001b 48-30-24 1000

1 1/4" Orange PEC-125T-2500 1.250'' 1.550" 900 lb 66-41-24 2500

1 1/4" Orange PEC-125T-4000 1.250" 1.550" 900 lb 72-41-24 4000

1 1/4" Orange PEC-125T-5000 1.250" 1.550" 900 lb 72-41-24 5000

1 1/4" Orange PEC-125T-6000 1.250" 1.550" 9001b 82-41-24 6000

L 1/4" Orange PEC-125T-6500 1.250" 1.550" 900 lb 82-41-24 6500

TSP-19-A

•

Corrugated HOPE Coils

Nominal Nominal Coil Size Color Part No. I.D. O.D. Pull Tape Length(ft.)

1" Orange PEC-l00T-250 1.049" 1.365" 900 lb 250

1" Orange PEC-l00T-500 1.049" 1.365" 900 lb 500

1 1/4" Orange PEC-125T-250 1.250" 1.550" 900 lb 250

1 1/4" Orange PEC-125T-500 1.250" 1.550" 900 lb 500

Home I Acces•orl- • Speas I Contact u,

Copyright© 2001 Innerduct.com, All Rights Reserved. 409 Seventh Avenue SE • Cedar Rapids , Iowa 52401 • (319) 364-4106

designed and maintained «::>lNF OHMAT'ICS by

630-2-XXX

TSP-20-A

® Lima £1111'1

Riser-Gard is a nonmetallic flexible raceway for use in Riser and General Purpose applications. Riser-Gard is UL Listed and is available with tape pre-installed. Riser-Gard complies with the UL 2024 Standard for Riser Applications for optical fiber/ communications raceways.

630-2-XXX

Riser-Gard is listed to the National Electrical Code per Articles 770 and 800 for Riser and General Purpose optical fiber/telecommunication applications. Riser-Gard is suitable for use in vertical runs in a shaft or between floors, a's well as areas other than the plenum (cables installed must be of suitable rating for the application.)

• Storage ·4°F - 158°F • Handling ·4°F - 104°F

w 1000 35 9 3/411

Orange DE4X1-1000 .83 1.05 Empty 6" 36" x 24" ·····--·--·---.. ~··· --·-···· ·---·-·- :..---------.... ---··-- ··--·-··-·----

Orange DE4X1·1000S .83 1.05 Empty 6" 36" x 24" ••--••--- "----•••----•• ••n••••-•ou••- •-•--•••-••••

W 1000 35 9

Orange DF4X1C·SOOR l.03 1.315 900 lb. 6" 48" x 32" W 500 70 14

W 1000 35 14 -----1-----+----I---•-··· ----·· Orange DF4X1C·1000 1.03 1.315

·----~--------• ••-•-•-•n ---- 900 lb. 6" 48" X 32" ... Orange W 1500 90 14 DF4X1;1500 1.03 1.315 Empty 6" 48" x 32"

DF4X1C·1500 1.03 1.315 900 lb. 6" 48" X 32" Orange W 1500 90 14

1 II DF4X1C•2700 1.03 1.315 Orange W 2700 105 14 -··-····· -··----· -··--'--•--l----+--•-+--•-----+---1----·-+----1-----1

W 5200 385 14 Orange DF4X1C-5200 1.03 1,315

900 lb. 6" 48" x48"

900 lb. 6" 65" x 46"

Orange OF4X1C-7000 1.03 1.315 900 lb. 6" 72" X 44" S 7000 98 14

Orange Df4X1C·9400 1.03 1.315 900 lb. 6" 84" x 44• -•••---...... •--•-•-••• •---•---•-~•n •• .. •o•--••••+------••• •••-•••••--••f'--•••"4 ... 00o-•••

S 9400 134 14

Orange DF4Xl-1500S 1.03 1.315 Empty 6" 48" X 30" w 1500 90 14

Orange DG4X1·900 1.38 1.66 900 lb. 7" 48" x 30" w 900 90 17

Orange OG4X1C-900 1.38 •-•-••--•••-• •••-•••••---•--•••••· '"-'•-U•.-

1.66 900 lb. 7" 48" x 30" w -... --. ...... ----··· --· I--••--·-----·-L...-... ,---···

900 ·---...1-.-··-- "··--··

90 17

DG4X1·900S 1.38 1.66 Empty 7" 48" x 30" W 900 90 17

1¼" Orange

Orang!! DG4X1C·500R 1.38 1.66 900 lb. 7" 48" x 32" W 500 70 17

Orange DG4X1C·1600 1.38 1.66 9001b. 7" 48"x48" W 1600 105 17 ···········"-··············· ........... ············· ·········--· ··-········ ..... ·-·····--··· ··-··-···· ····-····-···.. ·-·.-•·····-··· -·············· 1

Orange OG4X1C·3200 1.38 1.66 900 lb. 7" 65" x 48" W 3200 385 17 I

, Orange DG4X1C·4500 1.38 1.66 900 lb. 7" 72" x 44" 5 4500 98 17 I

1 11i ., ~ .. :;:::: ·- ·-·~r~;;t~~;-···· -;·:~; .... ··r~·-· ~~> -:~;-; · : : : : : ·· ~~-· ·-~{~·· ····~i~-··· -·--}}··-·! I Orange DH4X1 ·750S 1.57 1.90 Empty 8 11,• 48" x 30" W 750 90 22 /

I Orange DJ4X1C-700 I 2.02 2.375 900 lb. 91/z" 48~ x 48" W 700 105 26 ! 2 II I Orange .. ····01.i'xlc:2iioo-····· ... i.02· -2:n;· ... 9001b~·· ····;;ti;~·······%:·~·«-··· ··-··s··... 2800 . ,_ ;·46·-··· -····i·6--····1

! Orange DJ4Xl ·500S 2.02 2.375 Empty 9 1/z" 48• x 30" W 500 90 26 /

W=Wood 5 = Steel

www.carlon.com · · ................................... .

TSP-21-A

ENDOT INDUSTRIES DUCT AND INNERDUCT ................................................................................................................. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Endocor CORRUGATED DUCT AND INNERDUCT

DMfgned •JMCfflcally for flbtr optic cabl"

FEATURES: • Sizes from 1/2" through 2" • Flexible & Lightweight for 111se of h•ndling • Av•ilablt In solid oolors or stripts • Av11ilabl1 with multiple lengths/colors ptr rHI • Speoi•I high ttnsile strength versions available • Available pre-threaded with pull line • Available as Split Cuot for covering c11bl1s fn place

EN DOC OR'S corrugated design provides high tensile strength with low weigh! per root for ease of hand Ung and significantly longer put ups that can be obtained with smoolhwall or ribbed innerduct. ENOOCOR provides lhe lowest cable pulling friction of any lnnerduct design because of reduced surface area and no reel memory elim/naling spiraling of the innerduct in the conduit. . ENOOCOR SPLIT DUCT Is produced from Low Density Polyethylene for ease of use and superior flexibility.

PART NO. NOMINAL SIZE O,D, ICE 500 ICE 760 ICE 1050 ICE 1250 ICE 1500 ICE 2000

1/2" 3/4" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"

...... ..

'• .· ...

0.850" ;"~:· .... :: 1.116" .,-::·-, ·,:·, 1.400" ::,,·"• :, 1.600" ... : ·-: 1.900" . ·: .. 2.350" . · .. ·

l,D.

····· .. 0.652" 0.870" 1.050" 1.250" 1.600" 1.900" · .,

ENDOCOR PART NUMBER SYSTEM• One Selection from Each Column C,..ates I compl•I• Product Part Number EXAMPLE - Regular Corrugated 3/4", on a 48" Reel, 3/16" PP rope, Orange = JCS 07$ 12 :l1 Oi

PRODUCT I CE= corrugated

I CS= Split Duct

SIU (IDJ 060 = 1/2" 075 = 3/4" 100 = 1" 125=11/4" 150 = 11/2" 200 = 2"

REEL DIAMETER 21 = 34" wood 22 = 48" wood 23 = 78" wood 24 = 84" wood 37 = 60" stttl 31 = 78" steel 32 = 84" steel 33 = 96"x44" stetl 34 = 96"x56" stHI 35 = 114" X 44" steel

PULL LINE 01 = empty 11 = 1250# kevhir/polyester 12 = 1800# kevl.ar/poly1sttr 13 = 1000# polyester 14 = 1250# polyester 16 = 1 BOO# polytsltr 17 = 900# kevlar 21 = 3/16" PP rope 22 = 1/4" PP rope. 31 = C.11bl1 In Conduit

For product quantity per reel refer to Endot's reel capacity charts.

ENDOT INDUSTRIES, INC. www.endot.com • e-mail: [email protected]

COLOR 01 = black 02 = orange 03 = grHn 04 = rad 06 = blue 07 = whit, 08 = gr;ay 09 = custom

0 CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS • 60 Green Pond Road, Rockaway, NJ 07866 • 800-4,43-6368 • FAX 973-625-4087 MID-WEST OPERATIONS • 739 County Road 1, South Point, OH 45680 • B00-345-3990 • FAX 740-377-9844 TENNESSEE OPERATIONS • 400 Bohannon Avenue, Greeneville, TN 37745 • 800-438-5851 • FAX 423-639-3722

8/02 !.5M

TSP-22-A

..

0 '•. '•

ENDOT !NOUS.TRIES 1..S00-44-ENDOT(443-6368) PIPE AND TUBING. DUCT AND INNEROUCT

lnnerduct

About Us

Products

Quote Request

Contact Us

Support

Market

HOME

SITE SEARCH

-Endocor -Endoguard -Cablt Chase -SUt Duct -Enduct 1.0 Controlled -Enduct O.D Controlled -Enduct-ASTM 02447 -Bore Duct

630-2-XXX

CORRUGATEDDUCTANOINNERDUCT

Designed spe<:lflcally for fiber optic cables

FEATURES:

Part

~o. 500

750

1050

1250

1500

2000

• Flexible

• Corrosion-resistant

• Corrugated for lowest possible coefficient of friction

• Lightweight yet highly crush resistant

• No Memory for ease of handling In all weather

• Available in ·solid colors or stripes

• Standard and custom reel lengths

• Available with multiple lengths and colors on one reel

• Sizes from 1/2" through 2" ·

• Special high tensile versions available

• Available pre-threaded with a variety of pull tapes (optional)

ENDOCOR'S corrugated design provides high tensile strength with low weight per foot for ease of handling and significantly longer pulls than can be obtained with smoothwall or ribbed innerduct.

ENDOCOR provides the lowest cable pulling friction of ANY innerduct design because of reduced surface area and no reel memory which eliminates spiraling In the conduit. ·

ENDOCOR 1050 and 1250 can be coupled with the easy to use, low cost EN DOC LIP for a fast joint that is stronger than the innerduct itself.

------------------------------ Nominal ------------------------------

SIZE .QJL LD. 1/2" (13mm) 0.850" (22mm) 0.652" (I 7mm) 3/4" (19mm) 1.116" (28mm) 0.870" (22mm)

I" (25mm) 1.400 (35mm) 1.050" (27mm)

l l/4" (32mm) l.600 (41 mm) 1.250" (32mm)

11/2" (38mm) 1.900" (48mm) 1.500" (36mm)

2" (5 Imm) 2.350" (60mm) 1.900" (48mm)

TSP-23-A

/cARLON

Features: ® Ul1Q !llll7

Flex-Plus Blue ENT is a nonmetallic flexible raceway for use in walls, floors. and non-plenum ceilings. It's light· wei~t hand bendable, and free from sharp edges, which reduces installation time and saves money.

• For use in buildings in accordance with Artide 362 of the 2002 NEC

• l/2 M through 2 M sizes • Available in three colors:

Red, Yellow, and Blue Flex·Plus Blue ENT is UL Listed and CSA certified and is recognized by Artide 362 of the 2002 NEC. It is also recognized by ICC, BOCA. SBCCI, and ICBO for having a one and two hour fire rated wall assembly and up to a three hour rated floor/ceiling assembly.

• Outside Diameters meet IPS Dimensions • Storage ·4°F - 158°F • Handling ·4°F - 104°F

630-2-XXX

Standard Stock- Reeli Mill, ~- Rttf-

No~. M ll•MJ Sitll R~I ~ R•ij Wt. c"™ P~'iti - .. ---· J.t), ··-....... o.o. -·---!~~. Ra&·· ,__,_ __ !!!,WL__ .,_Jm__ . :..... t.e.'!S!L {U>t}. . - ---··· ~--•U•••-•••••-••

Blue 12005AK-001 .56 .B4 Empty 6" 36" X 24" w 1500

,--,~ ½" Yellow 1205AKY-001 .56 .84 Empty 6" 36" X 24" w 1500

Red 12D5AKR-001 .56 .84 Empty 6" 36" x 24" w 1500 . ·-· ...

Blue 12007M·001 .76 1.05 Empty 6" 36"x24" w 1000

3/4" Yellow 1207 AAY·001 .76 1.05 Empty, 6" 36"x24" w 1000

Red 1207AAR-001 .76 1.05 Empty 6" 36" X 24" w 1000 -··-·-··--·- ..... ··-··· ........ ,---·· ·----·-

Blue 12008-750 1.00 1.315 Empty 6" 36" x 24" w 750

1 II Yellow 12008Y-750 1.00 1.315 Empty 6" 36" x 24" w 750

Red 12008R-750 1.00 1.315 Empty 6" 36" X 24" w 750 ·······-········· • ,,,,.u • o-•--•-••• 1-----···--·····- ---·-·-··------•···-·--·- ----···-· .......... , __ ._ __ , ... o••---•-•H• ··-·--·-··-··

l·l'L.1¼" 1½"

Blue

Blue

12009-750

12010-750

1.402 1.66

1.554 1.90

Empty r 48"x32" w 750

Empty 81/•'' 48. x32· w 750

2" Blue 12011-500 2.030 2.375 Empty 9112· 48" X 32" w 500 ······-----·

......... ,_, _____ .... _. _____ t-••----1---------- ·-----...

J Red 1201 lR-500 2.030 2.375 Empty 91/l" 48" x 32" w 500

W=Wood

Standard Stock - Coifs

I Mil. M· Wt ptr i Nom. Nom, Pull 9t'!d ltt,tfft 1Qi0 ft. [ ........ color .... _ ..... ___ .. _ __Part Na._. ____ ··--· I.D. __ ... _._ .. O.l>, __ .. ........ 19•.--.. __ Radhtt. _ ··- pq _ .... _ JL!aj_

½" / Blue 12005-200 .56 .84 Empty 6 • 200 1 O

Yellow 12005Y-200 .56 .84 Empty 6" 200 10

i Red 12005R-200 .56 .84 Empty 6" 200 10 :•••• .. ••••••••••--•••••••• •-••--•-----••••• ..... o .. • .. •••••-•-- ---•••-••-•••• --.. ----- • -u•o ••--•••--• •L-.-•-•-••- --•--•-

Blue 1 12007-100 j .76 I.OS Empty 6 • 100 14

¼ II Yellow ! 12007¥-100 : .76 i 1.05 Empty 6" 100 14 i

, Red ' 12007R-100 i .76 J 1.05 Empty 6" 100 14 .................. -........ j ··-·----·-··- ··-·-·-·-·· I--••---------· -·-·---·· --.-·----·-· ... ----··--· ; Blue 12008-100 1.00 1.315 Empty 6" 100 22

1 II ' Yellow 12008Y·100 1.00 1.315 Empty 6" 100 22 i

I Red 12008R-100 1.00 1315 Empty 6. 100 22 1. .... --··---· --·--••'--• ·-------

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40 --···----··-·--·

90

90

90 ----···-···

90

wt . . ~, llhsJ

10

10

10

14

1-4

14 -

20

20

20

19

39

32 ---··-···

32

.................................. www.carlon.com ................ . 7

TSP-24-A

TEEL' CON·oo1t' PRODUCTS BASIC lHFORMATfOK • PRODUCERS •, QI.A • NEWS/INFORMATION ~ RESOURCES ~ CODE CORNER·:

Dimensional Data Listed. below

630-2-XXX BRIDGE MOUNT

l rRlDGE MOUNT'

JACJ<,r BORE

OR BRIO GE MDLJJJTJNG AAJD J"AC!.K AND BDRE. LJNN..R ~X R • alvanized Rigid Conduit (GRC) - Weights and Dimensions

Trade Nominal Nominal Nominal Quantity Size Wt Outside Wall In Master Bundles

:isignator Per 100 Ft. Diameter Thickness Primary Approx. (30.5M) Bundle Quantiti, Wt. Volume

S. Metric lb. kg in. mm in. mm ft. m ft. m lb. kg cu cu ft m

2 16 82 37. 2 0.840 21. 3 0.10-4 2.60 100 30.5 2500 762. 52050 929.7 20.8 0.59 4 21 109 49.~ 1.050 26.7 0.10 7 2.7( 50 15.2 2000 610.C 2180 988. 7 24.3 0.69

27 161 73.C 1.315 33.4 0.126 3.20 50 15.2 1250 381.3 2013 912. 21.7 0.61

35 218 98.S 1.660 42.2 0.133 3.4( - - 900 274.5 1962 889.8 23.3 0.66 J

41 263 119.2 1.90( 48.3 0.138 3.50 - - 800 244.0 2104 954 . .:i 27.E 0.79 I

53 350 158.7 2.375 60.3 0.146 3.7( - - 600 183.C 2100 952.-' 33.8 0,96

63 559 253.5 2.875 73.0 0.193 4.90 - - 370 112.9 2068 937.S 29.2 0.83

78 727 329.7 3.500 88.9 0.205 5.20 - - 300 91.5 2181 989.1 31.3 0.89

91 880 399.1 4.00( 101.6 0.215 5.50 - - 250 76.3 2200 997.7 34.7 0.98

103 1030 467.1 4.500 114.3 0.225 5.70 - - 200 61.0 2060 934.2 33.7 0.95 129 1400 634.9 5.563 141.3 0.245 6.20 - - 150 45.8 2100 952 . .1 41.2 1.17 155 1840 834.5 6.625 168.3 0.266 6.80 - - 100 30.5 1840 834.5 38.9 1.10

rical ;\,fetallic Tubing (E;'VJT) - Weights and Dimensions

1de Nominal Nominal ze Nominal nator Wt.

Outside Wall Quantity Diameter Thickness rn

Master Bundles

Por • nn C'.,

TSP-25-A

(30.SM) Bundle Quantity Wt. Volume I J.S. Metric lb. kg in. In. mm ft. m ft. mm lb. kg cu cu

mm . ft m 1/2 16 30 13.E 0.706 17.9 0.04~ 1.07 100 30.5 7000 l2135.C 2100 952.~ 128.7 D.81

3/4 21 46 20.9 0.922 23.~ D.045 1.25 100 30.5 5000 1s2s.a 2300 1043.1 35.E 1.01 1 27 67 30."1 1.163 29.5 0.057 1.45 100 30.~ 300C 915.C 2010 911.E 33.7 0.95 1- 35 101 45.8 1.51C 38.4 0.065 1.65 50 15.2 l2000 610.0 2020 916.1 35.C D.9S 1/4 1- 41 116 52.E 1.74( 44.2 0.065 1.65 50 15.2 1500 457.5 1740 789.1 34.2 0.97 1/2 2 53 148 67.1 2.197 55.8 D.065 1.65 - - 1200 366.( 1776 805.4 l46.7 1.32 2- 63 1216 98.C 2.875 73.C 0.072 1.83 610 186.1 1318 597.7 41.5 1.18 /2 - -3 78 263 119.3 3.50C 88.9 0.072 1.8~ - - 510 155.E 1341 608.2 ~8.9 1.38 3- 91 349 158.3 4.00( 101.6 0.083 2.11 370 112.9 1291 585.5 48.6 1.38 - -/2 4 103 393 178.2 4.SOC 114.3 o.oa:: 2.11 - - 300 91.5 1179 534.7 ~8.3 1.37

~~ RIS&'..RS DN PDLE..S. termediate Metal Conduit (IMC) - Weights and Dimensions

Trade Nominal Nominal Minimum Quantity Size Wt Outside Wall In Master Bundles

?signator Per 100 Ft. Diameter Thickness Primary Approx. (30.5M) Bundle Quantit, Wt Volume

S. Metric lb. kg in. mm in. mm ft. m ft. mm lb. kg cu cu ft m

2 16 62 28.1 0.815 20.7 0.070 1.80 100 30.5 3500 1067.5 2170 984. 126.7 0.76 4 21 84 38.1 1.029 26.1 0.075 1.90 50 15.2 !2500 762.5 2100 952."1 30. 70.87

27 119 54.0 1.29C 32.8 0.085 2.20 50 15.2 1700 518.5 2023 917.5 30.7 0.87 ..

35 158 71.7 1.63E 41.6 0.085 2.20 1350 411.8 2133 967.~ 36.~ 1.03 - -i

41 194 88.C 1.882 47.8 0.09( 2.30 - - 1100 335.5 2134 967,8 38.~ 1.08 )

53 256 116.1 2.360 59.9 0.09t 2.4C - - 800 244.0 2048 928,t 45.8 1.30

63 441 200.0 2.857 72.6 0.140 3.SC - - 370 112.9 1632 740.1 29.2 0.83

78 543 246.3 3.476 88.3 0.140 3.50 - - 300 91.5 1629 738.8 31.3 0.89

91 629 285.3 3.971 100.S 0.14( 3.50 - - 240 73.2 1510 684.8 34.7 0.98

103 700 317.5 4.466 113.4 0.14C 3.50 - - 240 73.2 1680 761.9 42.8 1.21 . - . ·- - . . -- - . --, - .

630-2-XXX

TSP-26-A

J. The Steel Tube Institute Guidelines/or Installing Steel Conduit/ Tubing General Product Information addresses this question. Click here to link to the section containing a downloadable pdf file.

Back to Questions

2. Raceway Articles were renumbered in the 2002 NEC®. The following list shows the Article numbers that apply to IMC, RMC, and EMT, followed by the former Article number in parentheses.

IMC NEC® Article 342 (345) RMC NEC® Article 344 (346) EMT NEC® Article 358 (348)

Back to Questions

J. The f oJJowing standards cover steel tubing (EMT)/conduit (RMC & IMC). The American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) does not publish a standard whose scope specifically covers steel electrical conduit and couplings. Therefore, ASTM specifications do not apply to metal conduit for use as a metal raceway for the installation of wires and cables in accordance with the National Electrical Code®.

Electrical 1\tletallic Tubing (EMT) is Listed to Standard for Electrical Metallic Tubing - Steel, UL 797 and produced to American National Standards Institute - ANSI C80.3

. . Rigid Metal Conduit - Steel (RMC) is Listed to Standard for Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit - Steel, UL 6 and produced to American National Standards Institute - ANSI CB0.1

Intermediate ;\,fetal Conduit - Steel (li\-fC) is Listed to Standard or Electrical Intennediate Metal Conduit - Steel, UL 1242 and 1roduced to American National Standards Institute - ANSI C80.6.

ldditionaJ infonnation on the titles and designations of standards r requirements that have been used for the investigation of roducts in a specific category can be found in the Underwriters aboratories Inc.®, General fnformalionfor Electrical 7uipment Directory. The UL product category for EMT is fMX, for RMC is DYIX, and for IMC is DYBY.

1e Federal government. in an effort tn rerlnr.P. r.n~t'1 h!:!C!

630-2-XXX

TSP-27-A

TEEL.CONDUIT>PRODUCT$:~ BASIC INf-ORMATION • PRODUCERS • Q&A • NEWWINfORMATION • RESOURCES ! CODE CORNER:.

-~ Types of Steel Conduit (Product Definitions)

Steel Conduit and Tubing

Steel conduit has been in use as a "raceway system" for electrical conductors since the early 1900s. The wall thickness and strength of steel make Rigid Steel Conduit, Intermediate Metal Conduit and Electrical Metallic Tubing the wiring methods recognized as providing the most mechanical protection to the enclosed wire conductors. Additionally, a properly installed metal conduit system is recognized by the National Electrical Code® (NEC®) as an equipment grounding conductor. There are three basic types of steel conduit in use today:

Rigid Metal Conduit - RMC (ferrous metal) Rigid metal conduit (RMC) is a listed threaded metal raceway of circular cross section with a coupling which can be either a standard straight tapped conduit coupling or the integral type. Threads on the uncoupled end are covered by industry color-coded thread . protectors which protect the threads, keep them clean and sharp, and aid in trade size recognition. Rigid metal conduit is available in trade sizes 1/2 through 6. Thread protectors for trade sizes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 are co/or-coded blue, trade sizes 1/2, 1 1/2, 2 1/2, 3 1/2 are black, and trade sizes 3/4 and 1-1/4 are red. The no,minal finished length of RMC with coupling is 1 o feet.

Rigid meta/ conduit can have a primary coating of zinc, a combination of zinc and organic coatings,- or a nonmetallic coating (such as PVC). Supplementary coatings can be applied to all three where additional corrosion protection is needed.

630-2-XXX

TSP-28-A

(NOTE: Contact suppliers with product-specific questions).

Rigid metal conduit is the heaviest-weight and thickest-wall steel conduit. Where galvanized by the hot-dip process, it has a coating of zinc on both the inside and outside. Electrogalvanized rigid has a coating of zinc on the exterior only, with approved corrosion resistant organic coatings on the interior. Rigid with alternate corrosion protection generally ha·s organic coatings on both the exterior and the interior surfaces. Galvanized rigid metal conduit (RMC) is non-combustible and can be used indoors, outdoors, underground, concealed or exposed. Rigid metal conduit with coatings that are not zinc based may have temperature limitations which will be noted on the manufacturer's product label and may not be listed for use in environmental air spaces; consult manufacturers' listings and markings.

Go to top

Intermediate Metal Conduit - IMC (ferrous metal) This product was developed in the· 1970s. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC) is a listed threaded steel raceway of circular cross section with a coupling which can be either a standard straight-tapped conduit coupling or the integral type. Threads on the uncoupled end are covered by industry color coded thread protectors which protect the threads, keep them clean and sharp, and aid in trade size recognition. IMC is available in trade sizes 1/2 through 4. Thread protectors for trade sizes 1, 2, 3, 4, are color-coded orange; trade sizes 1/2, 1 1/2, 2 1/2, 3 1/2 are yellow; and trade sizes 3/4 and 1 1 /4 are green. The nominal finished length of IMC with coupling is 1 o feet.

IMC has a reduced wall thickness, when compared to RMC, and weighs about one-third less than RMC. The outside has a zinc based coating and the inside has an approved organic corrosion-resistant coating. IMC is inh~r~h::inn0!:lhlo u,i+h ...... 1 .. --l--...l _,_, •

630-2-XXX

TSP-29-A

conduit. Both have threads with a 3/4-inch per foot taper; use the same couplings and fittings;. have the same support requirements; and are permitted in the same locations.

Electrical Metallic Tubing - EMT (ferrous metal) Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMn, also commonly called thin-wall, is a listed steel raceway of circular cross section which is unthreaded, and nominally 1 O feet long. The outside corrosion protection is zinc based and the inside has an approved corrosion resistant organic coating. EMT with integral couplings is available in trade sizes 2 1/2 - 4. EMT is installed by use of set-screw or compressiontype couplings and connectors. EMT is permitted to have an integral coupling which is comprised of an expanded, "belled" shape of tube on one end with set screws.

Go to top

PVC-Coated Steel Conduit (PVC) There are three types of PVC-coated conduit; couplings are supplied separately.

1. Primary PVC coating over bare steel which is a listed rigid conduit for environmentally suitable locations.

2. A PVC coating over listed galvanized steel conduit. This is a supplementary coating intended for added protection in severely corrosive locations.

3. A primary PVC coating over a supplementary coating of zinc. This is also intended for severely corrosive locations.

These PVC-coated raceways are generally installed as a system, which means the fittings, conduit bodies, straps, hangers, boxes, etc., are also coated. There are, however, installations where only a coated elbow is used in a galvanized conduit run, such as where emerging from the soil or concrete.

(NOTE: Manufacturers' instrnctions are very important when install inf!. PVC coated nrnd11rtf: nnrl

630-2-XXX

TSP-30-A

The membership of the Steel Tube Institute's Steel Conduit Section represents the leading producers of Steel Conduit tubing, who have banded together to promote the use of Steel Conduit. They are listed below. AH members who have a website are linked. The names of those companies who have websites are printed in blue. To visit their home page, simply click on their name.

, ....................................................................................... _ ....... , ..........................................

Allied Iubc & Conduit C'Qrp.

(;Jaffled l 6100 S. Lathrop Avenue

rV6e. ~ <a:,NO, .. hr Harvey, IL 60426 •. ff/!C'(1 •" :; ,:,·.;.:-...,•.-:-... •.• • ~::, ... ,:(_,.,.-;,.,>:. Telephone: (708)

339-1610 Fax: (708) 339~9827

•••••• " .._,,,,,., • ,,..._._,,.,.,._.,...,.,,, .. ,.~._.,.,,..,.,.._..._...,, .. -•-.••---• ,,,.-., . .,._,.., ... -.,..,..,, ........... .-. ,.._._..,,,,._,,._...,.,,.~.,.,. .. ,,.._._., . ..,.__...,._._v .. .,..,..

fh:~ma Industries 330 East Ninth Street

n:::zr:, "'' Waynesboro, PA

17268 Telephone: (800)

742-6621 Fax: (717) 762-0948

.-,,,.,., .. \"••••••H•••VH•, .. ,.,.,,•""''"'._.,.,,,,.h••••v, .. ,,,,\\ .. , .... ,.,\\,,u,,,.,,,,.,u.,..,,,,,,,..,,,u,-..,,u,.,,1,,\,•\,\\\0\lu\

Bt1rnblh: C'2oduit Mantkk Iube ~

16401 Swingley

V Repuhllcconduit"' Ridge Rd. Suite 700

Dun,1nd TlJi:! fJl,uwl " ,'tta~:rkx Tuhn Ct:lff)(lf~lk',t, Chesterfield, MO 63017

Telephone: (800) 325-1777

Fax: (636) 733-1677 ,,_.,,,,,,,,,,.,.,,,,,,,,.,,,.,,,,,,,,.,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,.,,.,,,,.,,,.u,-.,,,,,,,,,.,,,,,,,,0•••••••••••••••00\0,. .. ,,.,.,, .. ,,, .. , .. ,,,0

Wc~ttrn Tube &

@ C211duit Ca.

P.O. Box 2720 Long Beach, CA

WUTtRN TUli & CONDUIT CO.llPCRA1l0tl 90801-2720 Telephone: (310)

630-2-XXX

TSP-31-A

I 537-6300 Fax: (J 10) 604-9785

.......... _,,,,....., .. ___ """"" ..................................... ....._ ........ ~

Wheatland Tube C2mpan;y:

... ~ . P.O. Box 600

··t*Wh ti d Collingswood, NJ ·:•_r · ea an rva, COMPANY 08108 ·.. ~Oll'-~n_,,.,

Telephone: (856) 854-5400

Fax: (856) 858-5578 -~~- . ' ~ . . . ..

630-2-XXX

TSP-32-A

630-2-XXX

STRAND-GOARD·· AERIAL FIGURE-8 CONDUIT

August 2001 - Rev. 3.0

Features: • Flexible corrugated Inner wall • 6.6M or 10M strand strengths • Multiple sizes, continuous long lengths • Easy payoff

Uses standard Industry hardware Optional pre-Installed pull tape

Benefits: Fast, straight, one-pass Installation Designed for air-assisted fiber placement. Lower Installed cable and maintenance cost Provides added layout of protection for your fiber Investment

MINIMIZE YOUR AERIAL INSTALLATION COSTS -IDEAL FOR AIR-ASSISTED CABLE PLACEMENT ARNCO's Strand-Guar<:JC Is ideal for difficult access areas, such as water or interstate crossings, or heavy tree areas .

• There Is no need lo put up a strand making lnslallatlon a one-pass operation. Easy straight payoff allows for direct placement.

• Standard hardware and ARNCO's Split-lock™ coupler are all that is needed lo construct the aerial plant.

• No expansion sleeves needed, as the corrugated Inner liner absorbs mechanical strain.

• The Strand-Guard system is airtight, and the corrugated Inner liner reduces cable surface contact, resulting In a lower coefficient of friction for pulling or air-assisted cable placement.

DESIGNED TO RESIST THE ELEMENTS Strand-Guard was designed to stay up In the loughesl conditions.

• A unique inner corrugated wall combined with a high-strength web dissipates the expansion contraction forces.

• A specially formulated flexible sunlight resistant outer Jackel provides the protection and rigidity necessary lo protect your fiber and allow air-assisted cable placement.

• Several high strength steel flooded strand options are available providing long-term adhesion and water resistance in heavy storm loads.

• Corrugated design absorbs internal ice expansion.

FLEXCALC ™ PROGRAM Ask your ARNC03 sales representative about our FlexCalc software for use in calculating sag tension requirements. The program is simple to use as it walks Iha user through a menu of choices culminating In a table of sag and tension information for Iha specific selections the user has requested. Please contact an ARNC~ sales representaUve or an authorized ARNC09 distributor for more details.

TSP-33-A

630-2-XXX

STRAND-GU-AR-o· AERIAL FIGURE-8 CONDUIT

Augusl 2001 - Rev. 3.0

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS & ORDERING INFORMATION Slrand-Guard8 is a self-supporting conduil designed ror ease of installation and long life in aerial applications. It is a very economical way lo protect fiber optic cable Installed aerially.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

MATERIALS Resin

UV Protecllon

S~clally formula/11d, UV stablllzlld, black poly11thyl11n11.

Minimum 2% carbon black (avg. partlc!11 slz11 20µ) with anlloxldanl.

Conduit

Strand High strength zinc galvanlzlld stasl, with flooding/adhesive compound.

DIMENSIONS OescrlpUon Nomlnal 1,D. Nomloal Com)J0$11a O.D.

1.00" I.•. with 6.6M strand 1.00• 1.44·

1.00" I.•. with 10M strand 1.00· 1.44"

1.25" I.D. wllh 6.6M strand 1.25" 1.66"

1.25" I.•. with 10M strand 1,25• 1.66"

1.50" I.•. wllh 6.6M strand 1.50" 1.90"

1.50" I.• . with 10M strand 1.50" 1.90"

2.00" 1.0. wllh 6.6M strand 2.00· 2.38"

2.00" 1.D. wilh 10M slrand 2 .00" 2.38"

Bend Radius Pull Slfength(1) Dimension•

Unaupportad suppomd Mu (@ 3.5% elongallon)

1.00· 14" 13" 415 lbs.

1.25" 16" 15" 500 lbs.

1.50" 20· 1a• 585 lbs.

2.00· 24• 22· 760 lbs.

1. Tensile ylekl is for duel component only and not strand. lnstallaflon t11nslon should ba placed on strand, nol duel.

SPLIT-LOCK™ COUPLERS

Part No. Ducrlpllon

IA552100 SS 1• I.D. SOR

IA552125 SS 1-114"I.O.SOR

JA552150 SS 1-1/2" J.0. SOR

JA552 200 SS 2" 1.0. SOR

Nominal Compo•tl• Wal

.110·

.no·

.110·

.110"

.110"

.110•

.110"

.110"

or•: Spec1ficahons, d,m-,,s,ons and packaging subJad lo chang•. Consult factory or repreuntah1 for curr,nt ordanng ,nformat,on.

··· ..

WelghlR

.362 lbs,

.511 lbs.

.429 lbs.

.578 lbs.

.509 lbs,

.658 lbs.

.624 lbs.

.773 lbs.

Pnnlfl(f 1n U.S.A.

R-105

TSP-34-A

.. ',...,,

:,, ·: .. ' .... ;· ... . •:•I ..,,. • •• .. 1-::I • ,I -=-.......:.'-'-"------=..,_., . :' r.- . .-_. ..

SYNE:RTS:CH ... .,.

l.1 Oldcastle Precast

. • 1 .. I ~ .-l '

635-2-X\

made with po{rmer concrete

. -~. '

.:- ..

. . ~

'·

I,·) I~\:-, .~ ,.

(-'". .• 1 ~ ..... , ...

·:,; •• •.,:J,.;~ "~ :-·

. l~\ ?·.~. t ' .. \,,{~.

-:·

? 1 ..... . . :•,;'., J;

: .'" • • r.

.. ~ · ..

l .. 'f

TSP-35-A

. .

~_;,. features •,: .

---635-2-~

Synertech Underground Products Oldcastle Precast underground enclosures are used as splice boxes, pul!boxes, equipment enclosures, meter boxes, and valve boxes or whenever underground access is required.

· Oldcastle Precast has combined the exceptional strength and durability of high density polymer concrete for the ring and cover with the tough and lightweight qualities of specialty fiberglass for the box, to meet your most important requirements for underground enclosures.

Oldcastle Precast Underground Enclosures:

• use_ 20,000 P.S.I. polymer concrete for higher strength

• exceed W.U.C. 3.6 structural requirements

• are lightweight and easy to handle for a lower installed cost

• are designed for 10,000 pound a 20,000 pound applications

• come supplied with stainless steel bolts on all bolt down covers

• have exceptional resistance to sunlight and chemicals

• are unaffected by freeze/thaw

• are non-conductive and do not require grounding for safety

• can be manufactured in decorative colors

• are available with special logos

• are nestable to minimize storage space requirements

1-888-232-6274 / www.oldcastle-precast.com

TSP-36-A

Table or Contents:

11 x 18 box & cover

12 x 12 box & cover

13 x 24 box & cover

17 x 30 box & cover

24 x 36 box & cover

30 x 48 box & cover

36 x 60 box & cover

options

box installation procedures

specifications/ASTM C-857

channel system

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

635-2-~

01 - blank

02 - electric 03 - telephone

04 - fiber optics

05 - water

06 - C.A.T.V.

07 - ground

08 - gas

09 - high voltage

0

1-888-232-62 7 4 I www.oldcastle-precast.com

; -~~~ . ":,

. ··~ . -•~Z " . . -

10 - lighting

11 - street lighting

(12 -traffic :, . '-TI -tratt,c sign~i

14 - non-potable water 15 - controls 16 - communications 17 - irrigation

1

TSP-37-A

COVER Bolt Down Rated 10,000# Rated 20,000I

No Bolts Rated 10,000I Rated 20,000I

WEIGHT

50Ibs. 50 lbs.

50 lbs. 50 lbs.

Add 2 Stainless Steel HDx Bolts, Cat. l1<XJ1

CATALOG NO.

S1730SBBOA S1730HBBOA

517305O8OA S1730HOBOA

Add 2 Sllfinless Steel Pen/a Head Bolts, Cat 11()(]5

BOX WITH OPEN BASE (with inserts) Box Depth 12" (305mm) 18" (457mm) 26" (660mm)

701bs. BO lbs. 90 lbs.

S1730812AA S1730818AA S1730826AA

BOX WITH OPEN BASE (no inserts) Box Depth 12" (305mm) 18" (457mm) 26" (660inm)

70 lbs. BO lbs. 90 lbs.

INSIDE BOX DIMENSIONS Box Depth W (fP base)

· 12" (305mm) 21-15/16" 18" (457mm) 23-11/16" 26" (660mm) 26"

51730812OA S1730818OA S1730826OA

L (• base) 3•-15/16" 36-11/16" 39"

For other options see page 9 or contact factory.

635-2-XI_( 4_o_f_9...___) ___.


- .

·. 1,-~.:.3Q ~- .. . , ..

5

TSP-38-A

~Q~B WEl!.zHT CATALOG NO, Bolt Down Rated 10,000I 155 lbs. S30-48SCBOA Rated 20,000I 155 lbs. S3048HCBOA

No Bolts Rated 10,000I 155 lbs. S3048SOBOA Rated 20,000I 155 lbs. S3048HOBOA Add Z S1BiflM55 Steel Hex Bob. C.tl. 11002 ~ Z Slainles!s Steel Plfflfll 1-/ead Bolrs, Cat 11006

BOX WITH OPEN BASE (with inserts) Bo• Depth 12" (305mm) 18" {457mm) 26" (660mm) 36" (914mm)

150 lbs. 1701bs. 205 lbs. 225 lbs,

S3048B12AA S30•8B18AA S3048B26M S3048B36AA

BOX WITH OPEN BASE (no inserts) Boxo.pett 12" (305mm) 18" (457mm) 26" (660mm) 36" (914mm)

150 lbs. 170 lb5. 205 lbs. 225 lb5.

INSIDE BOX DIMENSIONS Box Dttpdl W (• bue) 12" (305mm) 34-1/8" 18H (457mm) 35-7/8" 26" (660mm) 38-3/16" 36" (914mm) 40-1/8"

S30•8B120A S30•88180A S3048B260A S3084B360A

L (• base) 51-5/8" 53-3/8" 55-11/16" 57-1/2"


635-2-5 of 9

'


- - - -

,.. ··30 X 41· ,~ .. '. • - • ~ . • !, -~

. . ---

7

TSP-39-A

standard hook

manhole hook

penta-head sockets Size

t·. 1/2" 3/8"

I I

pent~-head bolts I I Cat. No.

r Size SS Hex 1 /2" X 2-1/2" 1001 1 /2H x 3-1/2" 1002 3/8" X 1-1/4" 1003

635-2-~~6 of 9)

Cat. No. SS Penta 1005 1006 1007

i l

I I

I I

I

. .. . . . ~ - . .

:r opli~ __ :_accessor;-,

.. ··

larger pockets for manhole lift hooks Standard size: 112" x 4"

/ optional marker __,/ (Electronic or Magnetic)

-.·

. pulling eyes

I Limited tension capacity: Contact supplier with your pulling requirements

::::·· ...

>· <::~ :•>~:'. :, .... •··:·: .. -····· ...

,·• .·· .•·· .... ··• ...... .

.. , ... . , ...... ,.,

'··, . .. •···· /

.. •······ '• .. , .. ···

DUCT terminators ----__)"c-~::---, >·<···· ··, ·· .. · cable racks and hooks Nominal Size Pipe O.D. Size

2" 2.375

3" 3.500

4" Electrical 4.500

4" Telephone 4.350

5" 5.563 ' optional base

1-888-232-6274 I www.oldcastle-precast.com

9

TSP-40-A

-635-2-X~

Oldcastle Precast quick specification Underground enclosures shall be manufactured by Oldcastle's Synertech Molded Products, Inc. Boxes and covers shall be concrete gray and have a minimum vertical test load of 10,000 or 20,000 pounds. Co_vers shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of .50.

The polymer concrete shall test to a minimum of 20,000 P.S.I. compressive strength and shall be suitable for installation and use through a temperature range of -40°C to +90°C.

.·· ·. ASTMc:957 - .. . . ' . . - -

COVER TYPE

Standwd

COVER RATINGS

5 TonGVW (10,000#)

Ll~LOAO

4,000# 30%SAFETV TEST LOAD

5,200# 11,28-41

Synertech Molded Products, Inc. 10,000I boxes and co'lerS may be placed in locations that may see occasional not]•dellberale light vehicles.

10 Ton GVW (20,000,)

8,000# 10,•00# 22,568#

Synertech Molded Products, Inc. 20,000I boxes and covers may be placed in locations that may see occasional non-deliberate heavy vehicles.

All Synertech Molded Products, Inc. covers meet ASTM test loads. No polymer concrete box or cover should be placed In a full traffic, H-20, application. Meets Western Underground Committee - Guide 3.6 Structural Requirements.

NOTE: Whenever II box and cOYl!f 15 placed In an area where it mlgllt be subjected to traffic, a concrete col!N Is recommended,


TEST AREA

10" X 10"

11

TSP-41-A

)

635-2-X(B of 9)

-1.,01ctcastle Precast

. '.,. : ..

plants na1iotiwide

(888) 232-·6274

@ iROTONDO ~PRECAST"

Avon, CT (860) 673-3291

Rehoboth, MA (508) 336-7600

Telford, PA (215) 257-8081

Fredericksburg. VA (540) 898-6300

Amcon ✓·:-~~-

utt,eton, co (303) 791-1100

Ogden, UT (800) 776-8760

Ramsey, MN" (800) 480-3548

Nampa, ID (800) 696-5648

Idaho Falls, ID (800) 999-2240

~ ..... SUPERIOf:l I,,..-!' CONCAETE CO

Auburn, ME (207) 784-9144

l10 rd Cast I e /-:: ~~lt;#K#

Houston, TX (713) 991-2400

Mansfield, TX (817) 4 53- 1054

Cc1oud

LaVergne, TN (615) 793-1920

Lexington, KY (606) 259-1484

Medley, Fl (305) 887-3521

CJ Oldcastle Precas{ Stone Mountafn, GA Jacksonville, FL {770) 493-5420 (904) 768-7081

Greensboro, NC Concord, NC (336} 668-2481 (704) 788-4050

N. Fort Myers, FL Lebanon, TN (941) 574-8896 (615) 453-6111

Orlando, fl (407) 855-7580

DunuTY vAuLr•w Chandler, AZ (480) 963-2678

Auburn, WA (253) 939.3500

Pleasanton, CA (925) 846•8183

Fontana, CA (909} 428,3100

Wilsonville, OR (503) 682-2844

TSP-42-A

I

COYER Bolt Down Rated 10,000# Rated 20,000I

No Bolts Rated 10,000# Rated 20,000#

WEIGHT

50 lbs. 50 lbs.

50 lbs. 50 lbs.

Add 2 Sra/nles5 SIM!/ Hex Bolts, Cst.11001

CATALOG NO.

S1730SBBOA S1730HBBOA

S1730SOBOA S1730HOBOA

Add 2 Stainlfls Sled/ PIH1ill Head Betts, Cat 11005

BOX WITH OPEN BASE (with inserts) Box Depth 1r (305mm) 18" (-457mm) 26" (660mm)

70 lbs. 80 lbs. 901bs.

S1730812M 51730818M S1730826M

BOX WITH OPEN BASE (oo inserts) Box DepCh 12" (305mm) 18" (457mm) 26" (660mm)

70 lbs. 801bs. 901bs.

INSIDE BOX DIMENSIONS Box Deplh W <• bne) 12" (305mm) 21-15/16" 18" (457mm) 23-11/16" 26" (660mm) 26"

51730812OA S173081BOA 517308260A

L (~ base) 3•-15/16" 36-11/16" 39"


635-2-x/(9 of~~ /


. 17)f30;

5

TSP-43-A

l 635-2-X~~~ r-----I v t I 0 Page 1 of 1

Customer Support

Our team at CDR Systems, Electrlmold and Western Power Products is committed to delivering the highest quality of customer service.

For Customer support please contact us at one of the following

E-Mail : [email protected] Sales Associates : (386) 615-9510. Fax : (386) 615-9606

CDR Systems Corporation 146 South Atlantic Ave. Ormond Beach, FL 32176 USA

Home I Contact Us I Customer Support Electrlrnold Products I Product Catalogs I Western Power Products

COR Systems Corporation 146 South Atlantlc Avenue Ormond Beach, FL32176

E-Mail : [email protected] Phone : {386) 615-9510

·J1::~:::1Eit:r@ttrii~~Sf:ftl~ts1&;~s-gs~~i~:11r1&1s22±1rw2ertmw2zi1:E!·:1frw:::i;;;;~:::~~:::::L.;

http://www.cdrsystems.com/support.php

TSP-44-A

C~K :Systems Corporation : Products

http ://www.cdrsystems.com/products. php

635-1-15A Page 1 of 2

Small Boxes - Flared Wall Available In sizes from: 10" x 15" x 12" to 30" X 48" X 36". Many sizes and depths available. Tapered wall provides greater Inside room, and "locks" Into the ground.

Small Boxes - Straight Wall Avallable sizes from 1D"x15"x12" to 36"x72"x36", straight sides permit easy movement of box, should grade level change.

1111111 11:: 1111 1111111111 111u111111111111111111a11 111111111111 llllllllllllllllllllOJll:1111111

Large Boxes Sizes from 30" x 48" to 48" x 96". Any depth from 5" to 48". Extension to 48". Larger Specials available also.

Street Rated - Boxes NEWI For use In roadway. Sizes from 48" x 48" to 48" x 96" depths to 48". Extension to 48".

, ,.,.,, JI

QAVII Quick assembly vaults ship flat to save space

Equipment and Transformer Pads Used under transformers and telephone

cabinets. Adds stability, prevents corrosion and damage.

0 /1 C /,.,f\f\L:

TSP-45-A

. 635-1-15A .) ;;-·"'\' \ V

cdr- ''BUILD-A-PART" NUMBERING SYSTEM

1----- P A 1 0 - 2 4 3 6 -18 B ---,-.- B = IHTEGRAL BOTTOM

I I C = CAST IRON READER DOOR E = DROP-IN REAO£R DOOR T = TWIN PAO

p = POWER ""'A :: ASSEt.lBLY W :: WESTERN UNDERGROUND T = TELEPHONE B = BOX WIDTH L£NGTII l(f'Tff HC = HINGE COVER

'- W :: WATER c = COVER I I IP = INTERCEPT PANEL "\I S :: TRAFflC SIGNAL E = EXTENSION (DWilETER If OO) TR = TOUCH RfAD

C = CABLE lV P = PAD G = GAS

B(P) = BOX(PAD)

1)v O = NOT BOLTED

STANDARD I = 1/2" PENTA HEAD BOLTED 2 = 1/2" HEX HEAD BOLTED 3 = 3/8" HEX HEAD BOLTED

. { 5 = NOT BOLTED ADJUST-TO-GRADE 6 = f/2" PENTA HEAD BOLTED

7 = f/2" HEX HEAD BOLTED S :: 3/8" HEX HEAD BOLTED

0 = LIGHT TRAFFIC 2 = HEAVY DUTY V J = STRAIGHT Will

LIGHT TRAfFJC 4 :: STRAJGHT Will

HEAVY- DUTY 5 = STR££l RATED

CDR ls VERSATILE; we build our products with the features you order. The diagram above explains how our catalog numbering system allows you to design your own box assembly from the many options available.

LIGHT TRAFFIC boxes are rated for use in sidewalks, paved pedestrian areas or areas not subject to heavy vehicular traffic.

".J HEAVY DUTY boxes are rated for uses In allleys. driveways, parking lots, or areas subject to heavy vehicles. ·

STREET RATED boxes are suitable for use In streets subject to AASHTO -~ lo·~and are available ln certofn sizes.

Boxes with different depths, speclal features or In different sizes are available and con be made to order. Boxes con be ordered with infegral or separate bottoms. To Insure strength and rigidity, boxes over 30" deep should have a bottom.

Covers are available with or without bolting capability, 1 /2" .. stainless steel __ e_~~!~---~~~~hard~':'!:~.J~. standard. Other hardware should be specified. ..

Covers are available with standard or specified logos. "Electrfc" Is standard on Power boxes; "Telephone" Is standard on Telephone boxes, etc.

TSP-46-A

635-1-15A \..\ ,;,\ \ 0

,...~~YSTEMS CORPORATION ..... u.. ~6 SOJTH ilJLANT:C ~LE• mvo"-0 &:A!JH, FL 32176 • TEL: 300-615-9510 • FAX; 386-615-96-...116 • E-MAIL; [email protected]

--CATALOG INDEX--Service Boxes & Vaults

QAV II - Quick Assembly Vaults /1£.AVY DUTY Convertible Pedestal/Handhole . ·

Load Specification Sheet Small Boxes 06 x 08 Series

10 x 15 Series

11 x 18 Series

11 x 21 Series

11 x 32 Series

12 x 12 Series 13 x 24 Series (Flared Woll)

13 x 24 Series (Straight Wall)

15 x 17 Series

15 x 27 Series

16 x 22 Serles

17 x 30 Series (Flared Wall)

17 x 30 Series (Straight Wall)

24 x 24 Series 24 x 36 Serles (Flared Wall)

24 x 36 Serles (Straight Wall)

24 X 60 Series

Special Purpose Replacement Covers Trench Covers Round Box (2700 Series) Round Box (3200 Serles) Round Box (3900 Serles) Street Rated Boxes Torsion Assist Boxes

Page Large Boxes ~ A-OS 30 X 4BW Series {Flared Wall)

A-10 30 X 48W Series (Straight Wall)

A-20 30 X 48 Series A-22 30 X 60 Series

A-25 30 X 60W Series

A-30 36 X 36 Serles 8-10 36 X 60 Series

8-11

B-12 36 x 60W Series

36 X 72 Series

8-13 36 X 72W Serles

8-16 8-20 8-21

8-28 8-30 8-31 8-40

Page 0-10 0-20 D-21 D-21A D-218 0--22 0-25

36 X 96 Series

48 X 4-8 Serles

48 X 48 Round Series 48 X 72 Serf es

48 X 78 Serf es

48 X 96 Serfes

Product Details Reader Lids and Mouseholes Typical Wall Sections Large Box De-fails & Options Adjust-to-Grade

Surface Equipment Supports Equipment-Transformer Pads

Page E-10 E-20 Boxpads

• LIGHTEST • STRONGEST •

Page 8-50 B-51

C-10

C-30 , C-31

C-34 C-40

C-40A

C-41

C-41A C-4-1 8

C-42

C-4-2A

C-43

C-50

C-60

Page D-30 D-50 D-60 D-70

!x:R'vlCE BOXES • VAULTS • 1RANSFORMER PADS • EQUIPMENT PADS 12/28/04

TSP-47-A

"-J

635-1-15A \

d B-20

~ n6 SOUTH ATLANf.'C AV£NUC • ORMOND BEACH. fl 32176 • TEL: 386-615,9510 • FAX: 386-615-9606 • [,MNL: salos@tdrS)'Stems.com SYSTEMS CORPORATION

17 X 30 BOXES FLARED WALL

FOR SPLICE BOXES HANDHOLES METER BOXES FIBER OPTICS

• STRONG• 4 to 5 times the strength of concrete • LIGHTWEIGHT- Quick easy installation for LOWEST

INSTALLED COST • AVAILABLE• Ugh t traffic or Heavy duty des_ign • NESTABLE• for easy storage, transportation and freight

savings ( for flared wall boxes only) • NON-CONDUCTIVE-And unaffected by UV light, moisture,

freezing and sub soil chemicals • STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE· non-corrosive • NO EXTRA CHARGE - for standard cover logos

Assemblfes LIGHT TRAFFIC~ COVER

Box and Cover NOT BOLTED BOLTED Part No. WT, p~rtt>J~.

• _A00-1730-12 93 (A02-1730-12 101 12" deep • A10--1730-12 93 _A12-1730-12 iIT1

• A00-1730-18 105 _A02-1730-18 115 18" deep -

• A 10-1730-18 105 _A 12-1730-18 115 -• _A00-1730-22 115 _A02-1730-22 125

22"deep • A10-1730-22 115 A12-1730-22 125

• _A00-1730-24 125 _A02-1730-24 135 24" deep • A10-1730-24 125 A12-1730-24 135

• _A00-1730-30 135 _A02-1730-30 145 30" deep • A10-1730-30 135 A12-1730-30 145

u

C omponen ts ~ ..... ~. LIGHT TRAFFIC ~ \_HE_f.VY 0'::!,TY)

NOT BOLT DOWN BOLT DOWN I NOT BOLT DOWN ) BOLT DOWN

Part No, WT. Part No. WT. Part No. wr. Part No . WT. ......... Box 12" deep -800-1730-12 46 -810-1730-12 46 -B02-1730-12 50 - B12-1730-12 50

Box 18" deep _B00-1730-18 58 _B10-1730-18 58 _802-1730-18 64 _B12-1730-18 64 OH• ------· ···---

Box 22'' deep - 800-1730-22 68 -B10-1730-22 68 -802-1730-22 74 -812-1730-22 74

Box 24" deep ·-800-1730-24 78 _B10-1730-24 78 _802-1730-24 84 -812-1730-24 84 ••-••-o-HOOOO•••••••--•u-••oo ··--··-··--···-·-.. --- ..

Box 30" deep -800-1730-30 88 -B10-1730-30 88 -802-1730-30 94 -B12-1730-30 94

Cover 2" thick __ C00-1 l30-02 47 _C10-1730-02 47 -C02-1730-02 51 -C12-1730-62 51 --···

Cover with 6" x 9" _C00-1730-2C 51 _C10-1730-2C 51 -••u Cast Iron Meter Lid ...... -Extension 8" deep -E00-1730-08 39 - E00-1730-08 39 -E02-1730-08 45 -E02-1730-08 45

Extension 16" deep -E00-1730-16 42 -E00-1730-16 42 -E02-1730-16 48 _E02-1730-16 48

SERVICE BOXES • VAULTS • TRANSFORMER PADS • EQUIPMENT PADS 1/5/05

TSP

-48-A

.,., I/ ~

r,.~ ""' '

I I

' ~ ~

\. ,, .)

i--30 3/4

t 27 :l /4-

17 3/t

I

COYER BOLTDOWN OPTION

SKID RESISTANT SURFACE

,{,

= LOGO = ® •

----~ 1/2---COVER

5/8 X -4 LIFTING SLOTS

17 1/2

4-0 3/4 OPTIONAL CAST IRON READER LIDS AVAILABLE STAINLESS STE.EL CAPTIVE BOLT

TOP VIEW

12, 18 ,22,24 or 30

(t8 SHOWN)

~==:=k::::,J ---36 3/4 l( 23 31•--

BOX & COVER SECTION

1------36 1/2----- OPTIONAL KNOCKOUTS OR lERMr.ATORS

..... -.... { + )

8 or 16 (8 SHOWN)

1---21---1------ 41 t/4 -----

EXTENSION SECTION

COVER

11!ii 1/2--i

1-----27 3/-4----~

23 1/2 ·1

(;··) (+>

l ~10-l I ~ 28 3/-4 ~

END VIEWS

SELF--CENTERING CORROSION RESISTANT NUT

BOX

COVER BOL TDOWff OPTION

• M~TERIAL: FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PGL YMER CONCRETE & FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYMER

• STAI-IOARD COLOR: CONCRETE GRAY

• (OPTIONAL COLORS AVAILABLE FOR COVER ANO CO!..LAR}

• Fl.AR£!) WALL BOXES ARE NEST ABLE

cdr:~cmw, 14 SOQ:'111 AltAIITII: A'llt., - ICACII, Fl,. :U11'1

Tl1'Lt 17 x 30 FLARED WALL SERIES

BOX. COVEi l EXlEJCSl0K DRAlllff E. ~16 IDATE I 7/1/02 CHECKED AP1'ROYED AOK A I 021-0001

mC£

IO') 'c,...) ', CJ1 ~

I ,..}.

CJ1 I)>

6'· c,. ,,,r<:

CJ

TSP-49-A

635-1-15A \ :,,\ \ 0

d B-50

0 ~46 WJTJi ATLANT:C AVENUE• ORMOND BrACfl, fl 32i 76 • TEL: 386-615-9510 • FAX: 386-615-9606 • (,MAIL: sales@cdrs)"Ste:ns.co:n SYSTEMS CORPORATION

30 X 48W BOXES FLARED WALL

FOR SPLICE BOXES - HANDHOLES - METER BOXES -FIBER OPTICS

• STRONG- 4 to 5 times the strength of concrete

• LIGHTWEIGHT· Quick easy installation for LOWEST INSTALLED COST

• AVAILABLE - Light traffic or Heavy duty design • NESTABLE- for easy storage, transportation and

savings (for flared wall boxes only) freight

• NON-CONDUCTIVE-And unaffected by UV light, moisture, freezing and sub soil chemicals

• STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE• non corrosive • NO EXTRA CHARGE• for standard cover logos

Assemblies . ~ COVER LIGHT TRAFFIC \. HEAVY DUTY/

Box and Cover NOT BOLTED BOLTED Part No. WT. P~ . ...__., INT.

• _A00-3048-18W 3i0 _A02-3048-18W 375 18" deep • _A10-3048-18W 310 _A 12-3048-18W 375

"\J 24"deep • A00-3048-24W 320 (A02-3048-24W 385 '.) • ::A 10-3048-24W 320 _A12-3048-24W 385

• A00-3048-30W 405 _A02-3048-30W 405 30" deep -

• _A10-3048-30W 405 _A 12-3048-30W 405

• __ A00-3048-36W 425 . .. A02-3048-36W 425 36" deep • _A 10-3048-36W 425 _A 12-3048-36W 425

·····--·--·-··--·---- ---Components ~-,

LIGHT TRAFFIC J - HEAW D!.!JY ..,/ BOX NOT BOLTED WT. BOLT DOWN WT. ~OT BOLTED WT. IJ BOLT DOW~ WT.

~ - -18" deep -800-3048-18W 145 - B 10-3048-1 SW 145 _so2-:-304S::1Bw-1W- _B12-3048-18W 150

······-·-··-"N 24"de~p -B00-3048-24W 155 _B 10-3048-24W 155 -B02-3048-24W 160 -B12-3048-24W 160

30" deep -B00-3048-30W 175 _B 10-3048-30W 175 _B02-3048-30W 180 - B12-3048-36W 180

36" deep -B00-3048-36W 190 -B10-3048-36W 190 -B02-3048-36W 200 _B12-3048-36W 200

Extension 8" deep E00-3048-0BW 55 E02-3048-08W 65 --· .. ··------··-- -Extension 16" deep E00-3048-16W 100 E02-3048-16W 110 - -

,---. -- ---LIGHT TRAFFIC ! ~ HEAVY DUJY'

Cover NOT BOLTED WT. BOLT DOWN WT. !( NOT BOLTED WI. ) BOLT DOWN WT.

~C02-3048=1f3W 136' ·-

~':J.hick-one piece _ C00-3048-03W 100 -C 10-3048-03W 100 _C12-3048-03W 130

'( 3" thick-two piece" _C00-3048-23W• 165 _C10-3048-23W' 165 ... C02-3048:23W" 225 _C12--3048-23W* 225

* Two piece-rover is standard. One piece cover Is available upon request.

SERVICE BOXES • VAULTS • TRANSfORMER PADS • EQUIPMENT PADS 1/6/05

TSP

-50-A

OPTIONAL COVER BCTLDOWN ! (SEE DETAILi , 3/4'1.4 LIFT SLOT (4Xl

f / Sl<iD RESISTANT ! I [' SURFACE

~······ .. -·!

I I ; J::SO::S/8

~) W··· ----47 716-----.

._J.Qf' VlE'IL,

1------50 3/8-·-·-----< ·3

fr::::::: · · · ··· -, ·· ~ ·• >1 , · ·, · ·· ·· c::::af ' · r .~ .. ~ I 18. 24. 50.

OR 56 56 SHOWN

: ! i ....._ ___________ ~._J

L·-·-.. ---s1. 11s x 36 5/8 _ .................... ._\

i,. .. ·- -·- ..... • r . .......... -···· -· .,/

30 f/8

l ! '.-·-······-···-····47 f,/S ······ ... ··-············•-:

2 PIECE COVER ONE FJECE COVER ALSO AVArLABLE

O?TIONAL COVERS W;TH CAST IRON READER LID OR TOUCH READ Of>ENING

i---52 7/8----i 112· D!A. BOLT

- TO RETA:r.. \ _,,/ 1 L!Fl SUNG(2Xi _.,..~

/ l ······-·"··11

ll.//, _Jr .......... \

I _]

----45 ~ 60 1/2 ·-·--··-"""•·-

BOX 8: COYER SECTION OPTIONAL KNOCKOUTS _!;ND V(fJ.L

______ 55 ?IS ,/~ OR TERMINATORS -"-..r-._::··-···········::S6 :VB······ ... ······--i ..-----------~/<-. i : i'=>:5;======~ :t ;p ~5~ ~ 88 Si~~N 'i ·~7 s·1·~ \

I·- l 22 ! -4····· .. ·T 1--ir-l l

-- ---- ~ ;~---41 s,a----1 1------58 7/8--------:

EXTENSION. SECTION .... . END .. VIEW ...

STAINLESS STEEL / CAFT!'/E BOLT

\

\ THREADED INSERT - W/DRAIN HOLE

COVER BOL TDOWN DETAIL

• MATERIAL. FIBERGLASS Ri:INFORCED POL YHER CONCRETE a FIBERG1.ASS REINFORCED POL YHER

• STANDARD COLOR: CONCRETE GRAY

• OPTIONAL COLORS AVAILABLE FOR COYER a BOX COLLAR

• FLARED WALL BOXES ARE NESTABLE

Odr: .... '=·~·=·· ,,,~.- ,_,....,.,....,_ .. ~}J "\? ,-:.~ tl L"Z:.~:\J<>,"t> ,..,,.~-<:•,.;!,i•-

j-" »ml An»mc .A.vt.. ~ ICM:il. Fl. 32171

1l'fl.!:. 30 x 48W FLARED WALL SERIES

BOX, COVER I. EXTENSION DRAWN MMK Oi11E. 7/22/05

CllECKEO A Arf;. .. 051-0005 : AP?f.:OVED ., ..... •,·, ;!7r.

'·:. en : (.,J

I <.n \~ ' I :~ i (JI \)>

c4. ~ -0

TSP

-51-A

·-- ··-· . . . . .. . ·-· ------·

LOAD SPECIFICATION TABLE LOAD DESIGN LOADS TESTING

SELECT CDR DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION L.IVE UVE + IMPACT SIDE SAFETY PRODUCT RATING j

( 1' LOAD.LBS I ; ) LE/WHEEL (2) LB/WHEEL PSF (3) FACTOR I

;

C857 PEDESTRIAN I (300 PSF) 30

(650 PSf) 2.17

A-0.3 ( 4) ' . wuc

INCIDENTAL TRAfflC 600 10,400 ••-••••• ••••Ho LIGHT TRAFFIC 3.6

C857 10,400 30/4-0

17,360 2.17 A...;.8 LIGHT TRUCKS 8,000 ( 4)

10,400 30/40 20,000

2.50 20K 20K LJGHT TRUCKS 8,000 ( 4) AASHTO LIGHT TRUCK

8,000 10,400 N/A 22,568

2.82 H10 TRAFFIC ( 4) C857

MEDIUM TRUCKS 12,000 15,600 30/60 26,040

2.17 A-12 (4)

27,000 HEAVY DUTY

AASHTO MEDIUM TRUCK 12,000 15,600 N./A 2.25

H15 TRAFFIC (5) U#o .... l

C857 30/80

27,000 i HEAVY TRUCKS 16,000 20,800 (5) 1.69

i ~-16

AASHTO HEAVY TRUCK N/A 45,136 STREET RATED (6)

! I 16,000 20,800 (4) 2.82 t H20 TRAFFIC ! ~

FOOTNOTES: !. LOAD DESIGNATIONS ARE FROM ASTM C857 "MINIMUM STRUCTURAL DESIGN LOADING FOR UNDERGROUND ?RECAST CONCRETE UTILITY STRUCTURES", "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY BRIDGES", "AASHTO, .. i3TH ED.: AND "NON-CONCRETE ENCLOSURES; WESTERN UNDERGROUND COMMITEE GUIDE 3.6, MAY 1988.

2. WHEEL FOOTPRINTS ARE GIVEN IN ASTM CB57 a THE AASHTO STANDARDS.

cdr:~i:"·.3iAAJ~ re~~(}'!: 5. SIDE LOADS ARE SI-IOWN AS (HYDROSTATIC PRESSUR;;: FROM SOIL}/ (SURCHARGE FROM VEHICLE). SEE ASTM C857 FOR METHOD TO CALCULATE TOTAL LOAD. CDR USES A MINIMUM SAFETY FACTOR OF 3.0 FOR SIDE LOAD TESTS. I-'& SWIH .lnAlme .l\'t'... °""°"D kAO(. n. l::t17&

4.. TEST LOAD CALCULATED ACCORDING TO AASHTO TEST METHOD T33 AND ASTM C497. nn.r-LOAD SPECIFICATION TABLE

5. TEST LOAD IS M!NlMi.JM APPLIED TO CDR HEAVY DUTY PRODUCTS TO DATE. CONSULT FACTORY IF ~·-· HIGHER TEST LOADS CR SAFETY FACTORS ARE REQUIRED FOR A PARTICULAR PRODUCT. DRAWN MMK DATE li5/05

6. CONSULT FACTORY FOR AVAILABLE SIZES. Cflf'C.1<n> A 11cr.. 951-0001 APPROVED .iw7!

a, (,,.) 0,

I ~ I

...i.. 0, )>

Jj

A---0

TSP-52-A

635-1 :1_§.A ~

, ............................ . :. ·······-·''·•··· ....................... , ..... ··········,,· ... .,, ................... ,_,_.,., ........................................ ., .............. ······ • ..... ··--·--••'''· ...... , ...•

• ....................... •••••••• ................... ............ , •. , ............. -• ..... ......- -..... -, , .......................................... -••·· .... , .... - •'•• • ~,,c.' ...... ·•' ......... , •. ,., .......................... :-

146 SOUTH ATLANTIC AVE. • ORMOND BEACH, FL 32176 • TEL: 386-615-9510 • FAX: 386-615-8606

I

se:rvice roxes & vaults LIGHT WEIGHT- SAVES TIME= SAVES MONEY!! 1/3 to 1/10 the weight of standard concrete boxes - easily installed by 1 or 2 men without heavy equipment.

HIGHEST STRENGTH - special combinations of polymer concrete and fiber reinforced polyester - 3 to 4 times the compressive strength of concrete and has the tensile strength of steel.

LONGEST LIFE - projected 30 or more years - based on past installations in all climates.

TWO MEN EASILY HANDLE A SERVICE BOX.

ADDITIONAL FEATURES: 0 Boxes can be made in any depth from 12 to 48 inches.

Extensions from 6 to 24 inches are available.

0 Available with or without integral bottoms on boxes 30 x 48 a_nd larger.

0 Adjust to grade option available on boxes 30 x 48 and · larger. Vertical adjustments including tilting to 4 inches

can be made in minutes. No grouting necessary and adjustments can be made during installation or at any time afterwards.

G Knockouts are easily made in the field with a wood hole cutting saw or ordered with knockouts already cut. Conduit terminators are also available.

• Racks can be cast into the box as optional equipment on boxes 30 x 48 and larger. Pulling-eyes can also be provided on these larger boxes.

fID Tongue and groove interlocking design in large two or three panel covers speed installation and removal.

· >·=.f,:· .,,, •• ~ • 24 x 36 or smaller covers are one piece, JO x 48, 30 x 60

i and 36 x 60 - one or two ~' 48 x 78 - two pieces

. ADJUST TO GRADE OPTION. ························· ..... , ................................................................................................ .

! and 48 x 96 • three orfour pieces.

El Bolting covers to boxes Is simplified by utilizing captive stainless steel bolts and "self centering" fasteners that are replaceable .

TSP-53-A

Econolite :: Signals

(/)

650-1-XX j . ,----- ?olt s-5'11ds

Page 1 of 6

HOME(/) PRODUCTS (/INDEX.PHP/PRODUCTS/) SUPPORT (JINDEX.PHP/SUPPORT/)

ABOUT (/JNDEX.PHP/ABOUT/) INNOVATION (/INDEX,PHP/INNOVATION/)

CONTACT (/INDEX.PHP/CONTACi/)

Signals Signals < Products (h1tp://wvN1.econolite.com/index.php/prod4cls/) < Home (http://www.econolite.com/index.php/)

Econolite manufactures and offers a wide range of vehicle and pedestrian signals with LED components that can meet any transportation agency traffic signal and green initiative need.

Vehicle Signals

Durable signals that meet or

exceed !he ITE Equipment

Standard

Pedestrian Signals

Bright, durable signals for

pedestrian applications

VEHICLE SIGNALS

http://www.econolite.com/index.php/products/signals/

LED Components

Energy-saving fixtures in a

variety or designs to suit any

signal configuration

_____ c...,,~,,1 ;,:·

3/18/2015

TSP-54-A

Econolite :: Signals

8" AND 12" ALUMINUM

Each aluminum traffic signal head consists of a number of identical signal sections rigidly fastened together to present a continuous, pleasing signal appearance. Each section has a separate, completely assembled housing. The traffic signal meets or exceeds the equipment standard of the Institute of Transportation Engineers' (ITE) latest revision. Constructed from corrosion resistant aluminum alloy castings and stainless steel hardware, each signal section unit is virtually weatherproof.

8" AND 12" POLYCARBONATE

Polycarbonate provides transportation agencies and MPOs with key benefits such as reduced weight, corrosion resistance and reduced maintenance. Reduced weight is necessary when adding signals to existing mast arms or new longer reach structures. Polycarbonate signals are also less susceptible to corrosion in high humidity appllcalions, as well as pitting from sand In high wind areas. Each traffic signal consists of a number of Identical polycarbonate signal sections rigidly fastened together to present a continuous, attractive appearance. Each section has a separate and complete housing. The traffic signal meets or exceeds the latest version of the equipment standard from the Institute of Transportation Engineers' (ITE).

ALUMINUM FEATURES

Tested to over 80 mph wind loading on single point attachment

Straight sides - no protruding hinges or latches

Reversible door- Left side standard, right side optional

Ethylene Propylene Diane Monomer (EPDM) Gasket

Terminal block Identifiers cast Into housing

·Fast-on" tab terminal block

Doors equipped with two eye bolls, washers, and wing nuts ·

DOCUMENTS

http://www.econolite.comnnctex.php/products/signals/

Page 2 of 6

POLYCARBONATE FEATURES

Tested to !TE-required wind loading on a single-point attachment

Reversible door - left side standard, right side optional

Lower maintenance with molded-on color

Stainless steel hardware

Doors equipped with 2 latches

"Fast-on" lab terminal block

Provisions for 2 five-position terminal blocks In each housing

3/18/2015.

TSP-55-A

650-1-XX

Unique design and technological advantages make Peek Traffic Signals "Best in class"

Polycarbonate Signals

o Unaffected by scratches • Impregnated color means that they never need painting • Impervious to corrosive atmospheres • One-piece doors; grooved. • Simple alignment and positive locking in 5 deg·ree steps e Ribbed for structural stability • Reinforced plates available ~ Adaptable to spah wire or mast suspension ii Universal vertical and horizontal ready ITiounting ar-rangement . _ • "Exterior hardware in stainless steer available 0 LED ready or equipped with reflectors • Weather proof and dust tight one piec13 doors plus gasket · • Fifty percent lighter than alu"rninum.

Aluminum ~ignpls·

• Equipped, with exterior stainless .steel hardwEl.re .. •-·. · • Doors and lens gaskets make the. signal weather:.. ; .·•

•-· proof and dust-tight . . . . ·. . '·': :-, : . ' · -•• integra!Visor rims·prevent leakage'. .

~-Available reflector~ in Aizak ® , : ., . • The lamp receptacle can be rofat'e_d-390 d$gre~s f9r.-

. filament alignment · · ·· · · · 0 Integral locking rings Included .... ___ .. ; • _ .. __ , , .. ,. . ~- ... • Adaptable for Span Wire, rnai;;t arm Sll$pe"1.1~i@n/$We·~~ "· \ '·.:

· pole or post iopm(JUnting · \, C, ;lf l}~ittli~~f i

'c-:::,;,;.>,<'-:·c.-;,-,·,os,·, ..• - . • ;,c:"'.i\{i'~Y•~:~•:~;l;;ii~lll!i,~ll!~~~f ~fy't{~i

TSP-56-A

Polycarbonate

Material

Reflector

Lamp receptacle

Wire opening between sections

Terminal block

Signal alignment

Ultraviolet-stabilized polycarbonate resin , (having a minimum thickness of 0.100 inches), Stainless steel exterior hardware. . Couplers are standard steel-zinc, but a stain- ri less steel opllon is available. II

Snap-out assembly. Swing out frame. Ii Lane comrol uses a standard reflector. jj

Heat-resistant molded phenolic, Rot8table ~ through 360 . Pre-wired 1Nith 26 #18 AWG ~ 105 C type T8/V color-coded leads with !I Quick-disconnect tern1inals · ~

,. Accommodates three 3/11 diameter cc1bles

1-section 2-point 2-section 3-poinl 3-section 5-point 4-section 5-point 5-sectlon 5-point and 5 point

Integral 72-tooth serrated adjustable in 5 steps.

11

~ !! I' ,t ij 'I H

" Il n ;! rr ;r

ll f.;

~ ~I

n ~i Ii ~

Aluminium

Material

Finish

Reflector

Lamp receptacle

Die-cast aluminum alloy housing and door. Stainless steel exterior hardware. Couplers are standard steel-zinc, but a stainless steel option is available.

Electrostalically applied powder coal with five st8ge iron phosphate treatment.

Snap-out assembly .. Swing out molded frame. Lane control uses a standard reflector

Heat-resistant molded phenolic, Rotatable through 360 . Pre-wired with 26 #18 AWG 105 C type TEW color-coded leads with Quick. disconnect lerrnlnals

Wire opening Accommodates three 3/4 diameter cables between sections

Terminal block

Signal alignment

1-section 2-point 2-section 3-point 3-section 5-polnt 4-section 5-point, 2-poinl 5-section 5-point 2, and 3-polnl

Integral 72-tootll serrated adjustable in 5 steps.

Weight 8 (200mm) LED-Ready Section = 1 .85 lb (0.84kg) j Weight 8 (200mm) LED-Ready Section= 4.2 lb (1.9 kg)

12 (300mm) LED-Ready Section = 5.5 lb (2.5 l,g)

Overall dimension

12 (300mm) LEO-Ready Section = 3. ·15 lb (1.431<g)

8. {200mm) Section"' 9.75 W x 10 Hx 6.16 0 12 {300mm) Section = 13.5 W x 13.44 H x 6.44 D

One Year Limited Warranty. Signal Group warrants· these products against manufacturing defects in materials and workmanship for one year from dale of shipment from the Signal Group factory, Specific contracts and regional laws may vary er aller these terms. Signal Groupproducts are protected by one or more U.S. and international patents. • For specific warranty information, contact your local Signal Group product representative.

·; .!

Overall dimension

8 (200mm) Section= 9.75 W x 10 Hx · 6,'16 D 12 (300mm) Section= 13.5 W x 13.44 H x 6.44 D

Poly and Aluminum signals are c1lso available with LED ready Weights do not include hardware mocJifications. Door only, no visors.

I\ SIUlll~ G,oup Company 2008 Corporntc Way Pefmetto, FL 34221

te-111 e,1s-120-a I (600i Ns-1ow wvAv,peckbilllfc,corn

About Signal Group - covers a bro.id rnnge ol quality turnkey \mflie control products and ser-1ices. Signal Group products have helped to 111ake 1110\orists around the work! safer and !heir travels more plc~sanl und efiicient. This expertise. experience, and broadth of product lines has m;ide Signal Group one of the rnosl respected anrl recc1Jnized leaders in the lrafiic control rnarkelpface Tho lnfolfm:tllon contained ii\ tills publication Is presented for lnforrnalional purposes only, and while every effort has been macfo locnsure ifs accuracy. the information is not lo bri construed as wmranty or guarantee, express or implied, regarding the products orse1v.ces described t:erein or their use or apph<:ability. Mo ficenrn Is granfed by irr.p!iGntion or otherwis'.l to any of Signnf Group sinlcllectual property. Signal Group re~er-1es lhe right lo alter or revise any or its products or published technical dn!a refa!ed the1eof at any time without noth:n. ©2012 Signal Group. lnferseclion image is license<l lhrough CreutiveCommons.org

TSP-57-A

Programmable Traffic Signal

,v\c(ain's Programmable Traffic Signals <1re rugged, high perfo,rniJnce, d1rec:tional t1aific sic;inals used to !irnit signal visibility to spr:icilic target areas and increase imersection ~afety. Th2se I ;'.-,nr.h cliamd0r traflk si9na!s k:,irure a focust:1d arid directional bearn for precise lime controi or to ,woid motorist (onfus,on when two :n1.er~ect101)$ an? 1r, close proxim;i:y. /vlc(ain, an industiy leader in signal rnanufacIurin9 and supply, offets an extenslve Iange of rnnfi9urations. r1mi accessories. includino backpkites, visors, ;ind signal assemblies to march all your traffic signal requirements.

Benefits

Programrnable signals provide superior visibility

Hi.:•lps n=:duce accidents ancl itnprove trriffic Oow

/v\odula, desi9n ,1llows sever,11 confi9uration options

• Fabricated frorn corrosion-resistant aluminum

Weathertight doors

Available with a full rnn9e of accessories includin9: backplates, visors, ancl mountin9 1,arclwan:•

Product Description

The McCain "'lumlnurn Pro9rammabft,, Tr ,1ffic Signals i.ire mod~i!a1 in dc'Si~.Jn iJl!owin9 them to be <1s~embl0d 111 many diffe,ent c,:.,nii9orations. S!91vils are compatible vv1th 115 VN:, three-prong, inc,mc!escent !x1ibs, and LED assernbties.

Pro9101-nenin~J is iiccornpli'.,h,~d through lhe use of ,J Fresnel len:; ,md a srnalle, d0ar fen,. Ma;;kecl-off p·onions of t:-,e smaller !ens contro1 •,vhich :,i(Jnal faces eacn !ane sees ck:ring approach.

Si9nal sections can be 1.ilted in Lwo degree increments for a n1c:ixin1un1 of ten dc9re0s above ctnd b0h:,v•,i the horit.ontal axis wh•le still maintaining a comrnon vertical axis.

The inu1·1descenr version of the signal head ha•; an automaric dimming circ11i\ ro ;:idjust !iqht mn-put i.lCcording to 0nvlron1nenr condltions.

TSP-58-A

Programmable Traffic Signal

Top

Front • -r IJ.J

J_ I-- IJ.J ---l

Side

EJo f--1u I I ~.:,

3-Section

Standard Features

Individual modular sections Reinforcing ribs on top and bottom of housings for extra rigidity

• Stainless steel door roll pins and eye bolt/wing nut assemblies Moisture proof and dust tight neoprene gasket fitted to the gasket channel cast in the door perimeter

• 5-position, barrier-type terminal block with quick-disconnect terminals on one side of each position and screw clamp terminals on the other side of each position 3-prong, PAR-46 lamp secured by a wire ring and a spring load clip

• Acrylic lenses colored to ITE specifications Masking kit

General Specifications Dimensions:

Material:

Finish(es):

Color(s):

Access:

Lamp:

13.3" H x 13.3"W x 18.0" D (1 section)

Housing: Cast aluminum, type 360, reduced corrosion, increased powder coat adhesion Door Hardware: Stainless steel

Powder coated

Federal yellow, signal green, black, or custom colors

Front door (1), rear door (1)

PAR-46, 115 VAC, 150 W

Environmental: Operating temperature: -37°C to +74°C Humidity: 0 to 95% (non-condensing)

Shipping Weight: 23 lbs (I-section)

Options Visors

• Backplates • Mounting: Preset tilt angle (none: o•, standard: 4°, MAS arm mount:

8°), various framework and fittings, orientation, and configurations Light Source: LED or incandescent

Dimensions rounded to che nearesc 0. I•

Vertical dimension of 3-section is approximate

3-seclion shown as cypical configuration with backp/ace and 4• lilt

To learn more about McCain's Integrated Traffic Solutions, please contact [email protected] or call (760) 727-8100

1¥A4McCai1rl

Typical Configurations ·•·· ~ 00 rJ: :c1 1:J OrJr:10: _ 0. c· ) ;o o· . r·~t I •- _: l .~ ,_ •- w

Vertical

:t· ri·u=~ I • ' -t,...<..

;~l,""'\f,..,r,1 t_,(r~ ..... -(:--1

Horizontal Doghouse

2365 OAK RIDGE WAY //VISTA, CALIFORNIA 92081 II USA// WWW.MCCAIN-INC.COM

@ 2009 McCain tnc. Updated 0J/20/0~. McCain reserves rhe rig hr co change p,aducc spe<ificarions without notice. For the most up-co-dace lnf01marion, please conract McCain.

TSP-59-A

CE Lighting Solutions

GE LED Countdown Pedestrian Signals PS7-CFF1-27 A-J 16 x 18 inch

Excellent Appearance & Visibility • Robust LED system design enables high luminous

intensity over product life cycle • Efficient optical system minimizes power consumption

while providing excellent uniformity and viewing angles • Single piece transparent front window with internal

masking to prevent: - countdown and icons display from being readily

visible when not in operation - scratches and abrasions compared with external silk

screen technology • Bright and clear icons • Fully uniform look

Outstanding Reliability & Robust Operation • Internal conflict monitor preventing walk ond

don't walk indications to light up at the some time • Individual power supply drives each display to ensure

proper indication • Jumper module enabling countdown testing

and countdown switch-off

imagination at work

653-19X

Meets Rigorous Certification & Testing Standards • lntertek ETL Verified compliant • DOEcompliant • Using Mll-STD-810F and NEMA 250-1991 Type 4 for

environmental robustness, passed reliability and quoliiicotion testing including high temperature, high humidity cycling IHTHH for 1,000 hours)

• Compliant (for Full Hand/Full Person) with the ITE PTCSI LED Signal Modules - version dated August 2010

The Greatest Signals Stand the Test of Time."'

TSP-60-A

653-19X

GE LED Countdown Pedestrian Signals • 16 x 18 inch module

Mechanical Outline and Jumper Module Dimensions In Inches. Imm) indica1es mulric CQUivohmt

• ll.1' r---- {l.45) ----1 __ --

16.<l' ¥,•:';cj

11:r

)' ------"_'~-) =-~----_--_7

~ ~li 1 "'-------- ·-·--'~·

Luminous intensity, JTE PTCSI LEO Signal Modules o or T per mg empcro ure ange R Uniformity & Viewing Angles version of August 2010

Operating Voltage Range Chromoticlty !TE PTCSI LEO Signal Modules

version a/ August 2010 Power Foctor!Pf)

Moisture Resistance MIL-STD-BlOF

Procedure 1, Rain & Blowing Rain

Toto! Harmonic Distortion (THO)

Voltage Turn-Off IVTO)

Mechanlcal Vibration MIL-ST0·883 Test Method 2007 Start-up Time Electronic Noise FCCTitle47 Sec15 Sub. 81

Lens & Shell Material

Transient Voll age Protection Sec. 2.1.6 NEMA TS 2·2003 Soc, 2.1.8 NEMA lS 2-2003 Wiring

Controller Compatlbility NEMA TS-2•2003 LEO Coior

Sec. 8.2 IEC 1000-4-5 & Sec. 6.1.2 ANSI/IEEE Tronsicnt C62.41.2 • 2002, 3KV, 2 !1 Suppression Sec. 8.0 /EC 1000.4-12 & Sec. 6.1.1 ANSI/IEEE

C62.41.2 • 2002, 6KV, 30 Q Default Mode

pr 1•----1,,,;1 ----•1

CON~tcr TQltSi

o+ •I o+ 40 t 74'C ( IO t 16S'fl

80 to 135 V !60Hz AC)

>90%

<20%

3SV

< 75msec

UV Stabilized Polycarbonate

20 AWG, Color Coded with Strain Relief

Hand: Portland Orange Person: Lunar White

Countdown: Portland Orange •·

Hand only

Wiring NFPA 70, Notional Electric code • Pedormcd ill comprt!lnte with ITE test ,nclhcd described fn the tcchnkal notes

Digits MUTCO 2003, Section 4E.07, Countdown Numbers Minimum 9" Height & _7" Width

1aossl\

Product Information

'CfassA. 'fuil NUTCO C,;:irnphonte

Test Condi1lm1 :T; ~ zs·c, /ill ...-oiues r.1rndesH;n or ty1)icul \~v1t.:~s '.•.111\:ll :,~cmure.:.i tmrN1 :U!ll'.ltOlN;! co11<l1tions

GE Lighting Solutions • 1-888-MY-GE-LED • www.gelightingsolutions.com 1-888-69-43·533

--r I

I 16il.

\4%1

l

• GE U9htin9 Sdulicns, LlC is a 5ubs-i:Ji1Jt>' of the {i(l/1<'wl t!~ctrk Ccmp-1:.y 'fir~ GE hwrd onif f::::gom<.• !.:o:!em~r~:$ o! l!H G1m;;rnl Hr:cuic Ci!Olpc!;:,. =-? 201:l GE Fghling Sc!t1l.Of\S.. tl(. lnfcfma!icn prc•r-ded is rnh;ecl ~-, ::h~~9t- •1,1th~u1 Mtic~. r.ll 1,;c!t:-~ a1e, dc-~n er t1pico' •;:;;ues wh~om!:oitill!d tmdt1rlcrbcrntor)1 ccr:<!,ti~~,s

J(!Af:'272-iil02113

TSP-61-A

660-4-XX-XX

VANTAGE EDGE®2 A machine vision processor that delivers superior performance

State of the a rt video detection processor The Vantage Edge®2 processor is a key component in the family of Vantage® video detection solutions. The module combines state-of-the-art technology with sophisticated algorithms to deliver dependable vehicle detection required for today's complex transportation systems. The Edge2 processor features single, dual, or quad video inputs to maximize configuration efficiencies for intersection control, highway monitoring, and ramp metering flow control applications.

Maximum flexibility with optional modules The processor module is complimented by multiple Input/Output and Extension Modules that provide flexible and expandable solutions to meet the needs of larger and more complex intersection configurations.

The Edge2 processor module and its associated expansion modules fit into standard detector racks to simplify installation and setup. All modules are designed as a simple and cost-effective replacement for the inductive loop amplifier module configuration.

TSP-62-A

Edge2 Dual Edge2 Single

Edge2 Quad

BENEFITS

• "Plug and play" operation enables use

of existing detector rack

• Simple to use interface reduces training

time and improves productivity levels

• Ease of set up and minimal lane

closure time reduces manpower cost

and keeps traffic flowing during

equipment installation

• Expandable and modular system allows

for optimal configuration that helps to

reduce cost while preserving room for

incremental growth

ru8 Member ofT0V NORD Group

ISO 9001 :2008

Copyright© 2012 lteris, Inc. All rights reserved.

NOTICE: lleris, Inc. reserves the right to change product specifications without notice. Information furnished is for informational purposes only. This information may not be complete or the latest revision. For the most up-to-date information, please contact lteris, Inc.

VANTAGE EDGE®2 A machine vision processor that delivers

superior performance

The Edge2 processor and all of its associated modules can be completely

configured by using a mouse and video monitor only, eliminating the

need for expensive laptops or PDA devices,

SPECIFICATIONS

Power 12 or 24 VDC, 7W maximum

Consumption • @12VDC - 490mA

• @24VDC - 280mA

Video Input type

• NTSC, PAL

• 75 Ohm 1 Vpp

1 input channel

• Single BNC connector

2 input channel

• Dual BNC connector

4 input channel

• 0B15 video input connector (cable supplied)

Output - All models

• Single BNC connector

Communications RS-232 serial port

USB port for pointer control

Detector 1/0 Outputs (open collector +24VDC nominal SOmA)

• 4 on rear edge of module

Inputs

• 4 on rear edge of module

24 detection zones per camera channel

Status Indicators 4 LEDs indicate output detection state

4 LEDs indicate video source

Environmental -35°F to +165°F (-37°C to +74°C)

0% to 95% humidity non-condensing

0.56, 3 axes, 5-30Hz vibration tested

10G in all 3 axes for shock testing

Mechanical 7" Lx 4.5" H x 2.31" W. (17.78cm x 11.43cm x 5.86cm)

0.8Ib (.363Kg)

Warranty 3 years limited warranty

Regulatory NEMA TS-2 compliant

FCC part 15, Class A

TSP-63-A

VANTAGE EDGECONNECT™ Quad-view remote communications module

Ethernet connectivity with streaming video

Vantage EdgeConnect™ is a unique "technology first" product that enhances connectivity between systems in the field and a remote management system. lteris' EdgeConnect quad-view remote communications module provides both local and remote management of data and video over Ethernet - enabling system operators to manage their Vantage® video detection systems more efficiently and effectively by allowing the user to view real-time video and move data from the field to a central location.

Highly flexible for unique user experience

Vantage EdgeConnect's advanced MPEG4/H.264 video compression ability minimizes bandwidth usage, and is scalable to fit the bandwidth available.

Data rates can be set as low as 32 kbps or as high as 7 Mbps. Variable video frame rates between 5 and 30 frames per second also allow the user to optimize the streaming video to fit their specific application.

TSP-64-A

BENEFITS

• Quickly review the operation of an

entire intersection on one screen

• MPEG4/H.264 video compression ability

is scalable to fit the bandwidth available

• "Plug and play" operation enables use of

existing detector rack, minimizing the

need for reconfiguring the controller

cabinet

• Simple-to-use interface reduces training


• Ease of setup and remote access

reduces time and cost of installation and

maintenance of equipment

• Single quad view video stream or four

independent single streams

··· i;Joud ftlnt~ www.iteris.com

VANTAGEEDGECONNECT Quad-view remote communications module

The EdgeConnect module

provides the ability to view up

to four camera feeds through a

single IP connection, enabling

the user to quickly review

the operation of an entire

intersection on one screen.

The easy-to-use, browser-based

user interface simplifies the

management of video streams.

SPECIFICATIONS

Connections

Mechanical

Weight

Environment

Temperature

Humidity

Vibration

Shock

Electrical

ISO 9001:2008

4 BNC connectors for video input (via DB15 spider cable)

4 RJ45 Edge2 Extension Module interface

1 RJ45 Ethernet connector

1 EIA-232 local access port

USB mouse port

1 BNC composite video out connector

Size 7.0" long, 4.511 high, 2.311 wide (17.8 cm long,

11.4 cm high, 5.8 cm wide)

0.64 lbs. (0.29 kg)

-35° F to +165° F (-37° C to +74° C)

0% to 95% non-condensing

0.5G, 3 axes, 5-30 Hz

10G in all 3 axes

12/24 VDC (500/260 mA) - 6.25 W max


NOTICE: lteris, Inc. reserves the right to change product specifications without notice. Information furnished Is for informational purposes only. This information may not be complete or the latest revision. For the most up-to-date information, please contact lterls, Inc.

TM

TSP-65-A

VANTAGE® TS2-IM Simplify communications between your

TS-2 controller and Iteris video detection modules

Feature packed interface module for maximum flexibility

The Vantage® TS2-IM (TS2 Interface Module) is a Bus

Interface Unit (BIU) module that allows lteris Vantage video detection systems to communicate with TS-2

controllers using standard SDLC protocols.

The TS2-IM module collects detection information from the Vantage Edge2 processor and passes the outputs to

the TS-2 Controller using standard SDLC communications. An optional capability allows the module to monitor

the TS-2 controller communications interface for phase conditions. This information can then be passed to the

Edge2 processor modules as an input to allow for even greater flexibility in video detection functionality.

When used in conjunction with the Vantage video detection system, the TS2-IM module provides flexible

input and output control strategies to enable the intersection controller to operate more efficiently.

TSP-66-A

BENEFITS

• Plug and play operation enables the use of existing detector racks, thereby extending the life of the existing TS-2

Controller and cabinet equipment

• Simple to use interface reduces training


• Expandable and modular system allows for optimal configuration that helps to reduce cost while preserving room for

incremental growth

• Mounts into any standard TS-2 BIU

rack slot

• Can be used as a replacement module for standard BIU modules

• Supports standard loop amplifier modules within same detector rack

ISO 9001:2008


NOTICE: lterls, Inc. reserves the right to change product specifications without notice. Information furnished is for Informational purposes only. This Information may not be complete or the latest revision, For the most up-to-date information, please contact lteris, Inc.

E i~Mf~ www.iteris.com

VANTAGE® TS2-IM Simplify communications between your

TS-2 controller and Iteris video detection modules

• An integrated BIU interface that communicates with the TS-2 Controller

using the standard SDLC communications protocol

• 64 detector output channels to the TS-2 Controller

• Connectivity for up to four (4) Edge2 video detection processor modules

• Enhanced virtual zone function dependent upon phase condition for turning movements, count studies, etc.

• Seamless integration with existing loop amplifier modules within the same rack

• Fail~safe mode transmits outputs to the TS-2 Controller upon failure and offers self-diagnostic features

• Plug and Play operation with hot swappable capabilities

SPECIFICATIONS

Power

Connectors

Indicators and Controls

+24VDC, 160 mA (3.8W)

Backplane

• Standard TS-2 BIU connector

Vantage

• 8 x RJ4S receptacles (4 input, 4 output)

SDLCTS-2

• D815 connector

16 x LEDs for detector call status

3 x LEDs for power and communication status

7 point selectable mode switch for setup and operation

Environmental -34°C to +74°C (-30°F to 165°F)

0% to 95% humidity non-condensing

0.SG, 3 axes, 5-30Hz vibration tested

10G in all 3 axes for shock testing

Mechanical 7" Lx 4.5" H X 2.31" W

(17.78cm x 11.43cm x 5.86cm)

0.661b (.299Kg)

Warranty 3 years limited warranty

Regulatory NEMA TS-2 compliant

TSP-67-A

RZ-4 ADVANCED™ WDR Advanced video detection enhanced with

wide dynamic range technology

The industry's most advanced video detection camera

· The RZ-4 Advanced WDR (RZ-4 AWDR) is lteris' premium video detection camera. Optimized for traffic ·video detection, the RZ-4 AWDR combines lteris' best-in-class all-weather performance video detection with Wide Dynamic Range (WDR) technology- using the advanced imager technology to handle extremes in light and dark and severe glare conditions. In harsh backlit conditions, vehicles can be detected with >100dB of dynamic range; the camera can handle the most complicated scene. The RZ-4 AWDR's simple installation, backward compatibility, and the capability to adjust the camera from the cabinet provides an advanced, easy-to-use solution for video vehicle detection.

The RZ-4 AWDR detects vehicles in any lighting and weather conditions. In contrast to other CCTV type or thermal imaging cameras, the RZ-4 AWDR delivers a video signal that is optimized for processing by the Vantage video detection systems.

TSP-68-A

BENEFITS

• Specifically designed for vehicle detection applications

• Improved color and clarity of the video

image, ideal for connection to an Vantage EdgeConnect TM

• Quick-dick connectors and adjustable camera mount streamline installation and minimize setup time - no crimping tools required!

• Set up and configure at the camera or from the ground

• Cable termination located at the rear of the camera simplifies cable connection

• Performs in the most challenging lighting conditions

• Advanced heater enable·s optimal video detection performance in adverse

weather conditions.

Vantage LAM

The LAM (Lens Adjustment Module) is an easy to use device that allows field adjustment of the camera settings. The unit is available in NTSC or PAL format, and can be used with or without a monitor.

No laptop required for set up.

RZ-4 ADVANCED™ WDR Advanced video detection enhanced with

wide dynamic range technology

Easier to install and maintain

The RZ-4 AWDR camera also gives technicians the option to set up the field of view (FOV) from the bucket truck or from the ground at the cabinet.

SPECIFICATIONS

lmager

Lens

Focus

Connections

Physical

Dimensions

Weight

Environment

Temperature

Humidity

Vibration

Shock

Power

Standard

Heater

~~· Membar ofTDV NORD Group

811 x 508 effective pixels

540 1V lines minimum

Automatic white balance

>50 dB S/N ratio

Dynamic range >100 dB

.003 lux capable

3D-DNR Noise Reduction

Focal length and focus adjustable at the rear of

housing for a horizontal field of view ranging from

2.3°tele to 58° wide

27xzoom

Adjustable/auto focus

Terminal block type connection

17" (43.2cm) long x 5" (12.7cm) diameter (without

mounting bracket)

5.7 pounds (2.6 Kg), including camera, lens, using,

sunshield, and mounting bracket

-31 ° F to +165° F (-35° C to +74° C)

0%to 100%

0.SG, 3 axes, 5-30 Hz

10G in all 3 axes

115/230 VAC (SW typical, 25W max.) 50/60 Hz

Indium Tin Oxide, proportional power


NOTICE: !tens, Inc. reserves the right to change product specifications without notice. Information furnished Is for Informational purposes only. This information may not be complete or the latest revision. For the most up-to-date Information, please contact lteris, Inc.

t I

TSP-69-A

'/_.·1;: ,//lf///lCII Tfc :., . DIGITDL COBLE INC.

94 Eagle Fol'l, Rd Hayesvillc,NC 28904 Phone (800)343-2579 Fax (828)389-3922

99163SFX Part Number.

Description: 75 OHM video coax with 3 conductors 16 awg

Suitable Application:

Physical Characteristics:

Coax20Awg Stranding Conductor Material Dielectric Material .Nominal Operation Diameter Tape material BraidAwg Braid Material Braid Coverage 2nd Braid awg 2nd Braid material 2nd braid Coverage 16 awg singles Coaxjacket material+ OD

Mulll Stranding Insulation material Nominal Operation Diameter Color Code Cabling lay Tape material Drain material Nominal Operation Diameter Multi jacket material + OD Final Jacket Material

Nominal Operation Diameter Steel Messenger

INKJET PRINT:

VIDEO CABLE

20 Single strand Bare copper Low density polyethylene .200" n/a 36 Tinned copper 98% 36 Tinned Copper 98% 3 .030" wall of low density polyethylene .304" nom OD Stranded 16 awg bare copper Polyvinylchloride .030" .118" Black, White, green 3" left hand lay Clear mylar tape N/A .270" ,030" wall of polyvinylchloride .330" nom OD .030" wall of Black flame resistant Polyvinylchloride .395" X .700" n/a

ADVANCED DIGITAL CABLE INC. 16/3 W/PRECISION VIDEO SUN RES DIR BUR

Nominal Attenuation:

Impedance: 75 Ohms Frequency Capacitance 20.5 oF/foot 10 Velocity of Prop 66% 50 Voltaoe 600v 100

200 400 700 1000

Customer Name: __________ Date Signed: __________ _

Customer Approval: _____________ _

Specification Issue Date: 04/08/08

Db/100ft .78 1.70 2.50 3.70 5.30 7.40 9,20

TSP

-70-A

lTEKis· ~fr~<-~.~ ... DIN Rail Mounted Surge Panel

New DIN Rail Mounted Design - Compact Design - Better AC protection for:

- Duplex Outlet - Camera Teminal Strips

- DIN Rail Mounted Coax Suppression

UL Listings - AC surge - UL 1449 & 1283 - Circuit breakers - UL 1077 - AC outlet - UL recognized

.,,::;(!!''.;!•:'..!.::: ,.,, •• , 1;.::~!/,:i•.:: ':1::~:,;_1,,;.,1:

TSP-71-A

,...___ ~ t:

~ r~"-7 l. r··1 :

~ ~ ,.,.,., ~

~ ' [) ::: ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

£ 8JQWUQ

~ ==· l e1awe:J

~ ·~ ~ ~

~ ,....... ....... ·~ ~ 2: eJawe::, .~ ~ ( OJ8"1U;'.) ~ ~ ~ UJ)QMOd

U)UOlllW03

UI punOJE)

,. j

~ [J ~ ., .. ·' ~-., ,, -·,,-.... ~

~ ~

TSP-72-A

SPECIFICATIONS/319GL-70NP

LCD Display Led Size 7.0 inch(Diagonal)

Type a-Si TFT active matrix

Native Resolution 480X3(RGB)X234 Display Mode Normally White, Transmissive Active area 154.08(W)X86.58(H) mm Dot pitch 0.107(W)X0.370(H) mm Aspect Ratio 16:9 Color arrangement RGB-stripe Interface Analog Brightness 200 CD/M2

Contrast Ratio 300:1 Liclit Source LED Surface treatment Anti-Glare Response Time Typical Max

(Note 1) Ton 15 msec 30msec

Toff 20 msec 40msec

View Angle 60/60 (Left/Right) and 40/60 (Up/Down) Video Signal Composite Video Input CVBS Inputs 2 RCA Video Inputs, 1 RCA

Audio Input Input Connector RCA AN input, DC plug

Power AC adapter to DC Input: 100-240V, 50/60Hz, 0.60A Output: 12V, 1200mA

DC : 12V, 1200 mA Power Consumption < 9.5 Watts Control Power, Auto Adjustment, Source,

Brightness, Color, Contrast Adjustment OSDMenu

Speaker Built in, I Watts Remote Control Infrared remote Control Stand Detachable, Swivel, Tilt Menu Language English/French/Russian/German/

Chinese Cabinet Color Black Storage temperature (-20)°C --{ + 80°)C Operation Temperature (-10)°C --{ + 70°)C Operation at High (+ 50°)C, 90% RH Max Temperature and Humidity Product Dimension 193mm x 121mm x 29mm ( without Stand ) Package Contents Monitor, A/C adapter, A/V Cable

with RCA inputs, Stand, Remote Control, Manuals

Warranty One year standard warranty including parts and labor.

TSP-73-A

SPECIFICATIONS/319GL-70NP

Note 1: Definition ofRespome time The response time is defined as the LCD optical S\Vitchlng time Interval betvveen

"White" state and "Black" state, Rise tiIne (ToN) is the 1lme between pho1o detector output intensity changed from 90% to 10%. And fall time (T oFF) is the time between photo detector Olltput lntensit1 cl1an ed from 10% to 90%.

1{]1lte (TFT OFF) Black (TFT ON)

100%------------------,.....----90%

10% 0%

=~

ToN

TSP-74-A

Astro-Brac Mast Arm Camera Mounting

Model ---- AB-0175-L-L

Distributed by:

lTERIS~ ~"'-·,.,.

TSP-75-A

PEDESTRIAN p~us.H B"UTTON

2060-PB 2060-A

2060

2060-PB: 2060-H (HOUSING), 2060 (COVER), 2060-A (FLAT ADAPTER)

37

1

PBCWUD

STANDARD DESIGN SPECIFICATION SECTIONS

WEST ATLANTIC AVENUE

42- INCH WATERMAIN RELOCATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVISION 00 – Procurement and Contracting Requirements (To Be Provided by County) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 01 – General Requirements

01 42 19 Reference Standards 01 45 29 Testing Laboratory Services 01 60 00 Products Requirements 01 66 00 Product Storage and Handling Requirements 01 74 30 Pressure Pipe Testing and Disinfection

DIVISION 02 – Existing Conditions

02 41 00 Demolition DIVISION 31 – Earthwork

31 11 00 Clearing and Grubbing 31 23 00 Excavation and Fill 31 23 19 Dewatering 31 25 00 Erosion and Sedimentation Controls

DIVISION 32 – Exterior Improvements

32 92 23 Sodding

DIVISION 33 – Utilities

33 05 05 Buried Piping Installation 33 11 05 Bolts, Nuts, And Gaskets 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe 33 11 11 Ductile Iron Fitting

DIVISION 40 – Piping 40 05 00 Piping, General DIVISION 43 – Process Gas and Liquid Handling, Purification, and Storage Equipment

43 30 14 Butterfly Valves 43 30 22 Gate Valves

TSP-76-A

2

APPENDIX A. Permits

a. Palm Beach County Health Department b. Florida Department of Transportation c. Lake Worth Drainage District

B. PBCWUD Approved Material and Equipment

TSP-77-A

City of Jacksonville, NC Master Specifications Revised June 13, 2018 Kimley-Horn Project No: 015567007

REFERENCE STANDARDS 01 42 19 Page 1 of 2

SECTION 01 42 19

REFERENCE STANDARDS

PART 1 ‐ GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Wherever reference is made to any published standards, codes, or standard specifications, it shall mean the latest standard code, specification, or tentative specification of the technical society, organization, or body referred to, which is in effect at the date of invitation for Bids.

B. All materials, products, and procedures used or incorporated in the work shall be in strict conformance with applicable codes, regulations, specifications, and standards.

C. Contractor shall, when required, furnish evidence satisfactory to the Engineer that materials and methods are in accordance with such standards where so specified.

D. In the event any questions arise as to the application of these standards or codes, copies shall be supplied on‐site by the Contractor.

E. A partial listing of codes, regulations, specifications, and standards includes the following:

1. Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI) 2. Air Diffusion Council (ADC) 3. Air Moving and Conditioning Association (AMCA) 4. The Aluminum Association (AA) 5. American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA) 6. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 7. American Gear Manufacturers Association (AGMA) 8. American Hot Dip Galvanizers Association (AHDGA) 9. American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. (AISC) 10. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) 11. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 12. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) 13. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air‐Conditioning Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE) 14. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) 15. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 16. American Standards Association (ASA) 17. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 18. American Welding Society (AWS) 19. American Wood‐Preserver's Association (AWPA) 20. Anti‐Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA) 21. Building Officials and Code Administrators (BOCA) 22. Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) 23. Factory Mutual (FM) 24. Federal Specifications 25. Instrument Society of America (ISA) 26. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)

TSP-78-A

City of Jacksonville, NC Master Specifications Revised June 13, 2018 Kimley-Horn Project No: 015567007

01 42 19 REFERENCE STANDARDS Page 2 of 2

27. International Building Code (IBC) 28. National and Local Fire Codes 29. Lightning Protection Institute (LPI) 30. National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) 31. National Electrical Code (NEC) 32. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) 33. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) 34. National Electrical Testing Association (NETA) 35. National Fire Protection Association (NFiPA) 36. Regulations and Standards of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) 37. Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc. (SBCCI) 38. Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACCNA) 39. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC) 40. Standard Mechanical Code 41. Standard Plumbing Code 42. Uniform Building Code (UBC) 43. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)

‐ END OF SECTION ‐

TSP-79-A

TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01 45 29-1

SECTION 01 45 29

TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. Contractor shall employ and pay for services of an Independent Testing Laboratory to perform specified services.

B. Inspection, Sampling and Testing is required for:

1. Densities and Proctors (for soil compaction)

2. Bacteriological Clearance (2 tests for rehabilitation)

3. Other operations specified in these specifications or as required by the

Engineer.

C. Contractor's employment of Testing Laboratory shall in no way relieve

Contractor of their obligation to perform Work in accordance with Contract. 1.02 QUALIFICATION OF LABORATORY

A. Meet "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification", latest edition, published by American Council of Independent Laboratories.

B. Meet basic requirements of ASTM E 329-90 "Standard Practice for Use in the

Evaluation of Testing Agencies for Concrete and Steel as Used in Construction".

C. Certified in the State of Florida in accordance with FDEP requirements. 1.03 LABORATORY DUTIES; LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY

A. Cooperate with Engineer and Contractor; provide qualified personnel promptly on notice.

B. Perform specified inspections, sampling and testing of materials and methods

of construction:

1. Comply with specified standards; ASTM, other recognized authorities, and as specified.

TSP-80-A


2. Ascertain compliance with requirements of Contract Documents.

C. Promptly notify Engineer, and Contractor, of irregularities or deficiencies of Work which are observed during performance of services.

D. Promptly submit 2 copies of reports of inspections and tests to Engineer in

table format acceptable to PBCHD, including:

1. Date issued.

2. Project title and number.

3. Testing Laboratory name and address.

4. Name of Inspector

5. Date of inspection or sampling.

6. Record of temperature and weather.

7. Date of test.

8. Identification of product and specification section.

9. Location in project.

10. Type of inspection or test.

11. Observations regarding compliance with Contract Documents.

E. Laboratory is not authorized to:

1. Release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on, requirements of Contract Documents.

2. Approve or accept any portion of Work.

3. Perform any duties of the Contractor.

1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Select laboratory, and coordinate testing with Lab and Engineer's representative.

B. Cooperate with Laboratory personnel, provide access to Work.

C. Provide to Laboratory, preliminary representative samples of materials to be

tested, in required quantities.

D. Furnish copies of mill test reports.

TSP-81-A


E. Furnish casual labor and facilities:

1. To provide access to Work to be tested.

2. To obtain and handle samples at the site.

3. To facilitate inspections and tests.

4. For Laboratory's exclusive use for storage and curing of test samples.

F. Notify Laboratory sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for his

assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests.

G. Pay for services of the Testing Laboratory to perform additional inspections, sampling and testing required:

1. For Contractor's convenience.

2. When initial tests indicate Work does not comply with Contract

Documents.

3. Such payment shall be made directly by the Contractor. PART 2 – PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 – EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION

TSP-82-A


(This page has been intentionally left blank.)

TSP-83-A

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 - 1

SECTION 01 60 00

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART I GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

A. Products

B. Workmanship

C. Manufacturer’s Instructions

D. Transportation and Handling

E. Storage and Protection

F. Substitutions and Product Options 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Terms and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this section.

B. Section 01 11 00: Summary of Work – Provisions and performance of work under the Contract.

C. Section 01 33 00: Submittals – Submittal of manufacturer’s drawings, descriptive literature, samples and certificates.

D. Section 01 42 19: Reference Standards – Provision and identification of

publication sources for referenced standards. 1.03 PRODUCTS

A. Products include materials, products, equipment and systems. B. Comply with specifications and referenced standards as minimum. C. DO NOT provide used materials and products, except as specifically

allowed by notation or indication in Contract Documents.

TSP-84-A


1.04 WORKMANSHIP

A. Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship.

B. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified

quality.

C. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devises designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, and rocking.

1.05 MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS

A. When work is specified to comply with manufacturer’s printed instructions, obtain and distribute copies to persons involved, and maintain one set at job site in field office.

B. Perform work in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and specified

requirements.

C. Should a conflict exist between Specifications and manufacturer’s instructions, consult with Engineer.

1.06 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING

A. Arrange deliveries of products in accordance with construction schedules; coordinate to avoid delay of progress, conflict with work and with conditions at the site.

B. Transport products by methods to avoid product damage; deliver dry in an

undamaged condition in manufacturer’s unopened containers or packaging.

C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle product by methods to prevent soiling or damage.

D. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with

requirements, quantities are correct and products are undamaged. 1.07 STORAGE AND PROTECTION

A. Store products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible.

B. Store sensitive products in weather-tight enclosures; maintain within

temperatures and humidity ranges recommended/required by

TSP-85-A


manufacturer’s instructions. PVC pipe shall not be stored in a place where it can be exposed to ultraviolet light.

C. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above

ground. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering; provide ventilation to avoid condensation.

D. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a well-drained area;

prevent mixing with foreign matter.

E. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged, and are maintained under required conditions.

F. After installation, provide coverings to protect products from damage from

traffic and construction operations, remove when no longer needed. 1.08 PRODUCT OPTIONS

A. Within 30 days after date of Contract, submit complete list of major products proposed, with name of manufacturer, trade name and model.

B. Options:

1. Products specified only by reference standard: Any product meeting

that standard. 2. Product specified by naming several manufacturers: Product of any

named manufacturer meeting specifications. 3. Products specified by naming one or more manufacturers and “or

equivalent”: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not specifically named. See bid documents for specific instructions regarding substitution requests.

1.09 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Substitutions will be considered during the bidding process. See the instructions to bidders for more information on how to propose a substitution. Subsequent to the bidding process, substitutions will be considered only when a product becomes unavailable due to no fault of the Contractor.

B. Document each request with five sets (5) of complete data, drawings and

samples as appropriate, substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents including: 1. General information about the proposed substitution:

a. For Products:

TSP-86-A


1) Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address.

2) Manufacturers’ literature: a) Product description. b) Performance and test data. c) Reference standards.

3) Samples 4) Name and address of similar projects on which product

was used, and date of installation. b. For construction methods:

1) Detailed description of proposed method. 2) Drawings illustrating methods

2. Comparison of the qualities of the proposed substitution with the

specified.

3. Changes required in other elements of the work because of the substitution.

4. Effect on the construction schedule.

5. Cost data comparing the proposed substitution with the product specified.

6. Any required license fees or royalties

7. Availability of maintenance service, and the source replacement materials.

C. Request constitutes a representation that Contractor:

1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds, in all respects, specified product.

2. Will provide the same warranty for substitution as for specified product.

3. Will coordinate installation and make other changes which may be required for work to be complete in all respects.

4. Waives claims for additional costs which may subsequently become apparent.

D. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on

Shop Drawing or Product Data submittals without separate written request,

TSP-87-A


or when acceptance will require significant revision of the Contract Documents.

E. Engineer will review to determine acceptability of proposed substitution, and

will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection in writing within a reasonable time.

PART II PRODUCTS Not used. PART III EXECUTION Not used.

END OF SECTION

TSP-88-A



TSP-89-A

PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING 01 60 00 - 1

SECTION 01 66 00

PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING

PART I GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Delivery

a. Scheduling b. Personnel c. Inspection d. Identification

2. Handling 3. Storage 4. Protection

1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. See individual Sections for specific storage and handling requirements.

PART II EXECUTION

1.03 DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS

A. Schedule delivery of products or equipment as required to allow timely installation and to avoid prolonged storage.

B. Provide appropriate personnel and equipment to receive deliveries.

C. Deliver products or equipment in manufacturer's original unbroken cartons or

other containers designed and constructed to protect the contents from physical or environmental damage.

D. Inspect all products or equipment delivered to the site prior to unloading. E. Reject all products or equipment that are damaged, used or in any other way

unsatisfactory for use on the project. F. Delivery trucks will not be permitted to wait extended periods of time on the Site

for personnel or equipment to receive the delivery.

G. Clearly and fully mark and identify as to manufacturer, item and installation location.

TSP-90-A


H. Provide manufacturer's instructions for storage and handling.

I. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent

soiling, disfigurement, or damage.

1.04 HANDLING REQUIREMENTS

A. Handle products or equipment in accordance with these Contract Documents and manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions.

1.05 STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

A. All equipment and materials shall be stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as directed by the Owner or Engineer, and in conformity to applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations and rulings of the public authority having jurisdiction.

B. Contractor shall not store unnecessary materials or equipment on the job

site, and shall take care to prevent any structure from being loaded with a weight which will endanger its security or the safety of persons.

C. Contractor shall enforce the instructions of Owner and Engineer regarding

the posting of regulatory signs for loadings on structures, fire safety, and smoking areas.

D. Materials arriving on the job site shall be stored in such a manner as to keep

material free of rust and dirt and so as to keep material properly aligned and true to shape. Rusty, dirty, or misaligned material shall be rejected.

E. Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment.

1. Place loose soil materials and materials to be incorporated into Work to prevent damage to any part of Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of Work and to utility service company installations in vicinity of Work.

2. Contractor shall provide adequate temporary storage buildings/facilities, if required, to protect materials or equipment on the job site.

F. Restrict storage to areas available on construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Drawings, or approved by Owner’s Project Representative.

TSP-91-A


G. Contractor shall not store materials or encroach upon private property without the written consent of the owners of such private property.

1. Do not use lawns, grass plots or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of owner or other person in possession or control of premises.

H. Materials shall not be placed within ten (10) feet of fire hydrants or other emergency access features. Gutters, drainage channels and inlets shall be kept unobstructed at all times.

I. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that

will cause minimum inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants and occupants.

1. Arrange storage to provide easy access for inspection.

J. Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate.

1. Provide addresses of and access to off-site storage locations for inspection by Owner’s Project Representative.

K. Neatly, safely and compactly stack materials delivered and stored along line of Work to avoid inconvenience and damage to property owners and general public.

1. Total length which materials may be distributed along route of construction at one time is 1,000 linear feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by Owner’s Project Representative.

L. Keep public and private driveways and street crossings open.

M. Repair or replace damaged lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements to satisfaction of Owner’s Project Representative.

1.06 PROTECTION

A. Protect all products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written directions.

B. Store products or equipment in location to avoid physical damage to items

while in storage.

C. Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly dry if required by the manufacturer.

-END OF SECTION-

TSP-92-A


NO SPECIFICATIONS ON THIS PAGE FOR FORMATTING PURPOSES.

TSP-93-A

PRESSURE PIPE TESTING AND DISINFECTION 01 74 30-1

SECTION 01 74 30 PRESSURE PIPE TESTING AND DISINFECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED

A. Flushing, Pressure Testing, and Disinfection of all piping systems.

B. Contractor shall furnish all necessary pumps, hoses, piping, fittings, meters, gauges, chemicals and labor to conduct specified testing.

C. Testing shall be repeated at the Contractor’s expense until satisfactory results

are achieved.

D. Refer the specific chemical system specification section for additional flushing and testing procedures.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 40 05 00 – Piping General 1.03 REFERENCES

A. ANSI/AWWA C651 - Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains. 1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Test Reports: Indicate results comparative to specified requirements. Submit two (2) copies of test results to Engineer in accordance with Submittal specifications.

B. Final approval of the bacterial samples shall be received from the Florida

Department of Health – Palm Beach County prior to the time that the system is placed into operation. Sampling procedures shall be done in accordance with FDH – PBC requirements.

C. Bacteriological sampling locations shall meet FDEP requirements and be

taken where shown on the drawings and as directed by the Engineer. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform Work in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C651.

TSP-94-A


1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable FDH-PBC requirements for performing the work of this

Section.

B. Work shall conform to PBCWUD Standards. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DISINFECTION CHEMICALS

A. Chemicals: The disinfecting agent shall be sodium hypochlorite solution ANSI/AWWA B303 or liquid chlorine ANSI/AWWA B301. Dry hypochlorite, similar to "HTH" or equal may also be used as the disinfecting agent. Bleach or Clorox is not acceptable.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that piping systems have been cleaned, inspected, and tested.

B. Coordinate scheduling of flushing, pressure testing, and disinfection activities with tie-ins, certifications, and sequence of construction.

3.02 FLUSHING AND PRESSURE TESTING - PIPING

A. The Contractor shall furnish and install suitable temporary testing plugs or caps for the water lines, all necessary pressure pumps, hose, pipe connections, meters, gauges and other similar equipment, and all labor required, all without additional compensation for conducting pressure and leakage tests and flushing of the piping. Flushing and pressure testing shall be conducted in the following order.

B. After all piping lines have been installed and before pressure testing and final

connections to existing equipment, each run of pipe shall be thoroughly flushed so as to remove all debris and foreign matter from the piping and equipment. Clean and flush all piping using potable water. Pigging of piping systems shall be incorporated in to this flushing procedure. Non-abrasive pigs shall be employed to clean the HDPE pipes. Sufficient flushing water and pigging shall be introduced into the piping to produce a discharge that is clear with no evidence of silt or foreign matter is visible. Contractor to provide means of discharging and disposing of water at Contractor's expense.

C. Pressure testing ductile iron piping systems:

TSP-95-A

---


1. The test pressure for the water piping, irrigation quality water piping, and force main piping systems constructed of ductile iron shall be 150 psi and this pressure shall be maintained for a period of not less than two hours. Tests shall be made between valves and as far as practicable and as approved by the Engineer. Potable water from the distribution system shall be used. Pressure shall not vary more than five (5) psi for piping during the test periods or as approved by the Engineer. Allowable leakage shall be computed on the basis of AWWA C-600.

2. All leaks evident at the surface shall be uncovered and repaired

regardless of the total leakage as indicated by the test, and all pipes, valves and fittings and other materials found defective under the test shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Tests shall be repeated until leakage has been reduced below the allowable amount.

3. In the judgment of the Engineer, should it not be practical to follow the

foregoing procedures exactly for any reason, modifications in the procedure shall be made as approved by the Engineer. In any event, the Contractor shall be responsible for the ultimate water tightness of the piping within the preceding requirements.

3.03 DISINFECTION

A. The Contractor shall furnish and install suitable temporary connections to the piping, all necessary pressure pumps, hose, pipe connections, meters, gauges and other similar equipment, and all labor required, all without additional compensation for the disinfection of all required piping systems. Disinfection shall be conducted on the following systems:

1. Raw water main piping, drop pipe, pump and valves.

B. Conform to AWWA Standards and as modified herein.

C. Maintain disinfectant for a minimum of 8 hours, no longer than 24 hours, in

such a manner that the entire system will be filled with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 50 ppm at any point.

D. After the disinfecting agents have been permitted to remain for the specified

contact periods, the water lines, and valves shall be thoroughly flushed with water until the residual chlorine tests are less than 2 PPM in each instance. The determination of the amount of residual chlorine in the system shall be made at such points and in accord with standard tests by means of a standard orthotolodine test set.

TSP-96-A


3.04 BACTERIOLOGICAL SAMPLING

A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor under this contract to perform the bacteriological testing required by the FDH-PBC and PBCWUD to obtain clearance of the raw water main piping. The Contractor shall be responsible to disinfect and repeat testing as needed until clearance is obtained for all required plant systems. The Contractor shall be responsible to pay for additional water needed if the bacteriological testing must be repeated for the clearance of the raw water mains.

B. The piping systems require two (2) consecutive daily samples taken from the

locations called out on the plans or as determined by the Engineer. The samples shall be taken at all the respective sample point locations.

C. Sampling must be coordinated with Engineer and other construction activities

so as to minimize re-sampling.

D. Contractor shall submit schedule for bacteriological testing and pressure tests.

E. The Contractor shall incur all costs needed to provide bacteriological

clearance of the piping systems. 3.05 QUALITY CONTROL

A. The laboratory and personnel collecting bacteriological samples shall be Florida State certified in accordance with FDEP requirements.

END OF SECTION

TSP-97-A

DEMOLITION 02 41 00-1

SECTION 02 41 00

DEMOLITION PART I GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. The Contractor shall furnish all supervised labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required for the removal of the existing pipe including related components and appurtenances and the existing control panel.

B. The Contractor is responsible for removal of all debris from the site and

proper disposal of debris. 1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Provide a detailed sequence of demolition and pipe removal as part of the Contractor's schedule.

1.03 ACCESS

A. Conduct demolition and the removal of pipe and appurtenances to ensure minimum interference with roads and walks.

B. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks or driveways without permission from

the Engineer. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic in access ways.

1.04 PROTECTION

A. The Contractor shall conduct construction activities to minimize damage to adjacent buildings, structures, utilities, storm drainage, and other facilities, including persons.

1.05 DAMAGE

A. The Contractor shall immediately report damage caused to adjacent facilities by demolition operations. The Contractor shall promptly make all required repairs as directed by the Engineer and at no cost to the Owner.

1.06 UTILITIES

A. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to maintain existing utilities in service and protect against damage during demolition operations.

TSP-98-A


1.07 POLLUTION CONTROL

A. For pollution control, use temporary enclosures, silt screens, and other suitable methods as necessary to limit the amount of debris and dirt entering adjacent canal, canal, property, and storm drainage structures.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

A. Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 REMOVAL OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND APPURTENANCES

A. The contractor will be responsible for the complete removal of the 42- inch pipe and appurtenances, presently installing on existing piles for the aerial crossing of the LWDD E-2E canal. Note that the piles and pile caps shall be removed by others.

B. The contractor will also be responsible for the complete removal of the

buried segment of existing 42-inch and 12-inch watermain to the limits shown on the plans. The contractor will be responsible for bringing clean backfill for backfilling the pipe trenches. All fill shall be compacted in accordance with ASTM D- 1557

C. All removed pipe and appurtenances shall be disposed of by the contractor.

END OF SECTION

TSP-99-A



TSP-100-A

BURIED PIPING INSTALLATION 33 05 05- 1

SECTION 33 05 05

BURIED PIPING INSTALLATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. The work covered by this section consists of providing all labor, material and equipment, and performing all construction required to install, DIP watermain, fittings, valves, and accessories as specified and shown on the drawings.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Section 01 33 00. B. Reports on pressure tests and leakage tests will be prepared and submitted

by the Contractor. C. Product Data: Provide data on pressure pipes and liners, pipe fittings,

valves, tapping saddles, linestop assemblies, restraints, air release valves, plug valves, adaptors, dresser couplings and restraints, and accessories

D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that pipe, fittings, and valves meet or

exceed respective ANSI, AWWA, and/or NSF Standards

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Any potable water system components that are required to be replaced to

perform the proposed improvements shall be supplied and installed per the applicable FDEP and Palm Beach County Water Utilities Department Standards. Refer to the Palm Beach County Water Utilities Department Standards for a list of approved products and submittal procedures. Water system components which come into contact with drinking water must conform with ANSI/NSF Standard 61-1991, Drinking Water Components

B. ANSI/AWWA C104 – Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron

Pipe and Fittings for Water. C. ANSI/AWWA C110 – Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 In.

Through 48 In. for Water and Other Liquids. D. ANSI/AWWA C111 – Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron

Pressure Pipe and Fittings.

TSP-101-A


E. ANSI/AWWA C115 – Standard for Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-

Iron or Gray Iron Treaded Flanges. F. ANSI/AWWA C150 – Standard for the Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron

Pipe. G. ANSI/AWWA C151 – Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for

Water or Other Liquids. H. ANSI/AWWA C153 – Standard for Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings, 3 In.

Through 24 In. and 54 In. Through 64 In. for Water Service. I. AWWA C504 – Standard for Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves.

J. AWWA C509 – Standard for Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply

Service. K. AWWA C512 – Standard for Air-Release, Air/Vacuum, and Combination Air

Valves for Waterworks Service. L. AWWA C600 – Standards for Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and

Their Appurtenances. M. ASTM D2922 - Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place

by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). N. ASTM 493-85 - Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride

(CPVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. O. ASME/ANSI B16.5 –1996 – Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. P. ASME/ANSI B 31.3 – 1996 – ASME Code for Pressure Piping. Q. ASME/ANSI B 16.9 – Pipe Fittings.


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Terms and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this section.

B. Palm Beach County Water Utilities Department Standards.

TSP-102-A


C. Section 02 41 00– Demolition D. Section 31 23 19 – Dewatering E. Section 31 23 00 – Earthwork, Excavation and Backfill F. Section 01 74 30 – Pressure Pipe Testing and Disinfection

PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL

A. Although they may not be specifically shown on the drawings or called for elsewhere in the Technical Provisions, the Contractor shall include the cost of all fittings, piping supports, and miscellaneous appurtenances needed to provide a secure, workable pipe and valve system. Piping shall be supported by thrust restraints and tie rods as necessary to ensure a stable installation. Adjustable pipe supports or piers shall be arranged to relieve attached equipment of all strain due to the weight of the pipe, fittings, valves, and the contents of the pipe.

2.02 APPROVED PRODUCTS

A. All products that come into contact with potable water shall be as specified by the Palm Beach County Water Utilities Department Standards.

B. DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall conform to AWWA C110, C111, C115,

C150, C151 and C153 and shall be in conformance with the Palm Beach County Utility Standards. If no standard exists, the following shall be used:

1. Joints: Buried pipe and pipe installed as an aerial crossing within the

steel casing shall be AWWA approved push-on restrained or mechanical joint pipe (AWWA/ANSI C111/C21.11) unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Exposed joints shall be AWWA approved flanged joint pipe, in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C115, or as detailed on the drawings. Pipe sizes 3” to 12” diameter shall be Class 52. Pipe sizes 14” and above shall be Class 51.

2. Fittings: Buried fittings shall be AWWA approved mechanical joint fittings unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Exposed fittings shall be flanged fitting or as detailed on the drawings. Fittings 4” to 24” shall conform to AWWA C153/A21.52 and fittings 30” and above shall conform to AWWA C110/A21.10 or AWWA C153/A21.52.

3. All ductile iron fittings shall be factory lined and coated as follows:

TSP-103-A


a. Watermain Fittings– Lining: In accordance with the Palm Beach County Utility approved products list for watermain fittings

4. Restrained joint pipe shall be constructed on all new watermains adjacent to all bends, crosses, tees, etc., where a change in direction occurs. All joints within the aerial crossing shall also be restrained. Refer to the Table on the drawings for restrained pipe lengths.

5. Restrained joint fittings for 24" and smaller diameter shall be "Flex-Ring" as manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe Company, "TR Flex" as manufactured by U.S. Pipe Company, "Super-Lock" as manufactured by Clow Corporation, or an approved equal”. Restrained joint fittings for 30" and larger diameter pipe shall be "Flex-Ring" as manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe Company, "HP Lok" as manufactured by U.S. Pipe Company, or “an approved equal”. All bolts and hex nuts shall be U.S. Steel COR Ten or “an approved equal”. The accessory package consisting of the restraining element and gaskets shall be packaged together as a complete unit noting the size on the outside of the sealed weather proof container. Mechanical joint fittings as specified in paragraph B.6. below may also be used at the Contractor's option.

6. Mechanical Joint Fittings shall conform to the requirements stated in paragraph B.5. above. Mechanical joint fittings shall be furnished with Megalug Retainer Glands as manufactured by EBBA Iron, Inc., Eastland, Texas (1-800-433-1716) or “an approved equal” unless otherwise noted. All bolts and hex nuts shall be U.S. Steel COR Ten or “an approved equal”. The accessory package consisting of the retainer gland, bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be packaged together as a complete unit noting the size on the outside of the sealed weather proof container.

C. DIP PIPE -- WATER MAIN

DIP pipe used for water mains shall conform to the Palm Beach County

Standards and Approved Materials and Equipment List. Fittings used in conjunction with the water main shall be ductile iron. DIP water main pipe shall have a line of blue paint or blue tape the full length of the new run on top of the pipe and on both sides. Pipe interior and exterior to be coated in accordance with the Palm Beach County Approved Materials List.

TSP-104-A


D. THRUST RESTRAINT 1. All bends, tees, crosses, reducers and dead ends shall be restrained

through an approved means of mechanical joint restraint unless an alternate restraint method is shown on the drawings. All branch valves shall be restrained with MEGALUGS or approved equal or anchor tees, or anchor couplings, or as noted on the drawings. Any line terminated during the construction phase that is a known future extension shall have a plugged valve placed at the end and restrained with MEGALUGS or approved equal. Thrust restraints shall be placed in accordance with the restraint table shown in the construction plans. Existing pressure pipes that are modified by the construction or connected to new piping systems shall be restrained by bell restraints, split-ring restraints, or thrust blocks as appropriate.

E. LOCATOR WIRE AND TAPE

1. All buried permanent DIP piping shall be marked with one continuous

strip of 6” wide magnetic tape and located approximately twelve (12) inches above the crown of the pipe.

2. Service wire shall be laid in the trench with all services, connected to

the main wire and wrapped around the service piping or tubing. Wire for force mains shall be green in color.

3. All wire connections shall be made with Dri-Splice wire connectors,

Imperial Snip-Snap fittings filled with waterproof silicone sealant or approved equal. All splices shall be inspected and tested before burial.

4. All other buried permanent pipes shall have magnetic locator tape, buried a maximum of 24”.

F. AIR RELEASE VALVES AND STRUCTURES

All products shall be as specified by the Palm Beach County Water Utilities Department Standards. If no standard exists, the following shall be used:

1. All air release valves shall comply with AWWA Standard C-512 latest

revisions thereof. Air Release Valves shall be ARI D-023 or approved equal and constructed in accordance with Palm Beach County Standards.

TSP-105-A


G. VALVE BOXES

Water main products shall be in accordance with the Palm Beach County Utility Standards. If no standard exists, the following shall be used:

1. All valve boxes shall be heavy duty cast iron construction ASTM-A48

Class 30, 2 piece, 5-1/4” opening screw type with locking nut, equal to Tyler/Union 461-S series. Valve box lids shall have the words “WATER”, where appropriate, cast in the top.

PARTIII EXECUTION 3.01 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL

Any existing equipment or material which is removed or replaced as a result of construction under this project may be designated as non-salvageable by the OWNER and shall be removed by the Contractor at his expense.

3.02 POTABLE WATER SYSTEM

Potable Water system components shall be installed per the requirements of the Palm Beach County Water Utilities Department Standards.

3.03 MARKING BY MANUFACTURER

Special markings shall be plainly marked on the applicable pipe indicating the weight, class of pipe, casting period, manufacturer's mark and year pipe was produced.

3.04 TESTS

A. Test, flush, and disenfect system in accordance with Section 01 74 30. B. All tests must be made in the presence of the Utility and Engineer unless

waived in writing. The Contractor will notify the Utility or Engineer 48 hours in advance of testing.

C. Watermain Systems shall be tested and inspected in accordance with AWWA C600 or C605 requirements as applicable.

TSP-106-A


3.05 EXISTING UTILITIES

A. The plans depict the approximate location of the known existing subsurface water, sanitary sewer, electric, telephone, gas, cable, and storm water utilities.

B. Contractor will arrange for underground utilities to be located by appropriate

utility owners in advance of the contractor’s operations. Contractor shall pothole all locations where the proposed pipe crosses an existing underground facility to verify that a conflict does not exist.

C. Notify Engineer of any substantial changes that would require a deviation in

the plans.

D. Repair any damage done to existing utilities at no additional expense to the Owner.

3.06 PREPARATION

A. Where applicable, ream pipe and tube ends and remove burrs.

B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. C. Prepare pipe connections to equipment with flanges or unions.

3.07 BEDDING

A. Excavate trench and install pipe bedding as specified in Section 31 23 00 -

Earthwork, Excavation and Backfill.

3.08 SURFACE CONDITIONS

A. Inspection

1. Prior to all Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this work may properly commence.

2. Verify that all equipment may be installed in accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, shop drawings, and the reference standards.

B. Discrepancies

1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Engineer. 2. Do not proceed with installation in area of discrepancy until all such

discrepancies have been fully resolved.

TSP-107-A


3.09 PIPE-INSTALLATION GENERAL

A. Take all precautions necessary to ensure that pipe, valves, fittings, and

other accessories are not damaged in unloading, handling, and installation. Examine each piece of material just prior to installation to determine that no damage has occurred. Remove any damaged material from the site and replace with undamaged material.

B. Exercise care to keep foreign material and dirt from entering pipe during

storage handling and installation. Close ends of in-place piping at the end of any work period to preclude the entry of animals and foreign material.

C. All upland pipe not installed as an aerial crossing shall be laid in a dry

trench. D. Use only those tools specifically intended for cutting the size, material and

type pipe involved. Make cut to prevent damage to pipe or lining and to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe.

3.10 VALVES AND VALVE BOXES

A. Install all valves with operator stems in a plumb direction on the side of the

valve as shown on the Drawings. Locate valves where shown on Drawings. Thoroughly clean all materials installation. Check valves for satisfactory operation.

B. Set box in alignment with valve stem centered on valve nut. Set the valve box to prevent transmitting shock or stress to the valve. Set the box cover flush with the finished ground surface or pavement.

3.11 THRUST RESTRAINT

A. Use metal harness restraints as shown on drawings.

B. Where retainer glands are used, extreme care shall be taken so that each

set screw is tightened as recommended by the manufacturer before the pipe is backfilled and tested.

C. Existing piping shall be restrained with bell restraints as required by the

thrust restraint table shown on the plans.

TSP-108-A


3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Compaction shall be performed in accordance with Section 31 23 00.

B. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace, and retest at no cost to Owner.

3.13 CONSTRUCTION CONSTRAINTS

A. The Contractor shall give special considerations to accommodate the

business owners and residents in minimizing downtime and disruption of water and sewer services during the entire construction period.

B. The Contractor will be required to submit as-builts including pressure test results to the Engineer after the completion of the watermain construction and for submission to the Palm Beach County Health Department.

END OF SECTION

(This page has been left intentionally blank.)

TSP-109-A

CLEARING AND GRUBBING 31 11 00-1

SECTION 31 11 00

CLEARING AND GRUBBING PART I GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. The work to be performed under this item shall consist of either the clearing

of or the clearing and grubbing of the area of construction as designated on the drawings.

B. Clearing - Where clearing only is required it shall consist of the cutting and

removal of all trees, stumps, bush, logs, hedges, and the removal of all fences, concrete, debris, asphalt, and other loose or projecting material from the designated area. The grubbing of stumps and roots will be required.

C. Clearing and Grubbing - Clearing and grubbing shall consist of clearing the

surface of the ground of the designated areas of all trees, stumps, down timber, logs, snags, brush, undergrowth, hedges, heavy growth of grass or weeds, fences, structures, debris, and rubbish of any nature, natural obstructions or such material which, in the opinion of Engineer, is unsuitable, including grubbing of stumps, roots, matter roots, foundations ad disposal from the project of all spoil materials resulting from clearing and grubbing by burning or otherwise.

1.02 REFERENCES A. Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and

Bridge construction (F.D.O.T.), latest edition. PART II MATERIALS 2.01 MATERIALS FOR REPLACEMENT A. All materials required to be brought on to the site for filling of holes caused by

grubbing or otherwise shall be as specified in Section 31 23 00 – Earthwork, Excavation and Backfill.

TSP-110-A

CLEARING AND GRUBBING 31 11 00-2

PART III EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULE A. Contractor shall schedule the clearing or clearing and grubbing work at a

satisfactory time in advance of the project improvement construction operation.

3.02 SPOIL MATERIALS REMOVAL A. All materials to be disposed of by removal from the site shall be disposed of

off site in a legal manner by Contractor at the Contractor's expense. The manner and location of disposal of materials shall be subject to review by Engineer and shall not create an unsightly or objectionable view.

3.03 CLEARING A. Clear the area of all objectionable materials. Trees and other debris

unavoidably falling outside the specified limits must be cut up, removed, and disposed of in a satisfactory manner. Preserve and protect from injury all trees not to be removed. The trees, stumps, and brush shall be cut to a height of not more than 12-inches above the ground. The grubbing of stumps and roots will be required.

B. On site burning of debris will not be allowed. 3.04 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. In areas designated to be cleared and grubbed, all stumps, roots, buried logs,

brush, grass and other unsatisfactory materials shall be removed. B. All holes remaining after the grubbing operation in embankment areas shall

have the sides broken down to flatten out the slopes, and shall be filled with acceptable material, moistened and properly compacted in layers to the density required in Section 31 23 00. The same construction procedure shall be applied to all holes remaining after grubbing in excavation areas where the depth of holes exceeds the depth of the proposed excavation.

END OF SECTION

TSP-111-A

EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL

31 23 00 - 1

SECTION 31 23 00


PART I GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

The work covered by this section consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, and materials, and performing all earthwork operations to include:

A. Excavation and backfill of pipe trenches.

B. Soil compaction and stabilization requirements for pipe trenches. C. Soil testing for pipe trenches.

1.02 REFERENCES A. Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and

Bridge Construction, Latest Edition. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

D698 Moisture-Density Relationship of Soils.

D1556 Standard Method of Test for Density of Soil in Place by Sand Cone Method.

D1557 Method for Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a

10-Pound Rammer and 18-Inch Drop.

D2487 Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes.

D2922 Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General

Conditions and Terms and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this section.

B. Section 01 45 29 - Testing Laboratory Services

TSP-112-A


31 23 00 - 2

C. Section 31 23 19 – Dewatering D. Section 40 05 00 – Piping General E. Palm Beach County Water Utilities Department Minimum Design and

Construction Standards

1.04 FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND COORDINATION A. Verify that survey benchmark, control point, and intended elevations for the

work are as shown on the Drawings. 1.05 SUBSURFACE SOILS DATA

A. Owner and Engineer make no representations or statements as to site or soil conditions, and therefore do not assume any responsibility for actual site or soil conditions. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to determine for himself existing site and/or soil conditions.

PART II PRODUCTS

2.01 EXCAVATION A. All excavation is unclassified. Complete all excavation regardless of the

type, nature, or condition of the materials encountered. 2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. If tests for a material type fail three times, the Engineer may reject the

source supplier and require the contractor to submit a new source for approval, at no additional cost to the Owner. The in-situ material is considered acceptable material and may be used, provided it meets the specified requirements.

B. Quality control of the work shall be the Contractor's responsibility and

Contractor shall make every effort to produce the best quality work as specified on the Drawings and in these Specifications.

2.03 STRUCTURAL FILL AND BACKFILL

A. Fill and backfill for pipe excavations shall be suitable on-site excavated

material or approved imported material. Material shall be free of organic material, shall not have more than 10 percent by dry weight passing the U.S. Standard No. 200 sieve, and shall have no rocks larger than 3 inches in size. On-site Fine Sand (SP), without roots or other deleterious materials,

TSP-113-A


31 23 00 - 3

is suitable material. Imported material may be provided by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.

B. On site soils with more than 10% by dry weight passing the U.S. Standard

No. 200 sieve and/or particle sizes larger than 3 inches are not suitable for use as fill under pavements or structures.

C. Backfill behind walls shall be as specified above except that they shall not

have more than 4% by dry weight passing the U.S. Standard No. 200 sieve.

2.04 EARTHFILL A. On-site excavated material free from roots, trash, and rocks larger than 3

inches.

2.05 WATER FOR COMPACTION

A. Contractor shall furnish potable water, as required. Contractor may

coordinate with Palm Beach County Water Utilities Department for water during construction. Costs associated with the hydrant meter shall be paid for by the Contractor. Water trucks shall be used as required.

2.06 EQUIPMENT

A. All equipment shall be suitable and adequate to perform the work specified.

Compaction equipment shall be vibratory type. It is recommended that the contractor perform a preconstruction assessment of existing adjacent structures or utilities and monitor those structures or utilities for settlement during the construction period. Contractor shall notify Owner of any settlements that occur at existing adjacent structures.

PART III EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION

A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum locations. Protect bench marks, survey control points, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic.

B. Locate, identify, and protect utilities that remain from damage.

3.02 STRIPPING TOPSOIL A. Stripping of topsoil shall be performed prior to any cutting, excavation,

removal and/or replacement of fill materials.

TSP-114-A


31 23 00 - 4

B. Strip topsoil from entire site within boundaries of proposed construction lines

to a depth of approximately 6" to 8.5”. The top materials stripped shall be removed and disposed of off-site, unless authorized for use on the site landscaping areas by the Engineer or Owner. Top materials shall not be used under replacement roadway or parking areas.

C. Stripping of topsoil shall ensure that entire site is stripped and scraped clean

of all brush, weeds, grass, roots, vegetation, etc. 3.03 CUTTING A. Except as otherwise specified, after stripping of topsoil all site areas which

are above elevation required shall be cut to subgrades required by drawings.

3.04 FILLING A. Except as otherwise specified, after stripping of topsoil all site areas which

are below elevation required shall be compacted as specified and then over such areas clean granular fill placed and compacted in layers not exceeding 12" in uncompacted thickness. Each layer of fill shall be compacted to at least 95% of the modified proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D1557). If hand held compaction equipment is used, the lift thickness should be reduced to 6 inches. Filling and compaction shall continue until subgrades required for various areas are reached. All holes and depressions caused from removal of trees, stumps, etc. shall be filled and compacted. Fill shall be good clean material as previously specified.

3.05 EXCAVATION UNDER STRUCTURES AND PAVEMENT AREAS

A. Excavation shall be performed to elevations and dimensions required by drawings with suitable allowance made for construction operations and inspections. Excavation carried to depths below required elevations shall be replaced in loose layers a maximum of 6" in depth and compacted in a manner to achieve a minimum density of 98% as determined by a modified proctor in accordance with ASTM D-1557. Contractor may place additional concrete in lieu of replacing and compacting excess excavation as specified above to fill excess cut. Correction of excess cut shall be responsibility of Contractor at no additional cost to Owner.

B. Compact disturbed load bearing soil in direct contact with foundations to

achieve a minimum density of 98% as determined by a modified proctor in accordance with ASTM D-1557.

C. Verify that the specified density extends to 2 feet below the bottom of the pipe

TSP-115-A


31 23 00 - 5

to be installed. D. Slope banks with machine to angle of repose or provide necessary shoring.

E. Notify Engineer of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue

affected Work in area until notified to resume work.

H. Correct areas over excavated in accordance with this section.

I. Remove excavated material unsuitable for backfill from site at the Contractors expense.

H. When muck or other deleterious materials is encountered in the excavation,

it shall be completely removed within the area of the structure or pavement and to a depth where acceptable material is encountered. After removal of all muck or other deleterious material, the area shall be backfilled with approved fill material to the specified grade.

3.06 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND PREPARATION

A. Excavation: Excavate as required for the installation of all piping and appurtenances.

B. Trench Width: Cut trenches sufficiently wide to enable installation,

compaction and inspection. C. Grade: Excavate the bottom of the trench to the line and grade shown, or as

established by the Engineer with proper allowance for pipe bedding. D. All trench work shall comply with the Trench Safety Act of 1990, with latest

revisions. E. Piping shall be installed in a dry trench. F. When acceptable material is encountered in the trench, the bottom shall be

excavated and graded to the depth required so as to provide a uniform and continuous bearing and support for the pipe on solid and undisturbed ground at every point between bell holes.

G. Bell holes shall be provided at each joint to permit the joint to be made

properly. At no time shall the bells support the pipe when in the trench. H. When muck or other deleterious materials is encountered in the trench, it

shall be completely removed for the width of the trench at the pipe and to a depth where acceptable material is encountered. After removal of all muck or other deleterious material, the trench shall be backfilled with bedding

TSP-116-A


31 23 00 - 6

material to the bottom of pipe grade. I. See Palm Beach County Water Utilities Department Minimum Design and

Construction Standards for additional requirements. 3.07 MAINTENANCE OF EXCAVATION

A. The excavation shall be maintained at a dry condition at all times. B. All side slopes shall be such that material will not slide into the bottom of

the excavation and any material doing so shall be immediately removed. Trench side slopes shall be in accordance with local codes, OSHA requirements, and the Trench Safety Act.

C. All excavated material shall be piled in a manner that will not endanger the

work and that will avoid obstructing sidewalks and driveways. Hydrants under pressure, valve pit covers, valve boxes, curb stop boxes, fire and police call boxes, or other utility controls shall be left unobstructed and accessible until the work is completed.

D. Trees, shrubbery, fences, poles, bollards and all other property and surface

structures shall be protected unless their removal is shown on the drawings or authorized by the Engineer. When it is necessary to cut roots and tree branches, such cutting shall be done under the supervision and direction of the Engineer.

3.08 TRENCH BACKFILLING

A. Haunch Backfill: Carefully place Pipe Bedding material so as not to damage

the pipe in maximum 6 inch loose lifts and compact to the pipe centerline. Use hand-held compaction equipment.

B. Pipe Zone: Backfill with Pipe Bedding material in maximum 12 inch loose lifts

and compact to a point 12 inches above the pipe crown. C. Under Pavement/Concrete/Paver Areas, and Structures: In areas where

backfill settlement must be held to a minimum, backfill above the pipe zone with Pipe bedding material in maximum 12 inch loose lifts and compact to a minimum 98% maximum dry density (ASTM D1557) up to the subgrade elevation.

D. Outside Pavement/Concrete/Paver Areas: In areas where backfill settlement

is not critical, backfill above the pipe zone with earthfill material to a density equal to or greater than the soil adjacent to the pipe trench, but not less than 90% of the maximum dry density (ASTM D1557), to final grade.

TSP-117-A


31 23 00 - 7

E. No material shall be used for backfill which contains muck or other deleterious material or material with an excessive void content. All backfill shall be composed of select clean granular material.

F. All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled immediately after all pipe and

joints have been investigated and approved by the Engineer or Utility Department, subject to satisfactory pressure and leakage test results, as required.

G. Backfill, in general, shall be kept up with the rate of pipe laying. No more than

200 feet of pipe trench shall be open at one time at any one project location. H. See Palm Beach County Utilities Department Standards for additional

requirements.

3.09 SITE GRADING A. Fill and contour site areas with Earthfill material to elevations shown and as

required to prepare the site for landscape grading and sodding. B. Place materials in maximum 12 inch loose lifts and compact as required to

limit subsequent settlement.

3.10 COMPACTION TESTING A. In-situ compaction testing shall be performed by a certified laboratory. B. Compaction testing shall be done by nuclear density equipment or other

approved methods. (ASTM D-2937, D-1557, D-2922) C. Density testing shall be performed as follows: 1. Pipe Trenches: 1 test per lift per 200 feet of pipe.

2. Fill Under/Around Structures: 1 test per lift under each structure or 1 backfill test per lift per drainage or sanitary structure installed.

3. Fill Under Pavement Areas: 1 test per lift per 2,000 square feet of

compacted surface area. D. Test results in a specific location are only representative of a larger area if

the contractor has used consistent compaction means and methods and the soils are practically uniform throughout. If it is determined by the Owner/Engineer that there are variations in the compaction methods and/or soil uniformity, additional testing may be required.

TSP-118-A


31 23 00 - 8

3.11 FINAL AND FINISH GRADING

A. Final grading shall be performed and grades shaped to maintain the existing drainage patterns. Finish grades (top of the soil) shall be approximately 1-1/2" below edges of pathways, curbs and other paved or concrete slabs. After sod installation, the top of the sod shall be flush with the grade established by any adjacent paved or curbed surface.

B. Upon project completion, all areas of site within immediate construction and

adjacent areas shall be completely cleaned of all debris occasioned by this construction of this construction. Particular attention is called to any cement, mortar, masonry drippings and plaster which shall be completely removed from planting and lawn areas and shall be disposed of off-site.

C. All areas adjacent to site and all areas not within contract construction areas

shall be left in reasonably same condition as they were found prior to commencement of construction.

D. Any damage to the existing adjacent facilities including adjacent lakes or

roads, and related areas such as, but not limited to, finish grades, slopes, grass sod, structures, pipe, etc. shall be repaired and restored to a proper and appropriate condition acceptable to the Owner and Engineer.

3.12 EXCESS MATERIAL

A. All excess suitable and unsuitable material from the site shall be disposed of

by the Contractor at their expense.

END OF SECTION

TSP-119-A


31 23 00 - 9


TSP-120-A

DEWATERING 31 23 19-1

SECTION 31 23 19

DEWATERING

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE

The work covered by this Section consists of furnishing all permits, labor, equipment, appliance and materials, and performing all operations required for dewatering all excavations, if required, complete.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01 33 00 – Submittals. B. Section 31 23 00 – Excavation and Backfill

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY FACILITIES

A. All materials and equipment shall be suitable and adequate to function continuously as a dewatering system.

B. All material and equipment used in the dewatering system remain the

property of the Contractor and shall be removed off-site when dewatering is completed.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SUBMITTALS

A. The Engineer shall review the dewatering plan prior to commencing work.

B. Submit the dewatering method or plan in accordance with Submittal specifications prior to commencing dewatering.

TSP-121-A

DEWATERING 31 23 19-2

3.02 METHODS

A. The method of dewatering is to be selected by the Contractor and may include:

1. Wellpoints 2. Sump pumps 3. Bedding rock 4. Other approved items.

3.03 DISCHARGE

A. The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to properly control the quality of the discharge from his dewatering operations as described herein. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations governing the discharge of water from his dewatering operations.

B. Contractor shall not discharge water in any manner that will:

1. Adversely affect water quality of adjoining water bodies. 2. Violate Federal, State or local laws or regulations. 3. Allow discharge to flow onto private property. 4. Hamper movement of traffic. 5. Damage portions of the work previously constructed. 6. Damage portions of existing facilities or structures.

C. Contractor shall obtain and pay for any permits required to discharge the

dewatering waters. END OF SECTION

TSP-122-A

EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS 31 25 00-1

SECTION 31 25 00

EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

The work specified in this Section consists of measures required to control erosion within the project area, so as to prevent pollution of water, detrimental effects of public or private property adjacent to the project area and damage to work on the project. These measures will consist of construction and maintenance of temporary erosion control features.


A. Section 31 11 00 Clearing and Grubbing

B. Section 31 23 00 Excavation and Backfill

C. Section 32 93 00 – Sodding 1.03 START OF WORK

Do not start work until erosion control measures are in place. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL

A. Contractor to provide temporary stormwater protection plan for erosion and sedimentation control.

B. No testing of materials used in construction of temporary erosion control

features will be required. C. Materials used for the construction of the temporary erosion and

sedimentation control measures not to be incorporated into the completed project may be new or used.

D. All excavation material must be contained onsite.

TSP-123-A


PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL

A. Construct temporary erosion and sediment control measures to prevent the pollution of adjacent water ways in conformance with the laws, rules and regulations of Federal, State and local agencies.

B. Temporary erosion control features shall consist of, but are not be limited to, temporary grassing, temporary sodding, temporary mulching, spoil containment pits, sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, artificial coverings, berms, baled hay or straw, floating silt barriers, staked silt barriers and staked silt fences. Design details for some of these items may be found in the Chapter 6 of the Florida Land Development Manual: A Guide to Sound Land Water Management (Department of Environmental Regulation, 1988) or the Water Quality Section of the applicable edition of the FDOT Roadway and Traffic Design Standards.

C. Construct temporary erosion control measures to protect the cover soil of

the lake liner during the filling of the lake. Provide an Erosion Control plan to the Engineer for review and approval prior to filling the lake.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Temporary Grassing: This work shall consist of furnishing and placing grass seed in accordance with Section 32 92 00 Sodding.

B. Baled Hay or Straw:

1. This work shall consist of construction of baled hay or straw dams to protect against downstream accumulations of silt. The baled hay or straw dams shall be constructed in accordance with the details shown in FDOT's Roadway and Traffic Design Standards.

C. Temporary Silt Fences and Staked Silt Barriers: This work shall consist of

furnishing, installing, maintaining and removing staked turbidity barriers in accordance with the manufacturer's directions, these specifications, conditions of the project permits, and the details as shown in FDOT's Roadway and Traffic Design Standards. Turbidity barriers shall be installed and maintained in all locations where suspended solids may be transferred to navigable waters due to the project including pile installation. Turbidity barriers shall remain in place until construction is completed, soils are stabilized, and vegetation has been established.

TSP-124-A


3.03 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL FEATURES

In general, remove or incorporate into the soil any temporary erosion control features existing at the time of construction of the permanent erosion control features in such a manner that there will be no detrimental effect.

3.04 MAINTENANCE OF EROSION CONTROL FEATURES

A. General: Provide routine maintenance of permanent and temporary erosion control features until the project is completed and accepted.

B. Maintenance of erosion control measures shall be in strict accordance with condition of the applicable FDEP, NPDES, and Palm Beach County requirements.

3.05 PROTECTION DURING SUSPENSION OF CONTRACT TIME

In the event that it is necessary that the construction operations be suspended for any appreciable length of time, shape the top of the earthwork in such a manner as to permit runoff of rainwater and construct earth berms along the top edges of embankments to intercept runoff water. Should such preventive measures fail, immediately take such other action as necessary to effectively prevent erosion and siltation.

END OF SECTION

TSP-125-A



TSP-126-A

SODDING 32 92 23 - 1

SECTION 32 92 23

SODDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.0 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials necessary for grassing all areas disturbed by his operations and any other areas on the plans indicated to receive grassing. It is the intent of this specification that damaged areas are to be replaced in kind, with sod to be used for all maintained yard areas. Engineer shall also designate the type of sod to be used in each area. Contractor shall take all steps practical to minimize the area required to be sodded. All grassing shall be in accordance with Section 570-1 through 570-9 of the 2010 FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, except as modified herein.

1.02 STORAGE OF MATERIALS

The Contractor shall provide space for storage of sod prior to placement in a manner that will not endanger or restrict pedestrian or vehicular traffic or interfere with other aspects of the work.

PART II PRODUCTS 2.01.1 SOD

A. Types: Sod shall be St. Augustine Floratam, Argentine Bahia, Centipede, or Bermuda, depending on type of existing sod in adjacent area to be matched. Sod shall be well matted with roots. Where sodding will adjoin, or be in sufficiently close proximity to private lawns, types of sod other than those listed above may be used if desired by the affected property owners and approved by the Engineer. Sod shall be delivered in commercial-size rectangles, preferably 12-inch by 24-inch or larger.

B. Condition: The sod shall be sufficiently thick to secure a dense stand of live

grass. The sod shall be live, fresh, and uninjured at the time of planting. It shall have a soil mat of sufficient thickness adhering firmly to the roots to withstand all necessary handling. It shall be reasonably free of weeds and other grasses. It shall be planted as soon as possible after being dug and shall be kept moist from the time it is planted.

TSP-127-A

SODDING 32 92 23 - 2

2.01.2 MULCH

The mulch material used shall normally be dry mulch. Dry mulch shall be straw or hay, consisting of oat, rye, of wheat straw, or of pangola, peanut, coastal Bermuda, or Bahia grass hay. Only deteriorated mulch which can readily be cut into the soil shall be used.

2.01.3 GRASSING EQUIPMENT

A. Equipment for Cutting Mulch into Soil: The mulching equipment shall be of a type capable of cutting the specified materials uniformly into the soil, and to the required depth. Harrows will not be allowed.

B. Rollers: A cultipacker, traffic roller, or other suitable equipment will be

required for rolling the grassed areas.

PART III EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION METHODS

Mulching operations will not be permitted when wind velocities exceed 15 miles per hour. Whenever a suitable length of right-of-way or adjacent area has been graded, it shall be made ready, when directed by the Engineer, and grassed in accordance with these specifications. Grassing shall be incorporated into the project at the earliest practical time.

3.02 SODDING

A. Preparation of Area to be Sodded: The ground which is to receive sod shall have been graded to proper elevations (2” below sodded grade) to match pre-construction conditions or proposed grades. All disturbed swales and ditches shall have been restored to their pre-construction condition or better. The pre-construction grade shall be maintained and the prepared soil shall be loose and reasonable smooth. It shall be reasonable free of large clods, roots, patches of existing grass, and other material which will interfere with the sod-laying operations or subsequent mowing and maintenance operations.

B. Laying of Sod: Sod shall be installed in all areas so designated by Engineer.

Sod shall be carefully placed so that each piece abuts flush to all surrounding sod, regardless of whether surrounding sod is new or existing. Where new sod is to be placed adjacent to existing sod, the new sod must be cut in to match the elevation of the existing sod. Uneven sod which might cause mowing problems will be rejected. New sod laid on top of existing sod will also be rejected. All sod placed on steep slopes (greater than 1:1) shall be pinned with a wooden pin to keep it in place.

TSP-128-A

SODDING 32 92 23 - 3

C. Rolling: Immediately after completion of the sod laying, the entire sodded

area shall be rolled thoroughly with the equipment specified. At least two trips over the entire area will be required.

D. Watering: Newly-sodded areas are to be watered by Contractor as necessary to keep sod alive until the Contract is closed out. Dead sod shall be replaced by Contractor prior to contract closeout.

3.03 MULCHING

A. Sequence of Operations: The operations involved in the work shall proceed in the following sequence: preparation of the ground and cutting in mulch.

B. Preparation of Area to be Mulched: The ground over which the mulch is to

be laid shall be prepared by disk-harrowing and thoroughly pulverizing the soil to a suitable depth. The prepared soil shall be loose and reasonably smooth. It shall be reasonable free of large clods, roots, and other material which will interfere with the work or subsequent mowing and maintenance operations.

C. Mulching: When mulching is called for, approximately two inches, loose

thickness, of the mulch material shall then be applied uniformly over the area, and the mulch material cut into the soil with the equipment specified, so as to produce a loose mulched thickness of three to four inches. Care shall be exercised that the materials are not cut too deeply into the soil. No artificial watering of the mulch shall be done before it is applied.

D. Rolling: Immediately after completion of the mulching, the entire grassed

or mulched area shall be rolled thoroughly with the equipment specified. At least two trips over the entire area will be required.

E. Operations on Steep Slopes: On steep slopes when mulching is called for,

the mulch material may be anchored down in lieu of being cut into the soil by use of a machine. Anchoring may be done by either of the following methods:

1. Placing a layer of soil, approximately two inches thick by nine inches

wide, along the upper limits of the mulch, and spotting soil piles over the rest of the area at a maximum spacing of four feet.

2. Spreading a string net over the mulch, using stakes driven flush with the top of the mulch, at six-foot centers, and stringing parallel and perpendicular, with diagonals in both directions.

F. Maintenance: The Contractor shall, at his expense, maintain the planted

areas in a satisfactory condition until final acceptance of the project. Such

TSP-129-A

SODDING 32 92 23 - 4

maintenance shall include the filling, leveling, and repairing of any washed or eroded areas, as may be necessary. The Engineer, at any time, may require replanting of any areas in which the establishment of the grass stand does not appear to be developing satisfactorily. If a planted area must be replanted due to the Contractor’s negligence, carelessness, or failure to provide routine maintenance of such areas, such replacement shall be at the Contractor’s expense. If replanting is necessary due to factors determined to be beyond the control of the Contractor, payment for replacement will be made under the appropriate contract pay items.

END OF SECTION

TSP-130-A

BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS 33 11 05 ‐ 1

SECTION 33 11 05

BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Products and Installation:

a. T-Bolts and Nuts b. Flange Bolts and Nuts c. Threaded Rods d. Push-on Gaskets e. Mechanical Joint Gaskets f. Flange Gaskets g. Flange Isolation Kits


A. Section 33 11 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe B. Section 33 11 11 – Ductile Iron Fittings

1.03 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS

A. Without limiting the generality of the other requirements of the specifications, all work herein shall conform to the applicable requirements of the following documents. All referenced specifications, codes, and standards refer to the most current issue available at the time of Bid. 1. ASME PCC-1-2012 – Guidelines for Pressure Boundary Bolted

Flange Joint Assembly. 2. ASTM A193 – Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless

Steel Bolting for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications.

3. ASTM A194 – Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both.

4. ASTM A242 – Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Carbon Structural Steel

5. ASTM F436 – Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers 6. AWWA C111 (ANSI A21.11) – Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron

Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 7. AWWA C207 –Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service – Sizes 4

In. Through 144 In. 8. AWWA C600 – Installation of Ductile-Iron Mains and Their

Appurtenances. 9. AWWA M11 – Steel Pipe.

TSP-131-A


10. AWWA M41 – Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings. 11. NSF 61 – Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 12. SSPC SP2 – Hand Tool Cleaning

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00, and shall also include: 1. Certificates: a. Furnish an affidavit certifying that all fasteners, excluding T-Bolts, shall

conform to the Fastener Quality Act (FQA) (P.L. 106-34).

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer Qualifications 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the Owner’s Standard Products List

will be considered. 2. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 3. Fastener manufacturing operations (bolts, nuts, gaskets and coatings) shall

be performed under the control of the manufacturer. 4. All gaskets and isolation kits for potable water systems shall meet or

exceed the latest revisions NSF 61 and shall meet or exceed the requirements of this Specification.

A. Preconstruction Testing 1. The Owner may, at its own cost, subject random fittings for destructive

testing by an independent laboratory for compliance with this Specification. 2. The compliance test shall be performed in the United States. 3. Any visible defects or failure to meet the quality standards herein will be

grounds for rejecting the entire order.

1.06 STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 00 and manufacturer’s recommendations.

2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

1. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution.

2. All fasteners, excluding T-Bolts, shall conform to the Fastener Quality Act (FQA) (P.L. 106-34). All fasteners shall meet the marking requirements set forth by this Act.

2.02 T-BOLTS AND NUTS

A. Standard Coated T-bolt and Nut 1. High strength, corrosion-resistant, low-carbon weathering steel in

accordance with AWWA C111 (ANSI A21.11) and ASTM A242 A. Stainless Steel T-bolt with Stainless Steel Nut

TSP-132-A


2. Stainless Steel T-bolt and Nut in accordance with AISI 304.

2.03 FLANGE BOLTS AND NUTS

A. Stainless Steel Bolt and Nut 1. Meet requirements of AWWA C207 2. Bolts: ASTM A193, Grade B8, Class 1 (AISI 304 Stainless Steel, carbide

solution treated) 3. Nuts and Washers: ASTM A194, Grade 8 Nuts with AISI 304 Stainless

Steel Washers

2.04 THREADED RODS

A. Meet requirements of AWWA C207 B. Rods: ASTM A193, Grade B8, Class 1(AISI 304 Stainless Steel, carbide

solution treated) C. Nuts and Washers: ASTM A194, Grade 8 Nuts with AISI 304 Stainless Steel

Washers

2.05 PUSH-ON GASKETS

A. Conforming to the physical and marking requirements specified in ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11.

B. All gaskets for potable water systems shall meet or exceed the latest revisions NSF 61.

C. Rubber gaskets shall be made of vulcanized styrene butadiene rubber SBR, unless otherwise specified in Drawings.

D. Gaskets shall be free from porous areas, foreign material and other defects that make them unfit for intended use.

E. Gaskets shall be the size and shape required to provide an adequate compressive force against the plain end and socket after assembly to affect a positive seal under all combinations of joint and gasket tolerances.

2.06 MECHANICAL JOINT GASKETS

A. Conforming to the physical and marking requirements specified in AWWA C111 (ANSI A21.11).

B. All gaskets for potable water systems shall meet or exceed the latest revisions NSF 61.

C. Rubber gaskets shall be made of vulcanized styrene butadiene rubber SBR, unless otherwise specified in Drawings.

D. Gaskets shall be free from porous areas, foreign material and other defects that make them unfit for intended use.

2.07 FLANGE GASKETS

A. Class E Flanges 1. Full face 2. Manufactured true to shape from minimum 80 durometer SBR rubber stock

of a thickness not less than 1/8 inch

TSP-133-A


3. Virgin stock 4. Conforming to the physical and test requirements specified in AWWA C111

(ANSI A21.11) 5. All gaskets for potable water systems shall meet or exceed the latest

revisions NSF 61. 6. Finished gaskets shall have holes punched by the manufacturer and shall

match the flange pattern in every respect. 7. Frayed cut edges are not acceptable. 8. Field cut sheet gaskets are not acceptable.

B. Hydrocarbon Resistant Gaskets 1. Furnish Viton® (Fluorocarbon) Rubber, hydrocarbon resistant gaskets,

when required.

2.08 FLANGE ISOLATION KITS

A. All isolation kits for potable water systems shall meet or exceed the latest revisions NSF 61.

B. Bolt sleeves and washers shall be one-piece construction and shall be made of Minlon®, unless otherwise shown on the drawings.

3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Mechanical Joints 1. Assemble mechanical joints in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11

Appendix A, AWWA C600 and AWWA Manual M41. 2. Use Standard Xylan Coated T-bolts and Nuts. a. Stainless Steel T-bolts with Xylan Coated Stainless Steel Nuts shall only

be used when specifically required in the Drawings. B. Flanged Joints 1. Install in accordance with ASME PCC-1-2012. 2. Use Stainless Steel Bolts and Xylan Coated Nuts. 3. Wrap all buried steel flanges for AWWA C200, C301 or C303 pipe with

Petrolatum Tape System. a. If only 1 flange in a joint is steel (AWWA C200, C301, or C303), petrolatum

tape wrapping will be required. b. If a joint is made between two ductile iron flanges, the joint should be

polyethylene encased in accordance with Section 33 11 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe.

4. Flange bolts are normally spaced evenly around the flange. 5. During assembly, tighten nuts gradually and equally using a three-pass

method in accordance with ASME PCC-1-2012. a. For the first pass, tighten the nuts to 50 percent at diametrically opposite

sides to prevent misalignment and to ensure that all bolts carry equal loads.

TSP-134-A


b. For the second pass, tighten the nuts to 100 percent again in a diametrically opposite pattern.

c. Allow a minimum of 1 hour to pass to provide time for settlement between bolts and nuts and gasket relaxation.

d. Complete the third pass by checking each bolt in a clockwise pattern. Each nut should be tightened until it will no longer turn. This step compensates for elastic interaction and brings all bolts into parity.

6. The threads of the bolts should protrude a minimum of ½-inch from the nuts.

C. Flanged Joints with Isolation Kit 1. Flange Isolation Kits shall be installed as shown on the Drawings and in

accordance with manufacturer recommendations. 2. Contractor shall verify isolation after installation.

D. Threaded Rod 1. Install as part of joint harness assembly in accordance with AWWA Manual

M11. 2. Space rods evenly around the pipe. 3. During assembly, tighten nuts gradually and equally using a three-pass

method in accordance with ASME PCC-1-2012. a. For the first pass, tighten the nuts to 50 percent at diametrically opposite

sides to prevent misalignment and to ensure that all bolts carry equal loads.

b. For the second pass, tighten the nuts to 100 percent again in a diametrically opposite pattern.

4. The threads of the bolts should protrude a minimum of ½-inch from the nuts.

5. Wrap joint harness assembly with Petrolatum Tape System. E. Petrolatum Tape System 1. Surfaces should be free from dirt, loose rust, scale or flaking coatings. a. Clean surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP2 or SSPC SP3. 1) High pressure wash of 3,000 to 7,000 psi is also suitable.

b. Surfaces may be damp but shall not have droplets or continuous film of water.

2. Apply a uniform, thin coat of Petrolatum Tape Primer to the entire surface by stiff brush, gloved hand or rag at normal ambient temperatures.

3. By hand application, apply Molding and Filler Mastic to a rounded configuration to fill irregular shapes and reduce sharp-edged surfaces.

4. Spirally wrap All Purpose Petrolatum Tape with a minimum overlap of 1 inch.

a. For severely corrosive environments, an overlap of 55 percent is recommended.

b. Press air pockets out and smooth all lap seams. 5. For additional mechanical protection, overwrap may be applied to increase

impact strength and electrical resistance.

TSP-135-A


- END OF SECTION -

TSP-136-A



TSP-137-A

DUCTILE IRON PIPE 33 11 10 - 1

SECTION 33 11 10

DUCTILE IRON PIPE

PART I GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Submittals 2. Quality Assurance 3. Products

a. Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings b. Push-On Bell and Spigot Pipe c. Flanged Joints d. Bolted Mechanical Joints e. Restrained Joint Pipe f. Coatings and Linings g. Thrust Restraint

4. Installation a. General b. Handling c. Joint Making

1) Mechanical Joints 2) Push on Joints 3) Flanged Joints 4) Joint Deflection

5. Repair/Restoration 6. Field Quality Control


A. Section 33 11 11 – Ductile Iron Fittings


A. ANSI A21.4 (AWWA C104) – Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings

B. ANSI A21.10 (AWWA C110) – Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings C. ANSI A21.11 (AWWA C111) – Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure

Pipe and Fittings D. ANSI A21.15, (AWWA C115) – Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or

Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges E. ANSI A21.50 (AWWA C150) – Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe F. ANSI A21.51 (AWWA C151) – Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast G. ASTM A307 – Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts, Studs, and

Threaded Rod 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength

TSP-138-A


H. ASTM A746 – Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe I. ASTM B117 –Salt Spray Test J. AWWA M41 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings K. AWWA C600 – Installation of Ductile-Iron Mains and Their Appurtenances L. ANSI B16.1 – Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings M. ANSI B18.2 – Finished Hex Nuts N. DIPRA - Polyethylene Encasement O. Society for Protective Coatings SSPC-PA2

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. B. Furnish an affidavit certifying that all Ductile Iron Pipe meets the provisions of this

Section, each run of pipe furnished has met Specifications, all inspections have been made, and that all tests have been performed in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51.

C. Furnish a certificate stating that buried bolts and nuts conform to ASTM B117.


A. Finished pipe and fittings shall be the product of one (1) manufacturer, change orders, specials and field changes may be provided by a different manufacturer upon Owner or Engineer approval.

B. DIP shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51 and shall be subject to a hydrostatic test of not less than 500 psi for a duration of at least 10 seconds.

C. The owner may, at its own cost, subject lengths of pipe for testing by an independent laboratory or the Engineer for compliance with this specification. Any visible defects or failure to meet the quality standards herein will be grounds for rejecting the entire order.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Ductile iron pipe shall be stored and handled in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA M41.

B. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with manufacturer’s reccomendations.

PART II PRODUCTS

2.07 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. Ductile iron pipe (DIP) of the sizes shown or specified shall conform to ANSI A21.51 (AWWA C151), Grade 60-42-10 for ductile iron pipe centrifugally cast in metal molds or sand-lined molds. All ductile iron pipe shall conform to ANSI A21.50 (AWWA C150) for thickness design and shall be supplied in 18 or 20 foot nominal lengths or as required to meet the requirements of the Drawings.

TSP-139-A


B. Fittings and specials shall be in accordance with Section 33 11 11 – Ductile Iron Fittings.

C. All ductile iron pipe and specials shall be marked with the manufacturer's name or trademark, size, weight, thickness class, the date of manufacture, and the word "Ductile".

D. Pipe shall have a lay length of 18 or 20 feet except for special fittings or closure pieces and as necessary to comply with the Drawings.

E. Pipe and fittings shall be the class that equals or exceeds the pipe class as shown on the Drawings. Requirements for various types of joints are described in the following paragraphs. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED HEREIN OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, ALL EXPOSED DUCTILE IRON PIPE SHALL HAVE FLANGED JOINTS.

2.08 FLANGED JOINTS

A. Flanged joints and fittings shall have a minimum pressure rating of 250 psi with 125 lb. American Standard flanges. All flanges and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ANSI B16.1. Flanges shall be ductile iron and shall be of the threaded or screw on type. The face of the flanges shall be machined after installation of the flange to the pipe. No raised surface shall be allowed on flanges. Flanged pipe shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.15, (AWWA C115). Pipe lengths shall be fabricated to meet the requirements of the Drawings. Flanged joint gaskets shall be the "Ring Gasket" type, ⅛-inch minimum thickness, cloth inserted rubber or neoprene or the Toruseal® Flange Gasket as manufactured by American Ductile Iron Pipe Company. Flat face gaskets shall not be acceptable. Bolts shall be of the size and length called for and in accordance with the "American Standard" and comply with the requirements of the ANSI/AWWA Standards. The bolts for flanged joints shall be a minimum ASTM A307; Grade B carbon steel and be in accordance with ANSI A21.10, (AWWA C110). The bolts shall have hexagonal heads and nuts, no washers shall be used.

2.09 BOLTED MECHANICAL JOINTS

A. Bolted mechanical joints and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.11, (AWWA C111). Joints shall be made employing a tapered rubber gasket forced into a tapered groove with a ductile iron follower ring. If required by installation conditions, pipe and fittings shall have cast-on lugs for adequately tying the pipe and fittings together. These shall be in conformance with standard practice and as outlined under the appropriate AWWA Specifications. Bolts for mechanical joints shall be high strength corrosion resistant low-alloy carbon steel minimum ASTM A307 Grade B, tee-bolts with hexagonal nuts conforming to ANSI B18.2.

B. Mechanical coupling joint pipe and fittings shall be split type, shouldered end. Coupling materials shall be malleable iron. Couplings shall have a minimum pressure rating and service equal to that of the connected piping. Gaskets shall

TSP-140-A


be of rubber. Bolts and nuts shall be heat treated carbon steel track bolts and shall be plated. After installation, buried couplings shall receive two heavy coats of coal tar epoxy (min. 24 mil thickness) which is compatible with the finish of the couplings. Couplings shall be as manufactured by Victaulic Company of America Style 44, or equal.

C. Cast Iron Soil Pipe shall conform to the standards of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI) Specification HS-67, and also ANSI Specification A 112.5.2 for Hub & Spigot pipe or A 112.5.1 for Hub & Spigot pipe or A.112.5.1 for No-Hub Pipe. Pipe class shall be "Extra Heavy: (XH).

2.10 RESTRAINED JOINT PIPE

A. Restrained pipe and fittings shall consist of either bolted retainer rings and welded retainer bars or the boltless type which includes ductile iron locking segments and rubber or neoprene retainers. Restrained joint pipe shall be the Flex-Ring® Joint or the Lok-Ring® Joint as manufactured by American Ductile Iron Pipe Company, TR Flex® Joint as U.S. Pipe Company, or approved equal.

B. Restrained plugs shall be installed as shown on the Drawings. These plugs shall be watertight and capable of withstanding the test pressure specified herein. After testing, the plug shall remain in place.

C. Bolts for restrained joints (if applicable) shall be as recommended by the manufacturer.

2.11 COATINGS AND LININGS

A. Exterior Coating 1. All exposed DIP and fittings shall have a shop applied prime coat in

accordance with Section 09 90 00 – Painting and Coating.

2.12 THRUST RESTRAINT A. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings all ductile iron fittings shall be restrained

either by means of restrained joint pipe and fittings or through the use of mechanical joint fittings with restraining accessories.

B. Restrained joints, when required, shall be used for a sufficient distance from each side of the bend, tee, plug, valve or other fitting to resist thrust which will be developed at the design pressure of the pipe. Restraint lengths for valves shall be calculated as dead ends.

C. All carrier pipes and horizontal directional drills shall be restrained joint pipe unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. Thrust at bends adjacent to casing pipe shall be restrained by mechanical means through casing and for a sufficient distance on each side of the casing. No thrust restraint contribution shall be allowed for the restrained length of pipe within the casing.

D. Where threaded-rods are allowed, the rods and tabs shall be designed for the specified restraint system design pressure, shall have lengths less than 10-feet between fittings, and shall be painted with two heavy coats of coal tar epoxy after installation.

TSP-141-A


PART III EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. General 1. Install pipe, fittings, specials and appurtenances as specified herein, as specified

in AWWA C600, AWWA M41 and in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations.

2. See Section 33 11 11 for installation requirements for Ductile Iron Fittings. 3. Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 4. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 23 33. 5. Embed Ductile Iron Pipe in accordance with Section 33 23 33. 6. For installation of carrier pipe within casing, see Section 33 05 24 – Carrier Pipe

in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate. B. Pipe Handling

1. Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site. 2. Handle piping with care to avoid damage.

a. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to lowering into the trench.

b. Do not handle the pipe in such a way that will damage the interior lining.

c. Use only nylon ropes, slings or other lifting devices that will not damage the surface of the pipe for handling the pipe.

3. At the close of each operating day: a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals and trash –

during and after the laying operation. b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap.

C. Joint Making 1. Mechanical Joints

a. Bolt the follower ring into compression against the gasket with the bolts tightened down evenly then cross torqued in accordance with AWWA C600.

b. Overstressing of bolts to compensate for poor installation practice will not be permitted.

2. Push-on Joints a. Install Push-on joints as defined in ANSI A21.11 (AWWA C111). b. Wipe clean the gasket seat inside the bell of all extraneous matter. c. Place the gasket in the bell in the position prescribed by the

manufacturer. d. Apply a thin film of non-toxic vegetable soap lubricant to the inside

of the gasket and the outside of the spigot prior to entering the spigot into the bell.

e. When using a field cut plain end piece of pipe, refinish the field cut and scarf to conform to AWWA C600.

TSP-142-A


3. Flanged Joints a. Use erection bolts and drift pins to make flanged connections.

1) Do not use undue force or restraint on the ends of the fittings. 2) Apply even and uniform pressure to the gasket.

b. The fitting must be free to move in any direction while bolting. 1) Install flange bolts with all bolt heads faced in one direction.

4. Joint Deflection a. Pipe shall be deflected at joints only when necessary to avoid

obstructions or to meet the lines and grades and shown in the Drawings.

b. The maximum deflection allowed shall be 75 percent of the pipe manufacturer’s published maximum deflection.

3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Potable Water Mains 1. Cleaning, disinfection, hydrostatic testing and bacteriological testing of

water mains a. Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, hydrostatic test and bacteriological test

the water main as specified in Section 33 04 40.

- END OF SECTION -

TSP-143-A

DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS 33 11 11 - 1

SECTION 33 11 11

DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS

PART I GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Submittals 2. Quality Assurance 3. Price and Payment Procedures 4. Products

a. Ductile Iron Fittings 1) Markings 2) Joints 3) Gaskets 4) Bolts and Nuts 5) Flange Coating 6) Coatings and Linings

5. Installation a. Joint Making

1) Mechanical Joints 2) Flanged Joints 3) Joint Deflection


A. Section 31 23 33 – Trenching and Backfilling B. Section 33 11 05 – Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets

1.03 REFERENCES SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS

A. Without limiting the generality of the other requirements of the specifications, all work herein shall conform to the applicable requirements of the following documents. All referenced specifications, codes, and standards refer to the most current issue available at the time of Bid.

1. ASME B16.1 – Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (Classes 25, 125 and 250).

2. ASTM A193 – Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications

3. ASTM A194 – Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both

4. ASTM A242 – Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel.

TSP-144-A


5. AWWA C104 (ANSI A21.4) - Cement–Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings.

6. AWWA C110 (ANSI A21.10) – Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings. 7. AWWA C111 (ANSI A21.11) – Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron

Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 8. AWWA C115 (ANSI A21.15) – Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-

Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges. 9. AWWA C151 (ANSI A21.51) – Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for

Water. 10. AWWA C153 (ANSI A21.53) – Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings for Water

Service. 11. AWWA C203 – Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel

Water Pipelines - Enamel and Tape - Hot Applied. 12. AWWA C600 – Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and their

Appurtenances. 13. AWWA M41 – Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings. 14. NSF 61 – Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. All submittals shall be approved by the Owner prior to delivery and/or fabrication for specials.

B. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures and shall also include:

1. Product Data a. Ductile Iron Fittings

1) Pressure class 2) Interior lining 3) Joint types

b. The interior lining, if it is other than cement mortar lining in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C104/A21.4

1) Material 2) Application recommendations 3) Field touch-up procedures

c. Thrust Restraint 1) Retainer glands 2) Thrust harnesses 3) Any other means

d. Gaskets e. Bolts and Nuts

1) Mechanical Joints 2) Flanged Ends

f. Flange Coatings 1) Connections to Steel Flanges

TSP-145-A



A. Qualifications 1. Manufacturers

a. Fittings manufacturing operations (fittings, lining, and coatings) shall be performed under the control of the manufacturer.

b. Ductile Iron Fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 or AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53.

1) Perform quality control tests and maintain the results as outlined in these standards to assure compliance.

B. Preconstruction Testing 1. The Owner may, at its own cost, subject random fittings for destructive

testing by an independent laboratory for compliance with this Specification.

a. The compliance test shall be performed in the United States. b. Any visible defects or failure to meet the quality standards

herein will be grounds for rejecting the entire order. C. The manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit certifying that all Ductile Iron Fittings

meet the provisions of this Section and meet the requirements of AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 or AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53.

D. Furnish a certificate stating that buried bolts and nuts conform to ASTM B117.


A. Store and handle in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA M41. B. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with

manufacturer’s recommendations.

1.07 DEFINITIONS A. Gland or Follower Gland

1. Non-restrained, mechanical joint fitting B. Retainer Gland

1. Mechanically restrained mechanical joint fitting, consisting of multiple gripping wedges incorporated into a follower gland meeting the applicable requirements of ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10.

PART II PRODUCTS

1.08 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS

A. Manufacturers 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the Owner’s Standard Products

List. 2. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related

Sections.

TSP-146-A


B. Ductile Iron Fittings 1. All mechanical joint fittings shall be compact-type and mechanically

restrained using restrained wedge type retainer glands. 2. Ductile Iron Fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA/ANSI

C110/A21.10, AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. 3. All fittings for potable water service shall meet the requirements of NSF

61. 4. Ductile Iron Fittings, at a minimum, shall meet or exceed the pressures

classes of the pipe which the fitting is connected, unless specifically indicated in the Drawings.

5. Fittings Markings a. Meet the minimum requirements of AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51. b. Minimum markings shall include:

1) “DI” or “Ductile” cast or metal stamped on each fitting 2) Applicable AWWA/ANSI standard for that the fitting 3) Pressure rating 4) Number of degrees for all bends 5) Nominal diameter of the openings 6) Year and country fitting was cast 7) Manufacturer’s mark

6. Joints a. Mechanical Joints with mechanical restraint

1) Comply with AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11 and applicable parts of ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10.

2) The retainer gland shall have the following working pressure ratings based on size and type of pipe:

a) Ductile Iron Pipe (1) 3-inch – 16-inch, 350 psi (2) 18-inch – 48-inch, 250 psi

b) Ratings are for water pressure and must include a minimum safety factor of 2 to 1 in all sizes

3) Retainer glands shall have specific designs for Ductile Iron and PVC and should be easily differentiate between the 2.

4) Gland body, wedges and wedge actuating components shall be cast from grade 65-45-12 ductile iron material in accordance with ASTM A536.

5) Mechanical joint restraint shall require conventional tools and installation procedures per AWWA C600, while retaining full mechanical joint deflection during assembly as well as allowing joint deflection after assembly.

6) Proper actuation of the gripping wedges shall be ensured with torque limiting twist off nuts.

b. Flanged Joints

TSP-147-A


1) AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15, ASME B16.1, Class 125 2) Flange bolt circles and bolt holes shall match those of

ASME B16.1, Class 125. 3) Field fabricated flanges are prohibited.

7. Gaskets a. Provide Gaskets in accordance with Section 33 11 05 – Bolts,

Nuts, and Gaskets. 8. Bolts and Nuts

a. Mechanical Joints 1) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 11 05

– Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets. b. Flanged Ends

1) Meet requirements of AWWA C115. a) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33

11 05 – Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets. 9. Flange Coatings

a. Connections to Steel Flanges 1) Buried connections with Steel Flanges shall be coated with

a Petrolatum Tape System in accordance with Section 33 11 05 – Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets.

10. Coatings and Linings a. Exterior Coating

1) All exposed DIP and fittings shall have a shop applied prime coat in accordance with Section 09 90 00 – Painting and Coating.

2) All Ductile Iron Fittings shall have an asphaltic exterior coating, minimum of 1 mil thick, on the exterior, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.

PART III EXECUTION

3.09 INSTALLATION

A. General 1. Install fittings, specials and appurtenances as specified herein, as

specified in AWWA C600, AWWA M41, and in accordance with the fittings manufacturer’s recommendations.

2. Lay fittings to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 31 23 33 –

Trenching and Backfilling. 4. Embed Ductile Iron Fittings in accordance with Section 31 23 33 –

Trenching and Backfilling.

TSP-148-A


B. Joint Making 1. Mechanical Joints with required mechanical restraint

a. All mechanical joints require mechanical restraint. b. Bolt the retainer gland into compression against the gasket, with

the bolts tightened down evenly then cross torqued in accordance with AWWA C600.

c. Overstressing of bolts to compensate for poor installation practice will not be permitted.

2. Flanged Joints a. Use erection bolts and drift pins to make flanged connections.

1) Do not use undue force or restraint on the ends of the fittings. 2) Apply even and uniform pressure to the gasket.

b. The fitting must be free to move in any direction while bolting. 1) Install flange bolts with all bolt heads faced in 1 direction.

3. Joint Deflection a. Deflect the pipe only when necessary to avoid obstructions or to

meet the lines and grades and shown in the Drawings. b. The deflection of each joint must be in accordance with AWWA

C600 Table 3. c. The maximum deflection allowed is 50 percent of that indicated in

AWWA C600. d. The manufacturer’s recommendation may be used with the

approval of the Engineer.

-END OF SECTION‐

TSP-149-A

PIPING, GENERAL

40 05 00-1

SECTION 40 05 00

PIPING, GENERAL

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install all piping, fittings, and valves as shown on the drawings

and specified herein. In general, include all piping from tie-ins to and from equipment as shown on the drawings, including all piping appurtenances for a complete, operating piping system as specified herein.


A. Section 01 33 00 – Submittals

B. Section 01 74 30 – Pressure Pipe Testing and Disinfection 1.03 REFERENCES

A. AASHTO T180 - Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 10-lb Rammer and an 18-in. Drop.

B. ANSI/AWWA C104 – Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe

and Fittings for Water.

C. ANSI/AWWA C110 – Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 In. Through 48 In. for Water and Other Liquids.

D. ANSI/AWWA C111 – Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron

Pressure Pipe and Fittings.

E. ANSI/AWWA C115 – Standard for Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray Iron Treaded Flanges.

F. ANSI/AWWA C150 – Standard for the Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe.

G. ANSI/AWWA C151 – Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for

Water or Other Liquids.

H. ANSI/AWWA C153 – Standard for Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings, 3 In. Through 24 In. and 54 In. Through 64 In. for Water Service.

TSP-150-A

PIPING, GENERAL

40 05 00-2

I. AWWA C504 – Standard for Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves.

J. AWWA C509 – Standard for Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service.

K. AWWA C512 – Standard for Air-Release, Air/Vacuum, and Combination Air

Valves for Waterworks Service.

L. AWWA C600 – Standards for Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances.

M. AWWA C900 – Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 In.

Through 12 In. for Water Distribution.

N. AWWA C901 – Standard for Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, ½ In. Through 3 In. for Water Services.

O. ASTM D2922 - Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place

by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).

P. ASTM 493-85 - Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride (CPVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings.

Q. ASME/ANSI B16.5 –1996 – Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.

R. ASME/ANSI B 31.3 – 1996 – ASME Code for Pressure Piping.

S. ASME/ANSI B 16.9 – Pipe Fittings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Section 01 33 00.

B. Product Data: Provide data on pipe fittings, valves, and accessories.

C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that pipe, fittings, and valves meet or exceed respective ANSI, AWWA, and/or NSF Standards.

1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. Accurately record actual locations of piping mains, valves, connections, and invert elevations.

B. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery

of uncharted utilities.

TSP-151-A

PIPING, GENERAL

40 05 00-3


A. Perform Work in accordance with Palm Beach County Water Utilities Department Minimum Design and Construction Standards, where applicable.

B. Fabricated piping shall meet all ASME code requirements as specified herein. C. Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body.

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers with labeling in place. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL

Although they may not be specifically shown on the drawings or called for elsewhere in the Technical Provisions, the Contractor shall include the cost of all fittings, piping supports, and miscellaneous appurtenances needed to provide a secure, workable pipe and valve system. Equipment suction and discharge piping and other exposed piping shall be supported by reinforced concrete pedestals, piers, adjustable pipe supports, thrust restraints, hangers, and tie rods as necessary to insure a stable installation. Adjustable pipe supports or piers shall be arranged to relieve attached equipment of all strain due to the weight of the pipe, fittings, valves, and the contents of the pipe.

2.02 PRODUCT LIST

All products shall conform to the Approved Material and Equipment List and Minimum Design Standards provided by Palm Beach County Water Utilities Department, latest edition, unless specifically specified herein.

2.03 PIPE A. Ductile Iron Pipe: Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall conform to AWWA C150,

C151 and C153.

1. Fittings: Exposed fittings shall be flanged fitting or as detailed on the drawings. Conform to AWWA C153.

2. The internal surface of all piping and fittings shall be cement mortar lined

and seal coated in accordance with AWWA C104, A21, unless other noted on plans.

TSP-152-A

PIPING, GENERAL

40 05 00-4

2.04 AIR RELEASE VALVE

A. Air release valves shall be the type to automatically exhaust large quantities of air during filling and allow air to re-enter when draining or subject to a negative pressure.

B. Valve shall be 2” with N.P.T. threaded inlet and outlet. The valve body shall

be cast iron. The float, internal float guides and trim shall be 316 stainless steel. The seat shall be BUNA-N.

C. Valve shall be manufactured by GA Industries Model 920, Crispin PL 20, or

approved equal. 2.05 SAMPLE POINTS

A. All sample points shall be stainless steel construction with smooth nose. 2.06 FLANGE ADAPTER

A. Flange adapaters shall be Series 2100 MEGAFLANGE as manufactured by EBAA Iron Inc. or approved equivalent. All gaskets shall be EPDM.

2.07 LINE STOP EQUIPMENT All watermain products shall be as specified by Palm Beach County Water Utilities

District. If no standard exists, the following shall be used: 1. Line stop equipment shall be capable of closing off the existing pipe with no leaks

and allowing all of the system flow to flow through the bypass piping. 2.08 TAPPING SLEEVE AND VALVE All watermain products shall be as specified by Palm Beach County Water Utilities

District. If no standard exists, the following shall be used: 1. Tapping sleeves shall be mechanical joint end connections. 2. Tapping valves shall be resilient seat gate valves. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify piping and valve size, location and invert are as indicated.

TSP-153-A

PIPING, GENERAL

40 05 00-5

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Where applicable, ream pipe and tube ends and remove burrs.

B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. C. Prepare pipe connections to equipment with flanges or unions.

3.03 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to all Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all

other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this work may properly commence.

2. Verify that all equipment may be installed in accordance with all pertinent

codes and regulations, the original design, shop drawings, and the reference standards.

B. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Engineer. 2. Do not proceed with installation in area of discrepancy until all such

discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.04 PIPE INSTALLATION - GENERAL

A. Take all precautions necessary to insure that pipe, valves, fittings, and other accessories are not damaged in unloading, handling, and installation. Examine each piece of material just prior to installation to determine that no damage has occurred. Remove any damaged material from the site and replace with undamaged material.

B. Exercise care to keep foreign material and dirt from entering pipe during

storage handling and installation. Close ends of in-place at the end of any work period to preclude the entry of animals and foreign material.

C. Use only those tools specifically intended for cutting the size and material and

type pipe involved. Make cut to prevent damage to pipe or lining and to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe.

TSP-154-A

PIPING, GENERAL

40 05 00-6

3.06 VALVES

A. Install valves with operator stems in the vertical plane through the pipe axis and out of the plane of flow. Locate valves where shown on Drawings. Thoroughly clean before installation. Check valves for satisfactory operation.

3.07 PRESSURE TESTING AND DISINFECTION

A. Flush, test, and disinfect system in accordance with Section 01 74 30. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace, and retest at no cost to Owner.

B. Frequency of Tests: Minimum of one test per pipe branch.

END OF SECTION

TSP-155-A

GATE VALVES 40 05 61 - 1

SECTION 40 05 61

GATE VALVES

PART II GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Submittals 2. Products

a. Gate Valves 3. Execution

a. Installation b. Testing and Commissioning


A. Section 33 11 05 – Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets


A. ANSI A21.11 (AWWA C 111) – Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings

B. ANSI B16.1 – Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.


A. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

PART II PRODUCTS

1.06 GATE VALVES

A. All gate valves between 2-inches and 4-inches shall be iron body, bronze trimmed, wedge disc, and minimum 150 psi non shock cold water pressure rating. Exposed valves shall be of the outside screw and yoke (OS&Y), ANSI B 16.1, 125 pound flanges and shall be as manufactured by the Crane Company, Jenkins Bros. Corp., or equal.

B. Valves less than 2-inches shall be of bronze body, rising stem, wedge disc and minimum 300 psi non shock cold water pressure rating. Valves shall have screwed ends or as specified otherwise.

C. Gate valves 4-inches through 16-inches shall be of the non-rising stem design, shall fully comply with the requirements of AWWA C509 for resilient

TSP-156-A

GATE VALVES 40 05 61 - 2

seated gate valves and shall be in accordance with PNCWUD standards. Exposed valves shall include a handwheel for manual operation. Gate valves shall be designed for a minimum working pressure of 250 psi and a test pressure of 500 psi.

D. Gate valve body and bonnet shall be cast iron conforming to ASTM A126, Class B with resilient seat gate and O ring seals. The gate shall be cast iron with a vulcanized rubber coating with no metal to metal contact when in the fully closed position and a smooth unobstructed waterway when in the fully opened position. Gate valves 18-inches and larger shall fully comply with the requirements of AWWA C500 and shall be double disc parallel seat with bypass and inside screw spur geared operator, unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings.

E. Valves shall be flanged mechanical joint as shown on the Drawings, with non-rising stems, and with a 2 inch square standard AWWA operating nuts unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein.

F. All internal ferrous components and surfaces of the valves, with the exception of stainless steel and finished or bearing surfaces, shall be shop painted with two coats (10 mils min. dry film thickness) of the manufacturer's premium (NSF Approved) epoxy for corrosion resistance. Damaged surfaces shall be repaired in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

PART III EXECUTION

1.07 PREPARATION

A. Contractor shall inspect and operate all valves prior to installation to test for proper operation. Valves that do not operate properly prior to installation shall be repaired or sent back to the manufacturer for repair.

1.08 INSTALLATION A. All valves shall be installed by the Contractor in accordance with the

Drawings, PBCWUD standards and all OSHA, local, state and federal codes and regulations.

B. Contractor shall conduct Prefunctional and Functional Test(s), perform necessary adjustments and initial maintenance, and commission valves in accordance with PBCWUD standards.

- END OF SECTION -

TSP-157-A

BUTTERFLY VALVES 40 30 14 - 1

SECTION 43 30 14

BUTTERFLY VALVES

PART II GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Submittals 2. Products

a. Butterfly Valves 3. Execution

a. Installation b. Testing and Commissioning


A. Section 33 11 05 – Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets


A. ANSI A21.11 (AWWA C 111) – Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings

B. ANSI B16.1 – Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.


A. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

PART II PRODUCTS

1.06 BUTTERFLY VALVES

A. Gate valves 16-inches through 48-inches shall be square nut actuator type, shall fully comply with the requirements of AWWA C504 for butterfly valves and shall be in accordance with PBCWUD standards. Exposed valves shall include a handwheel for manual operation. Butterfly valves shall be designed for a minimum working pressure of 250 psi and a test pressure of 500 psi.

B. Butterfly valve body and bonnet shall be cast iron conforming to ASTM A126, Class B with resilient seat gate and O ring seals. The disc shall be cast iron with a stainless-steel disc edge and a EDPM seat. Butterfly valves 16-inches and larger shall fully comply with the requirements of AWWA 504.

TSP-158-A

BUTTERFLY VALVES 40 30 14 - 2

C. Valves shall be mechanical joint as shown on the Drawings, with non-rising stems, and with a 2 inch square standard AWWA operating nuts unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein.

D. All internal ferrous components and surfaces of the valves, with the exception of stainless steel and finished or bearing surfaces, shall be shop painted with two coats (10 mils min. dry film thickness) of the manufacturer's premium (NSF Approved) epoxy for corrosion resistance. Damaged surfaces shall be repaired in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

PART III EXECUTION

1.07 PREPARATION

A. Contractor shall inspect and operate all valves prior to installation to test for proper operation. Valves that do not operate properly prior to installation shall be repaired or sent back to the manufacturer for repair.

1.08 INSTALLATION

A. All valves shall be installed by the Contractor in accordance with the Drawings, PBCWUD standards and all OSHA, local, state and federal codes and regulations.

B. Contractor shall conduct Prefunctional and Functional Test(s), perform necessary adjustments and initial maintenance, and commission valves in accordance with PBCWUD standards..

- END OF SECTION -

TSP-159-A

APPENDIX B

PBCWUD APPROVED MATERIALS

AND EQUIPMENT LIST

TSP-160-A

TSP-161-A

PALM BEACH COUNTY WATER UTILITIES DEPARTMENT ENGINEERING SERVICES DIVISION

8100 FOREST HILL BOULEVARD P.O. BOX 16097, WEST PALM BEACH, FL 33416

APPROVED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT LIST

PROJECT NAME

UTILITIES CONTRACTOR (Signature) (DATE)

FIRM

ENGINEER (Signature) (DATE)

FIRM

By signature above, the Utilities Contractor and Engineer for the referenced project agree to utilize the approved materials as indicated and follow Palm Beach County Water Utilities Department Minimum Engineering and Construction Standards.

Approved Material List/Page l of 56

TSP-162-A

1. APPROVED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT LIST

Only the materials and equipment listed in Sections 4.3.3 through 4.3.8 are approved for use within the PBCWUD Potable Water, Reclaimed Water and Wastewater systems. The Department may also utilize other materials and equipment in categories not specifically identified, or as approved by Department Director.

(a) All materials and equipment shall be new and first quality. Damaged or faulty materials will not be accepted, Repair clamps may not be used on newly installed pipe. Sleeves may be used only with prior approval.

(b) All materials, fittings and appurtellilllces for pressure pipe systems 24" and smaller shall be designed and constructed for a minimum working pressure of 150 psi unless the specific application dictates a higher working pressure requirement. Potable Water and Reclaimed Water pipes, fittings and related appurtenances larger than 24'·' shall be designed, constructed and tested for a minimum test pressure of 200 psi or as specified on plans.

(c) All materials shall be permanently and visibly labeled with the name of the manufactnrer, size, A WW A & NSF Standard and pressure rating. Glued on stickers are acceptable for ductile iron pipe only. The stickers shall name the manufactnrer, pipe size, length, lining, pressure ratings and A WW A and NSF ratings (if applicable). The stickers shall be clearly visible and adhered well to the pipe.

Epoxy-lined pipe and fittings shall have legible markings on the interior with the date of application, application approved number, (if applicable), and have legible exterior markings identifying the lining and calling out "sewer use only". A certification shall be provided by the applicator and the manufacturer of the product being lined, that the pipe and fittings were bare and never lined with any type of material, before the epoxy was applied in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. Epoxy lined pipe and fittings shall be installed within a time period following the lining product application as specified by the lining manufacturer. All ductile iron fittings must comply with the following and must be certified by the manufacturer for compliance:

• All fittings must be tested in accordance with all applicable A WW NNSF Standards. • The foundry(s) shall be ISO-certified. • Each fitting must have a cast-in "date code" which identifies the date and shift of manufacturer of that fitting. • Each fitting must have cast-in clearly on the side of the fittings the name of the manufacturer, identify of the

A WW A Standard, pressure rating, nominal diameter, the country where cast, the letters DI or word Ductile, and the number of degrees or fraction of the circle on all bends,

The material supplier and/or contractor shall furnish data certified by the pipe and/or fitting manufacturer that the fittings are of the material specified, and shall furnish physical and chemical certifications. Manufactnrer shall furnish to the Department certifications that all fittings comply with the following requirements: All fittings shall be capable to withstand, without bursting, hydrostatic tests of minimum three times the rated water working pressure with results retained for at least two years for review.

(d) Raw water main shall be designed to Potable Water main standards.

(e) All valves shall be coated inside and out with factory applied epoxy. Valves shall operate "clockwise-close.1

'

(t) Pipe and fitting linings/coatings shall be applied and/or warranted by the pipe/fitting manufacturer.

(g) Exposed pipe shall be painted as specified in the applicable material list.

(h) Buried pressure pipe fittings and appurtellillJces 3" and larger shall be ductile iron with restrained mechanical joints unless stated otherwise on the Department's standard details. Above ground fittings shall have flanged joints. Plain end fittings are not allowed. Fittings for force mains shall be ceramic epoxy lined. For sizes less than 3", fittings shall be suitable to 1he pipe material and application. Exposed buried non stainless steel hardware (bolts, nuts, and rods) shall be coated after assembly with a 1hick (low viscosity) tar product. Bell

Approved Material List/Page 2 of 56

TSP-163-A

restraint tie-rods and nuts shall be Type 304 stainless steel. Nuts shall be coated with fluoropolymer (or equal) to prevent galling. Pipe gaskets shall be as supplied by the pipe manufacturers. Profiled gaskets are required for flanged pipe. Split type restraining glands are preferred and should be used whenever available.

(i) Existing mains shall be tapped as long as the tapping line is smaller than the tapped line. No size-on-size taps are permitted unless approved for "line stop valves" or Hinsertion valves. '1 Asbestos cement pipes may be tapped for water services only (up to 2"). A larger size connection into an AC pipe shall generally require a cut-in tee.

The Department may require the replacement of the asbestos cement pipe and clay pipe. Double strap saddles are required for 2" and smaller taps. Stainless steel sleeves are acceptable for service taps on pipes larger than 16". Equal size lines branch-offs shall require that a tee be cut in. A restrained join~ ceramic epoxy lined or cement lined ductile iron mechanical joint tapping sleeve is required for all taps unless the tapping line is less than half the diameter of the line to be tapped ( a stainless steel tapping sleeve is permissible in those cases). Use of a stainless steel tapping sleeve is also permissible on taps on existing SDR-26 and SDR-21 PVC pipe only. For 4" and larger taps on pipes larger than 24", the Department may allow the use of epoxy coated carbon steel sleeves with stainless steel hardware. Restrained joint cut-in tee construction may be specified, depending on the circumstances and sizes involved. A concrete thrust block sball be installed behind a tapping tee or cut-in tee if the tapped pipe is not adequately restrained or supported means of existing pipe restraint will be considered, depending on circumstances. Insertion valves or temporary "line stops" may be required in order to limit service interruptions and/or excessive spillage.

0) Transitions between DIP and PVC that are not specified or required by the plans or details are not permitted. PVC SDR-35 sewer pipe/ductile iron pipe adapters shall be used for DIP and PVC transition on all new constructions. Heavy-duty stainless steel flexible couplings are acceptable for transition joints with existing facilities only. Compression (pack joint) style adapters shall be used for transition from brass valves and fittings to PVC pipes.

(k) No joint deflection is allowed with PVC pipe unless approved by the pipe manufacturer (maximum 75% of the manufacturer allowed joint deflection).

(I) All dead ends (temporary and permanent) shall be mechanically restrained (plug or cap is required). Concrete thrust block restraint is not allowed. Permanent water main dead ends shall include an automatic flushing device (to be installed in grass area).

(m) Wet wells and manholes shall have precast, monolithic bases. Alternative methods for constructing wet well bases will be considered on a case-by-case basis. The depth of wet wells shall be limited to 22' ,unless approved in advance by the Department. All manholes shall have precast cones. Joint sealant shall be sized and placed as specified in detail by the precaster on shop drawings. Tongue joint surface shall be coated with a primer prior to joint sealant installation. External manhole joint seals must be applied between all manholes and wet well precast sections.

(n) Steel pipe installed on aetial crossings shall have½' steel welded bearing pads at pile cap locations.

( o) No PVC Male/Female adapters shall be used. Approved "pack joint" style brass fittings or polyethylene adaptors are required.

(p) Concrete collars for valves and manholes shall be poured in place.

(q) Any existing pipe which is not properly restrained at the designated point of connection shall have restraining installed by the Developer at no cost to the Department. The Engineer shall submit a drawing showing the proposed method of restraint. Pipe restraint and joint restraint shall be Factory Mutual approved unless specifically approved otherwise by the Department. Only wedge type restraint iflange adapters are acceptable. When using flexible joint restraint pipe and fittings, the contractor shall follow the manufacturer's installation specification to eliminate "slack" by locking the restraining joints in place.

Approved Material Lis1/Page 3 of 56

TSP-164-A

(r) If the design and/or construction activities impact any existing Department owned Facilities, the Developer shall relocate, remove, adjust or replace these Facilities as directed, at no cost to the Department.

When using flexible joint restraint pipe and fittings, the contractor shall follow the manufacturer's installation specification

(s) "Premium Efficiency'' rated motors shall be used whenever available.

(t) Motors used for plant operations, rated 500 hp or Jess, shall meet the requirements ofNEMA MG 1•2003, Tables 12-12 and 12-13:

1. Efficiency a. Tested in accordance with MG-1 paragraph 12.54.1 b. Guaranteed minimum at foll load in accordance with Table 1 or as indicated in motor-driven equipment specifications.

2. Power Factor: Guaranteed minimum at foll load in accordance with Table 1 or as indicated in motor-driven equipment specifications.

(u) For Palm Beach County Water Utilities Department initiated projects, the materials stated in the written specification for the project shall have precedent over the "Approved Material List",

(v) Wedge Anchors (316 SS) for Pump Base Elbows shall be permanently marked, providing a cross reference to verify the anchor's length after installation.

(w) All electrical components and systems shall be UL listed, and shall be assembled in a UL listed/approved facility.

(x) Underground .utility markers may be required for transmission mains.

(y) Buried ductile iron pipe 30" and larger shall be polybagged unless a soil survey confirms it to be unnecessary,

(z) Exposed ductile iron pipe and fittings to be shop painted with red oxide primer.

(aa) "Lead Free" brass water works prnducts shall meet the requirement of ASNI/AWWA C800 afid the maximum lead content of S.3874 and NSF 61 Annex G. The manufacturer's designation as a Lead Free product shall be permanently stamped or cast into the product's body. Effective January 1, 2013, only "Lead Free" brass water works products shall be installed in contact with potable water.

(bb) Sanitary sewer manhole castings shall be 7" tall. Alternative 4" models may be nsed with preapproval only.

(cc) PVC/DI pipe transitioning from HOPE pipe shall be restrained as a minimum to "in-line valve" condition.

(dd) Shop drawings for sewer concrete structures shall indicate the size and placement of joint sealant.

( ee) Stainless steel insert stiffeners shall be used at counections of brass pack joint fittings to polyethylene service pipes.

(ff) Selected service pipe material shall be nsed consistently in the whole project, as applicable.

(gg) Tensile strength test on the first daily butt fusion weld may be required.

(hh) Fusion weld data recording may be required for pipes larger than 12".


TSP-165-A

(ii) Removed materials shall be disposed in approved manner. WUD inspector shalJ advise the contractor which removed materials are to be returned to WUD (hydraats, valves, fittings, meters, vaults, manhole rings, pumps, motors, electrical and other mechanical equipment, etc,),

Approved Material Lis1/Page 5 of 56

TSP-166-A

2. APPROVED MATERIALS AND SPECIFICATIONS

POTABLE WATER SYSTEM

All components that come in contact with potable water shall conform to NSF standards. Effective January 1, 20[3 only Lead Free brass water products shall be installed in contact with potable water,

PW 1. Ductile Iron Pipe (Pipes shall be color coded with blue paint) Approved Products/Manufacturers for push-on and mechanical joint pipe:

(1) American Cast Iron Pipe Company (2) US, Pipe (3) McWane Ductile (Atlantic States, Mc Wayne, Pacific States, Clow Water Systems)

Approved Products/Manufacturers for flexible joint restraint pipe:

(I) American - Flex Ring, Lok Ring; push-on joint pipe with Fast Grip Gasket (sizes 4"-24") (2) US Pipe - TR Flex; push-on joint pipe with Field Lok 350 Gasket (sizes 4"-24") - Bolt Lok (3) Mc Wayne Corporation-TR Flex ( 4) Griffin - Snap Lok, Bolt Lok

Approved Fabrications for "Flanged" pipe: • ASAP Fabrication Inc, (l-813-752-1999) • Custom Fab, Inc, (1-407-859-3954) • US Pipe Fabrication Inc, (1-800-950-8525)

Note: The Fabricators must use pipe supplied by approved manufacturers,

Interior pipe surfaces must be cement mortar lined and sealed per A WWA C-104/A2L50. Minhnum Special Thickness Class 53 is required for flanged pipe. ''Toruseal" or "Flange-Tyte" gaskets are required for flanged pipes.

Minimum Non-Flanged Minimum Special Pipe Size Pressure Thickness

Class Class 3HA~! 350 51 61JM161J 350 50 20H 300 50 24'' 250 50 30" 250 50

PW 2. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (Mains 4" and larger shall be color-coded blue) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Push-on Joint Pipe, A WW A C900, SDR-18 min., 235 psi min., and AWWA C905, SDR-25 min,, 165 psi min., NSF 61: (1) JM Manufacturing Company* (2) Diamond Plastic Corporation* (3) CertainTeed* (4) North American Pipe Corp.; NAPCO* (5) IPEX, Inc.** (6) National Pipe and Plastics** (7) SandersonPipe**

• No Pipe deflection at the joint allowed. ** Up to two (2) degrees deflection at pipe joint allowed.

B. Restrained Joint PVC Pipe, C900/C905, SDR 18/25 min., NSF61.

BL Non-Metalic Modular Joint Restraint Design ( 1) Certain Teed Certalok

B2. Belle Integrated Metalic Ring Restraint Design (1) JM Eagle Lok

B3. Joint Free Restraint Piping System (1) Underground Solutions Fusible PVC Pipe

C, Service Pipe Up to 6" -PVC Schedule 40 (Color: White or Blue), Schedule 80, (Color: White or Dark Grey), NSF61 (1) Heritage Plastics South Inc. (2) JM Manufacturing Company (3) Accord Industries/Universal 100 Products (4) Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company


TSP-167-A

PW 3. Exposed Steel Pipe (A53 Grade B, ERW, minimum 0,500" wall thickness, A WWA C200; flange shall be Class D or E per A WWA C204. Interior shall be lined with 7-11 mils DFT of Tnemec N-140 Pota-Pox Plus (White 00WH); Exterior shall be: Primer 3 mils Tnemec Zinc 90-97, intermediate 4-6 mils Tnemec 66 top coat 2 mils Tnemec 1074 (Black with Blue striping) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Custom Fah

PW 4. High Density Polyethylene Pipes and Tubing. Approved Products/Manufactures:

A. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) pipe (Fusible HDPE, PE 4710, AWWA C906); Pipes shall be colorcoded blue, minimum 40 feet standard lengths, DR 11 minimum, DIPS Size, 3" and larger

(!) CP Chem (2) JM Manufacturing Company (3) JPEX, Inc. (4) Polypipe By Dura-Line (5) KWH Pipe by Uponor Infra Ltd.

B. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Tubing (PE 3408/3608), CTS, DR9, A WW A C90l up to 2" size (blue or blue striped) Approved Products/Manufucturers:

(!) Charter Plastics, Inc. (2) ENDOT, Industries, Inc, (3) JM Manufacturing Company

PW 5. PVC Cement (Must be certified for both Schedule 40 and Schedule 80) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A, Plumbing Applications (!)Harvey's Wet Set PVC Cement#0!8430 (2) Christy's Red Hot Blue Glue

B. Electrical Conduit Applications (Medium Body Clear Cement) (1) Daley 31008 (2) Harvey's 018280-12

PW 6. Thread Sealant Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) E-Z Weld 209 by Fry Technology (2) Pipe Fit, FPPI (3) Teflon Tape (all manufacturers)

PW 7. Gate Valves (AWWA C509, C515, Ductile Iron Body) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Mueller 2362, 2361 (2) American 2500 (MM, FF) (3) Kennedy Ken-Seal II (4)M&H4067 (5) Clow F-6100 (6) US Pipe Metroseal AUSPI, AUSP2

Minimum Pressure Class 200 is required for valves larger than 24"

PW 8. Butterfly Valves (A WW A C504) Approved Products/Manufacturers: (I) Mueller Lineseal Ill B-3211 (2) M &H450, 4500, 1450 (3) Pratt "Groundhog" (4) DeZurik Class 150B (5) Valmatic

Note: Worm Gears are required for valves larger than 16" Minimum Pressure Class 200 is required for valves larger than 24"

PW 9. Combination Air Release Valves (Fusion bonded epoxy interior and exterior stainless steel cover bolts and plugs)

Minimum Sizes:

1" ARV for pipes 4" -16" 2" ARV for pipes larger than 16"

Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Valmatic VM22,3 SV, VM38.2 SV (2) Crispin PL 10 (3) GA Industries Model 920 (4) Apco

PW 10. Tapping Valves (A WWA C509, C515, Ductile Iron Body) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) American2500 TM (2) Mueller T- 2362, T-2361 (3) US Pipe Metroseal TUSPl, 11JSP2 (4)M&H4751-NRS (5) Clow F-6114

Pressure Class 200 is required for valves larger than 24".


TSP-168-A

PW 11. Residential Dual Check Valves (Angled, Cartridge Style, ASSE Approved)-Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I )Ford ¾" HHCA9 l -NL-323 1" HHCA91-NL-444 (2) Ay McDonald¾'' 712 -3YE33-44 1" 712-3YE44-44

(3)Mueller ¾" H-14464AN 1" H-14464AN

PW 12.Brass Pack Joint Branch Valves (PVC) Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) AY McDonald 708U4M(l '/2 x ¾ x 7.5) (2) Ford U78-63 -NL (3) Mueller V15361N

PW 13. Inflow Preventer for ARV'S in Vaults and Manholes Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Valmatic FloodSafe

PW 14. Screw Type 2 Piece Valve Box Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) East Jordan Iron Works 8550 (2) Bingham/Taylor 4905 (3) SIGMA Corp. - Ductile Iron only- Top VB2611-D, Bottom VB2612-D

PW 15. Valve Box Lid (Min, weight 24 lbs., 4" skirt; Lid Marked "Water") Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) East Jordan Iron Works Drop Lid# 0680045 (2) Bingham/Taylor# 4906 (3) SIGMA Corp, - Ductile Iron only- VB2600W-D

PW 16. Sliding Type 2 Piece Valve Box and Lid for Corporation Stops (arched bottom) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Bingham/Taylor 4903 Box only: l4Bl43RSLL Lid only: CUIALHVTSKSVC

PW 17. Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Prevention Assemblies (to be owned by PBCWUD, must be USC or ASSE [with field testing] approved) Approved Products/Manufacturers: (!) AMES 4000 SS/Watts 994 (Required for Plant Installations)

(2) WILKINS 975XL (3) WILKINS 375 (3" and larger) (4) AMES C400, CS00/Watts 957,957 RPDA

Note: All Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Prevention Assemblies which are included on the latest "List of Approved Backflow Prevention Assemblies" as published by the University of Southern Californla or by the American Society of Sanitary Engineering ( with field testing) may be used for private water services.

PW 18. Double Check Detector Assemblies (to be owned by PBCWUD, must be USC or ASSE [with field testing] approved) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) AMES 3000 SS/Watts 774 DCDA (2)FEBCO (3) Wilkins (4) AMES C300/Watts 757 DCDA

Note: Private fire lines may use any of the "Double Check Detector AssembliesH or "Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Detector Assemblies" which are included on the latest "List of Approved Backflow Prevention Assemblies" as published by the University of Southern California USC or ASSE [with field testing].

PW 19. Mechanical Joint Ductile Iron Ta,pping Sleeves (for Taps 4" and Larger) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) American 2800 Series (2) Mueller H-615 (3) US Pipe MJ


TSP-169-A

PW 20. Tapping Sleeves (For Outlets 4" and Larger) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A, Stainless Steel Body, Flange and Hardware (I) Dresser 630 (2) Ford FTSS (3) Cascade CST-EX (4) JCM 432,452 (5) Power Seal Model 3490 ( 6) Smith Blair 663

B. Fabricated Epoxy-coated Steel Body and Flange with Stainless Steel Hardware (For Pipes Larger than 24") (l)JCM412 (2) Smith-Blair 622 (3) Powerseal 3460 (4) Ford FTSC (5) Dresser 610 (6) Cascade CFT-ESS, CFT-LP-ESS

PW 21. Mechanical Joint Restraining Devices Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Solid Design for D.l. Pipe (1) EBBA IronMegalug llOO (2) Sigma One-Lock SLDE (3) Uniflange (Ford) Series 1400 (4) Star Grip Series 3000 (up to 16")

B, Solid Ring Design for PVC Pipe (1) EBAA Iron Megalug 2000 PV (2) Sigma One-Lok SLCE (3) Uniflange (Ford) Series 1500 ( 4) Star Grip Series 4000 ( up to 16")

C, Solid Ring Design for HDPE pipe up to 12" (requires stainless steel stiffening insert) (1) EBAA Iron Megalug 2000 PV (2) Uniflange (Ford) Series 1500

D, Split Ring Design for D.l. Pipe (I) EBAA Iron Megalug 1100-SD (2) Sigma One-Lok SSLD (3) Star Grip Series 3000 S (up to 16")

E. Split Ring Design for PVC Pipe ( 1) EBAA Iron Megalug 2000 SV

F, Split Ring Design for HOPE Pipe up to 8" (requires stainless steel stiffening insert) (I) EBAA Iron Megalug 2000 SV

PW 22, Pressure Pipe Bell Restraints Bellside ring without serrations; rods, and nuts :to be stainless steel 304 with nuts coated to prevent galling; split ring design shall be used if available, Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Split Ring Design for DI Pipe (!) EBAA IRON Series 1600 TD (2) EBAA IRON Series 1100 HD (3) SIGMA One-Lok Series SSLDH

B. Split Ring Design for PVC Pipe (!) EBAAlRON Series 1600 TD (2) EBAA IRON Series 1600 (3) EBAA Iron Series I JOO HV (4) SIGMA PV Lok Series PWH (5) Ford Uniflange UFR 1355-C-X

C. Solid Ring Design for DI Pipe (1) EBAA Iron Series 1700 (2) SIGMA One-Lok Series SLDEH (3) Ford Uni-Flange 1450-X D. Solid Ring Design For PVC Pipe (]) EBAA Iron Series 2800 (2) SIGMA One Lok Series SLCEH (3) Ford Unit-Flange 1350-X

PW 23. Pressure Pipe Bell Joint Leak Clamps Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) Smith Blair Type 274 (stainless steel Type 304 bolts, SS Type 316 nu.ts or Type 304 stainless steel coated to prevent galling) (2) Ford Style FBC (SS nuts and bolts) (3) Romac Style 516 (stainless steel Type 304 bolts and nuts; nuts coated to prevent galling)

Note: Split Ductile Iron Rings required. Buna-N gasket required, Longer bolts required for PVC:pipe,

PW 24, Ductile Iron Restrained Flange Adapters. (Set Sc1·ew Design Not Acceptable) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Smith Blair Type 912 (stainless steel Type 304 bolts and nuts coated to prevent galling) restraint, with anchor studs (2) EBAA Iron 2100 Megaflange; hardware coated with Megabond (3) Power Seal Model 3521 - restraint; with anchor studs


TSP-170-A

PW 25. Ductile Iron Fittings A. Both Ends Mechanical joint and Flanged

Joints Fittings Approved Products/Manufacturers: (!) Tyler (2) US Pipe (3) American (4) Union Foundry (5) Star (6) Sigma (7) Clow

B. Flexible Restraint Fittings Approved Products/Manufacturers: (l) American - Flex Ring, Lok Ring (2) US Pipe-TR Flex, Bolt Lok (3) Mc Wayne Corporation- Super Lock C. Welded on Outlet Tees for pipes larger than 24" non-flanged pipe. The welded on branch size shall not exceed ½ of the main pipe size. Welding shall be performed and tested by the pipe manufacturer,

Approved Products/Manufacturers: ( 1) American Cast Iron Pipe Company (2) US Pipe

Fittings must be ductile iron meeting the requirements of AWWA C-110, AWWA C-153 and must be cement mortar lined and sealed per A WW A C-104 or fusion bonded epoxy lined inside and outside per AWWA Cl16/ANSI A21.16.

The epoxy shall be applied to both exterior and interior surfaces. The lining shall be warranted by the pipe manufacturer. Toruseal or Flange-Tile gaskets are required for flanged fittings.

PW 26, PVC Fittings (Up to 6" Schedule 80 and Schedule 40) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Lasco Fittings Inc. (2) Nibco, INC. (3) Spears Manufacturing Company (4) Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company

PW 27. Brass Pack Joint Yoke Quarter Bend Couplings (PVC) - Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Ford L91-23-NL, L91-44-NL (2) Mueller H-l 42 l 4N (3) AY McDonald 74779Y-44 (3/4" x 02; l" x 04)

PW 28. Follower Glands Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Tyler (2) US Pipe (3) Union Foundry (4) SIGMA/NAPPCO

PW 29. Casing Pipe Spacers Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Cascade (2) APS Spacing System (3) RAC! (4) BWM

PW 30. Brass Curb Stops, Straight, FIP x FIP, Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) Ford Bll-333-W-NL, -444-W•NL, -666-W-NL, -777-W-NL (2) Mueller B-20200N (3) AY McDonald 7610IW

PW 31. Brass Curb Stops with Pack Joints ;(3/4"-2") (PVC)- Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers: (!) Ford B77-333-W-NL, 444-W-NL, 666-W-NL, 777-W-NL (2) AY McDonald 76100W-44 (3) Mueller P-25236N

PW 32, Pack Joint Brass Male Adapters (PVC) -Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Ford C87-44-NL, -46-NL, -66-NL, -77-NL (2) AY McDonald 74753-44 (l", I½", 2") (3) Mueller V-15440 N

PW 33. Brass Yoke Angle Curb Stops (FIP x Yoke) Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Mueller B-24278N (2) Ford BA91-323W-NL, -444W-NL (3) A Y McDonald 74604 BY-44

PW 34. Corporation Stops (PVC) with PVC pack joint outlet and tee head- Iron Pipe Thread - Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) FordFBII02-6-TA-NL, FB1102-7-TA-NL (2) AY McDonald 74104B-44 (I½", and2") (3) Mueller V-25058-ION

Approved Material List/Page IO of 56

TSP-171-A

PW 35. Corporation Stops for ARV Installations (MIP & MIP)- Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) FordFB5DD-NL (2) AY McDonald 73131 B (3) Mueller B-20013N, B-2969N

PW 36. Meter Yokes (must be epoxy coated, ecoated or powder coated) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Ford Y502, Y504 (2) Mueller H-5020, H-5040 (3) AYMcDonald 14-2, 14-4

PW 37. Yoke Expansion Connections- Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) FordEC23-NL, EC4-NL (2) Mueller H-l 4234N-26 (3) AY McDonald 714-2EHG, 714-4EHG

PW 38. Service Saddles/Sleeves (up to 2" Tap Size) Iron Pipe Thread Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Ductile Iron Body, Double Steel Bales (up to 16")

(l)JCM 408 (2) Smith Blair 313 (3) Ford FC202 (Epoxy-coated) ( 4) Romac 202, NU ( 5) A Y McDonald 4826A

B. Ductile Iron Body Double Stainless Steel Straps

(i) JCM406 (2) Smith Blair 317 (3) FordFCD 202 (4) Romac 202 NS (up to 16", pre-approval required) (5) Power Seal 3417 DI (6) Ay McDonald 4855A

C. Epoxy-coated Steel Body Threaded Outlet Tapping Sleeves, Stainless Steel Hardware Required (Larger than 16", Pre-approval Required) (1) JCM418 (2) Romac FTS42DT

D. Stainless Steel Body Threaded Outlet Tapping Sleeves (Larger than 16") (1) JCM 438 (2) Smith Blair 372

PW 39. Fire Hydrants Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Kennedy Guardian K-81D -(5 ¼") (2) Mueller Super Centurion (3) American/Darling (5 ¼") B-84-B (4) Clow Medallion (5 ¼") Buried hydrant bolts, washers and nuts shall be stainless steel. Bolts shall be 316 SS, washers shall be 316 SS, and nuts shall be 304 SS. Fire hydrants shall be ordered red in color with the finish epoxy coat applied by the manufacturer, New fire hydrants which need re-painting shall be field coated safety red, Approved security caps with chains are required.

PW 40. Fire Hydrant Paint Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Sherwin Williams (DTM acrylic coating) B66-R38

All paint shall be gloss, safety red in color and two coats shall be applied.

PW 41. Meter Boxes (Tier-8 Load Category Minimum per ANSI/SCTE 77) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A, Single Service: (5/8" x 3/4" meters) (1) CDR: BoxB03111812A (2) GlasMasters JI l 1812S2ND8-l (2 mouse !holes) Jl 11812SSON08-l (no mouse holes) (3) Armorcast: Box A 6000485-PBC (12" x 20" x 12" polymer concrete box).

B, Double Service: (5/8 x 3/4" meters) (l)CDR: BoxB03151712A (2)GlasMasters Jl51712S2ND8-l (2 mouse !holes) Jl51712SON08-l (no mouse holes) (3) Armorcast: Box A 6000510 Xl2-PBC (15" x 17" x 12" PPR Box)

C. Single Service: (l" meters) (1) CDR; BoxB03132412A (2) GlasMasters Sl32412S2N08-1 (2 mouse !holes) Sl32412SOND8-l (no mouse holes) (3) Armorcast: Box 6001868x12-PBC

D, Single Service: (1 W1, 2 U, meters) (l) CDR: BoxB03173012A (2) GlasMasters Sl 73012S2N08-1 (2 mouse holes) SI 73012SON08-1 (no mouse holes) (3) Armorcast: Box A 6001534 X12-PBC (17" x 30" x 12" FPRBox)


TSP-172-A

E. Single Meter Service: (3'\ 4", and 6'' meters) (1) CDR: Box B031730l8A (2) GlasMasters Sl7301882N08-l (2 mouse holes) Sl73018SON08-1 (no mouse holes) (3) Armorcast A6001534Xl8

F. Single Service: 8" and larger meters Shop drawings must be submitted and approved by Department

All meter boxes covers shall have vertical straight walls.

All meter boxes shall display the manufacturer's name,

All meter boxes shalJ display the date of manufacture. Only boxes for 1-1/2" meters and larger shall have "mouse holes'', unless noted otherwise.

PW 42. Meter Box Lids (Grass Areas) (fier-8 Load Category Minimum) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Single service (5/8" x ¾" meters) Al. Without Antenna Opening (1) CDR: Lid C08111802D (2) Armorcast: Lid A 6000484RCI-PBC (3) GlasMasters Slll8RN08-1-WA

A2. AMRAntenuaReady (1) Glas Masters S l ll 8BN08-1,PBCWU

B. Double Service: (5/8" x ¾" meters) Bl. Without Antenna Opening (l) CDR: LidC08151702F (2) Armorcast Lid A 6000469RCI-

PBC (3) GlasMasters S1517RN08-l- WA B2. AMR Antenna Ready (1) GlasMasters Sl517BN08-l-PBCWU

C, Single Service: (1" meters) Cl. Without Antenna Opening (1) CDR: Lid C08132402D (2) GlasMasters S1324RN08-l-WA C2. AMR Antenna Ready (l) GlasMasters S1324BN 08-1-PBCWU

D. Single Service: (1~1/2'\ 2'\ 3'\ 4''; 6" meters)

D l. Without Antenua Opening (1) CDR: Lid C08173002F (2) Armorcast: Lid A 6001643RCI-PBC (3) GlasMasters Sl730RN08-l-WA D2. AMR antenna Ready (1) GlasMaster SJ 730BN08-1-PBCWU

E. Single Service: (8" and larger meters) (1) CDR. (Shop drawings are required.) (2) GlasMasters (Shop Drawing

Required) Note: Traffic-bearing (Tier 15 minimum) lids and boxes are required for all meters in hardscaped areas.

PW 43. Manhole Adjustment Rings Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Steel Rings for Existing Manholes (maximum 4" height adjustment) (I) Manhole Systems MS-10 l (2) Roblyn Series 2300, 2400 (3) EJ (Andrews Metal Style) M2-A, M5-A

B. Masonry Rings for new Manholes (maximum 12" total ring height) (1) Brick chimney, field installed (2-5 courses of bricks) (field-applied corrosion barrier systems required), (2) Precast reinforced concrete rings ( 4,000psi), field-installed for cast- in liner and for field-applied corrosion barrier systems. Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) U.S. Precast (2) US Concrete Products (3) American Concrete Products

PW 44. Paint for Exposed Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings (Exposed D.I. pipe and fittings to be shop painted with red oxide primer), black with blue stripes Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Moderate Exposure (I) SuoTec - Primer 801 Rustking, Top Coat - 860A Rustking Acrylic Gloss (Black with Blue Stripes), two (2) coats at 3 mils each. (2) Sherwin Williams Targuard Low VOC Coal Tar Epoxy with Reducer R ?Kl 11; two coats at 8-1.6 mils per coa~ 50% overlap with each pass (not to be used for direct contact with potable water).

B. Severe Exposure (1) Tnemec-Primer: Zinc Series 90- 97 (3 mils DFT) - Intermediate: Epoxoline II Series N 69 (two (2) coats, 6 mils DFT/coat) - Topcoat: Endura Shield II Series 1074 (two (2) coats, 3 mils DFT/coat) color black


TSP-173-A

PW 45. Detectable Marking Tape for Potable Water Mains Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Empire Level MFG. Corp. MagnaTec (2) T. Christy Enterprises TA-TD-6-BPW (3) Pro-Line Safety Products

Detectable blue mylar tape 6" wide imprinted with the following in 2" high lettering: "CAUTION WATER LINE BURIED BELOW". The wording shall occur every 3 feet.

PW 46, Permanent Sampling Stations Aluminum Housing, hinged door opening, padlock, unthreaded sample point with protective cap, stainless steel piping

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) Kupferly Foundry: Eclipse No. 88 WC -SS-PBC

PW 47, Remote Telemetry Units (PLC Type) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) Curry Control PBCRTU2015 (2) ESC PBCRTIJ2015 (3) AES PBCRTU2015 (4) CC Control PBCRTU2015 (5) Unltron PBCRTU 2015 (6) Champion Controls, Inc. PBCRTIJ 2015

PW 48. Root Barrier Systems Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Bio-Barrier (2) DeepRoot UB36-2, UB48-2

PW 49. Lead Free Brass Nipples (MTP x MTP) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Meritt Brass 2012-400 (2) Lee Brass (3) Mid -American Brass

PW 50. Pack Joint Quarter Bend Coupling (3/4"-2") PVC Compression x MPT -Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers

(I) Ford - L87 - NL Series (2) AY McDonald (74779M-44) Series

PW 51. Paci< Joint Quarter Bend Coupling Lead Free (PVC x PVC) (3/4"- 2") Approved Products/ Manufacturers:

(I) AY McDonald (74761-44) Series (2) Ford L 77 Series - NL

PW 52. Line Stop Tapping Sleeve Approved Products/ Manufacturers:

(1) JCM440

PW 53. Brass Compression by Male Adapter (PVC) - Lead Free Approved Products/ Manufacturers: (1) AY McDonald (74753-44) (2) Ford C-87 Series -NL

PW 54. Brass Compression by Female Adapter (PVC x FIP), Straight,¾" - 2", Lead Free Approved Products/ Manufacturers: (1) A Y McDonald (74754-44) Series (2) Ford C-17 Series -NL

PW 55, HDPE/DIP Electro-fusion Couplings and Fittings Approved Products/ Manufacturers:

(!) Central Plastics Company (2) Ipex Friatec

PW 56. HOPE/DIP MJ Adapter Approved Products/ Manufacturers:

(1) Independent Pipe Products, Inc. (2) Improved Piping Products, Inc. (3) Central Plastics

PW 57. Paint for Buried DIP/PCCP Pipe Approved Products/ Manufacturers:

(1) Induron Aquanaut (Color: Alaskan Blue) Min. 8 mils WFT, min 3 mils DFT

PW 58. Above Ground Utility Markers Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Canal Crossings: (1) Roca!, Inc. #RI-lJPLPBC 12-6

B. Miscellaneous Locations: (1) Rhino Marking & Protection Systems, Inc. -Triview Marker Post, color coded with decals.

(2) Rhino Marking & Protection Systems, 'Inc. -Rhino 3-Rak (66") color coded with decals.


TSP-174-A

PW 59. Meter Setter Assembly for 1 ½ " and 2" Meters - Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(l) AY McDonald 722G700WW (777 x 15.62 x 404) Note: I ½" Meter requires adapter 710J67DH

(2) Ford CS-C95632-01 - NL Note: l ½" Meter requires adapter A-67 - NL

PW 60. Manhole Ring and Cover for ARV Approved Products/Manufacturers

(1) US Foundry 690-AH-M

(2) Pamrex (Ductile Iron, 32")

Note: Manhole shall be marked: "Water-ARV"

PW 61, Aluminum Vault Frame and Cover for ARV

(l) US Foundry AHS or AHD (2) Bilco Jor JD (H-20)

PW 62. Insertion Valve (AWW A C515, MJ Type End Restraits, Resilient Seat Gate, Ductile Iron Body, Wedge to Seal against valve body) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(l)Team INSERT VALVE

PW 63. Hose Bibbs (brass)- Lead Free

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (l) NIBCO (2) Jones (3) American Standard

PW 64. Heavy Duty Meter Box Lids (ANSI Tier 15 minimum load rated) Approved Products/Manufacturers: A. Single Service (5/8" x ¾") (1) EBAA- Cover MC! I 18-2R (2) GlasMasters S 1 l l 8RN15-l WA

B. Double Service: (S/8" x '/4") (1) EBAA-Cover mCl l 18-2R (2) Glas Masters S1517RN15-1 WA

C. Single Service: (l" Meters) (1) EBAA- Cover MC1324-4R (2) GlasMasters S1324RN15-l-WA

D. Single Service: (1-1/2'\ 2", 3'\ 4" Meters)

(1) EBAA- Cover MCl 730-5R (2) GlasMasters SI 730RN15-l-WA

E. Single Service: (6" Meters and Larger) (1) EBAA-Cover (2) GlasMaters (Shop Drawings are

Required)

PW 65. Stainless Steel Stiffening Inserts for HDPE Pipe Restraint (4" - 12") Approved Products/Manufacturers:

1) JCM231 (2) Cascades

PW 66. Typical Stainless Steel Stiffening lilserts for HDPE CTS Tubing (up to 2") Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Ford 50 series (51, 52, 54, 55) (2) Mueller 5287 (04, 05, 06, 07) (3) AY McDonald 6133T (3/4, 1, 1-1/2, 2)

PW 67, Fire Hydrant Security Devices (Locking Nozzle Caps with Chains)

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) American Flow Control Captivater H:rdrant Assembly

Note: One AFC Captivater adjustable wrench is required with each 10 hydrants (min. one wrench per project)

PW 68. Valve Stem Extensions (Carbon Steel Hot Dip Galvanized with Centering Ring and Stainless Steel Set Screws) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Custom Fab (2) Trumbull Industries

PW 69, Dil'ectional Drill Tracer Wire APWA Colored Coded -Blue) AWG 12 Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Copperhead 1245 EHS (2) Pro-Line Products Protrace HD-CCS

PE45


TSP-175-A

PW 70. Brass Pack Joint Branch Valves (CTS) -Lead Free (HOPE: CTS x MIP) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Ford 048-63 - NL (2) Mueller H-153563N (1-1/2 x ¾ x 7- 1/2) (3) A Y McDonald 708U2M (1 -1/2 x ¾ x 7.5)

PW 71. Brass Pack Joint Male Adapter (HDPE) -Lead Free

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) Ford C84-NL (-44, -46, -66, -77) (2) MuellerP-15428N (1-1/2 x 1), (1-1/2), (1), (3/4) (3) AY McDonald 74753-22 (1-1/2 x I), (1-1/2), (1), (3/4)

PW 72, Brass Yoke Curb Stops (HOPE) - Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Ford B91-323W-NL-Dual 5/8" x '/4" Meters; B91-324W-NL Single 5/8" x ¾" Meter; 891-344 W-NL-l"Meter

(2) Mueller B-24360N (5/8" x ¾ x ¾)-Dual 5/8 x ¾ meters; (1 x 5/8 x '/4 R)-Single 5/8 x ¾ meter (1)- l" meter

(3) AYMcDonald 76101WY (3/4 x 5/8 x 02)Dual 5/8 x ¾ meters; 76101 WY (1 x ¾ x 02)-Single 5/8 x ¾ Meter; 76101 WY (Ix I x 04)- I" Meter

PW 73, Brass Corporation Stop Valve - (HDPE: CTS) Lead Free - Compression/Pack Joint Outlet, Tee Head, Iron Pipe Thread)

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) Ford PB 1100-6-TA-NL (2) Mueller P-25028N-38 (3) AY McDonald 741048-22 (1-1/2), (2)

PW 74, Curb Stop with Pack Joints (HDPE: CTS x CTS) - Lead Free

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) Ford 844-NL (-333, -444, -666, -777) (2) Mueller P-25146N (3/4), (1-1/2), (2) (3) AY McDonald 76l00W22 (3/4), (1), (1-1/2), (2)

PW 75, Pack Joint Coupling (HDPE: CTS x CTS), Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A Straight Coupling (1) Ford C44-NL (-33, -44, -46, -66, -77) (2) MuellerP-15403N(3/4, I, Ix 1-1/2, 1-1/2, 2) (3) AY McDonald 74758-22 (3/4), (1), (1 x 1·1/2"), (1-1/2), (2)

B. Ell Coupling (1) Ford 144-NL (-33, -44, ·66, -77) (2) MuellerP-15526N (3) AY McDonald 74761-22 (3/4), (!), (1-1/2),

PW 76. Pack Joint Couplings (HOPE: CTS x PVC) - Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) Ford C47-NL (-33, -44, -66, -77) (2) Mueller V-15441N (3/4, I, 1-1/2, 2) (3) AY McDonald 74758-22-44 (3/4, I, H/2, 2)

PW 77, HDPE Service Fittings (Couplings, Repair Couplings, Brass Adaptor Couplings, Blind End Stubs and Caps, Shut-off Valves with Coupling Outlets) (HOPE: CTS- SDR9) Approved Products/Manufacturers: (I) Bister Perfection: Hydrosert

PW 78. Brass 90 Degree Elbow (FTP x FTP) Approved Products/Manufacturers: A. Lead Free (I) AY McDonald 72290 (3/4), (I) (2) Merit Brass NLl0I (3/4), (1) (3) Lee Brass 60235 LF

B. Low Lead (I) AY McDonald 2290 (3/4, I) (2) Merit Brass 101 (3/4, 1) (3) Lee Brass 60235 (3/4, 1)

PW 79. Heavy Duty Water Meter Boxes (ANSI Tier 15 Load Rating Minimum)

A. Single Service (5/8" x '/4" meters) (I) GlasMasters JI ll 812S2Nl 5-1 (2) CDRB04111812A

B. Double Service (5/8" x ¾" meters) (I) GlasMasters Jl51712S2Nl5-l (2) CDRB04151712A

C. Single Service (I" meter) (I) GlasMasters Sl32412S2Nl5-l (2) CDR B04132412A


TSP-176-A

D. Single Service (1 W', 2" meters) (1) GlasMasters S173012S2Nl5-l (2) CDRB04173012A

E. Single Service (3", 4", 6" meters) (!) GlasMasters SI 73018S2Nl5-I (2) CDRB04173018A

PW 80. Valve Box Lid for 4 ¼" Corporation Stop Boxes (Heavy Weight, 4" Skirt, Labeled "SERVICE") Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Bingham/Taylor CUL4LHV5SKSVC

PW 81. Automatic Flushing Assembly (Battery powered) Approved Products/Manufacturers;

(1) Mueller Hydroguard HG-6 Signature (to be bolted to a 4' by 3' by 5" Reinforced Concrete Pad) (2) Mueller Hydroguard HG-I Basic S, with integrated controller and pad lock wings, Part #HG IBSSI02000NFPVC00

Note: HG-6, Assembly to be bolted to a 4' x 3' concrete pad (min. 5" thick, with reinforcement)

PW 82, Brass Yoke Angle Curb Stop (Compression PVC x Yoke)

(1) AV McDonald 74602 BY-44 (3/4", I") (2) MuellerV-25103-N

Approved Material List/Page 16 of56

TSP-177-A

2. WASTEWATERSYSTEM

WW 1. Ductile Iron Pipe Approved Products/Manufacturers for flanged, pushon and mechanical joint pipe (Force main pipe shall be color-coded (striped) with APWA green paint) ·

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) American Cast Iron Pipe Company (2) U.S. Pipe (3) Mc Wane Ductile (Atlantic States, Mc Wane, Pacific States, Clow Water Systems)

Approved Products/Manufacturers for flexible joint restraint pipe: (I) American - Flex-Ring, Lok Ring; push-on joint pipe with Fast Grip Gasket (sizes 4"- 24") (2) US Pipe -TR Flex; push-on joint pipe with Field Lok 350 Gasket (sizes 4"- 24")-BoltLok (3) Mc Wane Corporation-TR FLEX

Non Flanged Pipe Size 31

\ 4" 611 ~16" 20'1

2411

30" and larger

Minimum Pressure Class 350 350 300 250 200

Minimum Special Thickness Class 51 50 50 50 50

Minimum Special Thickness Class 53 is required for flanged pipe, Pipe must be ceramic epoxy lined with 'PROTECTO 401", or 'PERMITE 9043 type 2" or Pe1mox CTF. The lining must be factory applied and warranted by the pipe manufacturer. Toruseal or Flange-Tyte gaskets are required for flanged pipe.

Approved Fabricators for "Flanged" pipe: • ASAP Fabrication, Inc. (1-813-752-1999) • Custom Fab, Inc. (1-407-859-3954) • US Pipe Fabrication Inc. (1·800-950-8525)

Note: The Fabricators must use pipe supplied by approved manufacturers.

WW 2. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe (Pipe to be color-coded green)

Approved Products/Manufacturers: A Push-on Joint Pipe, A WW A C900, SDR-18, 235

psi min, and A WWA C-905, SDR-25 min., 165 psi, (14"-24") NSF 61:

(1) JM Manufacturing Company* (2) Diamond Plastic Corporation* (3) CertainTeed* ( 4) North American Pipe Corp.

(5) IPEX, Inc.** (6) National Pipe and Plastics (7) Sanderson Pipe**

• No Pipe deflection at the joint allowed ** Up to two (2) degrees deflection at pipe

joint allowed.

B. Restrained Joint PVC Pipe, C900/C905, SDR 18 min., NSF61.

Bl. Non-Metalic Modular Joint Restraint Design (1) Certain Teed Certalok

B2. Belle Integrated Metalic Ring Restraint Design (I) JM Eagle Lok

B3. Joint Free Restraint Piping System (I) Underground Solutions Fusible PVC Pipe

C. Service Pipe Up to 6" PVC SCH 40 (White or Green), SCH 80 (White or Grey), NSF6 l (I) Heritage Plastics South Inc, (2) JM Manufacturing Company (3) Accord Industries/Universal 100 Products (4) Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company

WW 3. Exposed Steel Pipe (A53 Grade B, ERW, minimum 0.500" wall thickness, A WW A C200; flange sltall be Class D per A WW A C204. Interior shaII be lined with Permite 9043 Type II. Exterior shall be: Primer 3 mils Tnemec Zinc 90· 97, Intermediate 4-6 mils Tnemec 66, top coat 2 mils Tnemec 1074 (black with green stripes).

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (!) Custom Fab

WW 4. High Density Polyethylene (HOPE) pipe and tubing Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Fusible HDPE, PE4710, AWWA C906; Pipes shall be color-coded black with green stripes, minimum 40 feet standard lengths, DR 11 minimum, DIPS Size, 3" and larger Approved Products Manufactures: (1) CP Chem (2) JM Manufacturing Company (3) IPEX, Inc. (4) Polypipe By Dura-Line ( 5) KWH Pipe by Uponor Infra Ltd

B. High Density Polythylene (HDPE) Tubing (PE3408/3608), CTS, DR9, AWWA C901, up to 2" size


TSP-178-A

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (I) Charter Plastics, Inc. (2) Endot Industries, Inc. (3) JM Manufacturing Company

WW 5. PVC Cement (Certified for both Schedules 40 and Schedule 80)

Approved Products/Manufacturers: A. Plumbing Applications (1) Harvey's Wet Set PVC Cement

#018430 (2) Christy's Red Hot Blue Glue

B. Electrical Conduit Applications (medium body clear cement) (1) Oatey 31008 (2) Harey's 018280-12

WW 6. Thread Sealant

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) E-Z Weld 777 by Fry Technology (2) Pipe Fit, FPPI (3) Teflon Tape (all manufacturers)

WW 7. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Mains and Laterals Pipe (Color: Green), ASTM-3034, SDR-26 Pipe within Wellfield Protection Zones 1 & 2 must meet the requirements of C-900, SDR-18, and 150 psi.

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (]) JM Manufacturing Company (2) Diamond (3) North American Pipe Corp. (4) National Pipe and Plastics, Inc. (5) Accord Industries

WW 8. Gate Valves (AWWA C509, C515, Ductile Iron Body)

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) Mueller 2361, 2362 (2) American Series 2500 (MM, FF) (3) Kennedy Ken-Seal II (4) M&H4067 (5) Clow F-6100, F-6102

WW 9. Eccentric Plug Valves, AWWA C517, (Requires approval by PBCWUD during design process), Quarter Tnrn, min. 79% Port Area, Worm Gear Required for 10" and larger, Fusion Bonded Epoxy Inside and Outside, Ductile Iron Body, Nickel Seat Weld, Ductile Iron Plug Encupsulated with Bura-N Rubber, Bi-Directional Shutoff.

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) Clow (2) Pratt (3) DeZlirik (4) Milliken

WW 10. Combination Air Release Valves (Min. 2" required)

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (I) H-Tec 986-01 (Aerial Crossings) (2) ARI D-025 NPT (For use in vaults and manholes) (3) Valmatic 49A, 49A.2 (Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating inside and out; Iron Body with SS Bolts, 316 SS Trim) (For use in vaults and manholes) (4) H-Tec(Foruse in vaults and manholes)

WW 11. Tapping Valves (AWWA C509, C515, Ductile Iron Body)

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (I) American 2500TM (2) Mueller T-2361, T-2362 (3) US PipeMetroseal Tusp 1, Tusp 2 (4) M&H4751-NRS (5) Clow F-6114

WW 12. Ductile Iron Body Check Valves; AWWA C508; (Lever and Weight, Lever and Air Cushion, Level and Spring), Full Port, Fusion Bonded Epoxy inside and Outside, Stainless Steel Body Seat.

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) M&H159-02 (2) Mueller 2600-6-01 (3) Kennedy 106LW (4) Clow 5382 (5) American 50SC (lever & weight)

Valves larger than 24" shall be rated min. 200 psi.


TSP-179-A

WW 13. Screw Type (2) Piece Valve Boxes

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (l) East Jordan Iron Works 8550 (2) Bingham/Taylor 4905 (3) SIGMA Corp. - Ductile Iron only - Top VB2611-D, Bottom VB2612-D

WW 14. Valve Box Lids (marked "Sewer") M.inirnum weight 24 lbs, 4" skirt

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) East Jordan Ironworks 0680045 (2) Bingham Taylor 4906 (3) SIGMA Co1p. - Ductile Iron only- VB2600S-D

WW 15. _Valve Stem Extension (Carbon Steel, Hot Dip Galvanized with Centering Ring and Stainless Steel Set Screws) Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) Custom Fab (2) Trumbull Industries

WW 16. Mechanical Joint Ductile Iron Tapping Sleeves (Ceramic epoxy lined) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) American 2800 Series (2) Mueller H-615 (3) US Pipe MJ

WW 17. Tapping Sleeves (Taps 4" and Larger) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Stainless Steel Body, Flange and Hardware (1) Dresser 630 (2) Ford FTSS (3) Cascade CST-EX ( 4) JCM 432, 452 (5) Power Seal Model 3490 ( 6) Smlth Blair 663

WW 18. Mechanical Joint Restraining Devices Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Solid Design for D.I. Pipe (1) EBBA Iron Megalug 1100 (2) Sigma One-Lock SLOE (3) Un.iflange (Ford) Series 1500 (4) Star Grip Series 4000 (up to 16")

B. Solid Ring Design for PVC Pipe (1) EBAA Iron Megalug 2000 PV (2) Sigma One-Lock SLDE (3) Uniflange (Ford) Series 1500 (4) Star Grip Series 4000 (up to 16")

C. Solid Ring Design for HOPE pipe up to 12" (required stainless steel stiffening insert) (1) EBAA Iron Megalug 2000 PV (2) Uniflange (Ford) Series 1500

D. Split Ring Design for D.l. Pipe (1) EBAA Iron Megalug 1100-SD (2) Sigma One-Lok SSLD (3) Star Grip Series 3000 (up to 16")

E. Split Ring Design for PVC Pipe (1) EBAA Iron Megalug 2000 SV

F. Split Ring Design for HOPE Pipe up to 8" (required stainless steel stiffening insert) (l) EBAA IronMegalug 2000 SV

WW 19. Pressure Pipe Bell Restraint (Bellside ring without serrations; rods, and nuts -to be stainless steel 304 witb nuts coated to prevent galling; split ring design shall be used if available) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Split Ring Design for DI Pipe (!) EBAA IRON Series 1600 TD (2) EBAA IRON Series 1100 HD (3) SIGMA One-Lok Series SSLDH

B. Split Ring Design for PVC Pipe (1) EBAA IRON Series 1600 TD (2) EBAA IRON Series 1600 (3) EBAA Iron Series 1100 HV (4) SIGMA PV Lok Series PWH (5) Ford Um-Flange UFR 1355-C-X

C. Solid Ring Design for DI Pipe (1) EBAA Iron Series 1700 (2) SIGMA One-Lok Series SLDEH (3) Ford Uni-Flange 1450-X

D. Solid Ring Design for PVC Pipe (1) EBAA Iron Series 2800 (2) SIGMA One Lok Series SLCEH (3) Ford Unit-Flange 1350-X

WW 20. Pressure Pipe Bell Joint Leak Clamps Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Srn.ith Blair Type 274 (stainless steel Type 304 bolts and nuts; nuts coated to prevent galling) (2) Ford Style FBC (SS nuts and bolts) (3) Romac Style 516 (stainless steel Type 304 bolts and nuts; nuts coated to prevent galling)

Note: Split Ductile Iron Rings required. Buna-N gasket required. Longer bolts required for PVC pipe.


TSP-180-A

WW 21. Ductile Iron Restrained Flange Adapters Approved Products/Manufacturers;

(!) EBAA Iron 2100 Megaflange Hardware coated with Megabond (2) Smith Blair 912 (stainless steel Type 304 bolts and nuts; nuts coated to prevent galling) (restraint with anchor studs) (3) Power Seal Model 3521- Stainless Steel Hardware, with anchor studs

WW 22. Ductile Iron Fittings Approved Products/Manufacturers: A. Both ends mechanical joints and flanged joints (1) Tyler (2) US Pipe (3) American (4) Union Foundry (5) Star (6) Sigma (7) Clow

B. Flexible Restraint Fittings (I) American - Flex Ring, Lok Ring (2) US Pipe -TR Flex - Bolt Lok (3) Mc Wane C01poration - Super Lock

C, Welded on Outlet Tees for pipes larger than 24" non-flanged pipe. The welded on branch size shall not exceed½ of the main pipe size. Welding shall be performed and tested by the pipe manufacturer. (I) American 2) US Pipe

AWWA C-110, AWWA C-153 "bare" ductile iron fittings must be ceramic epoxy lined with "Protector 401" or "Pennite 9043 Type 2" OR lined with "Polybond Plus or "PERMOX CTF." The lining must be factory applied and/or warranted by the fitting manufacturer. Toruseal or Flange-Tyte gaskets are required for flanged fittings.

WW 23. Follower Glands Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Tyler (2) US Pipe

WW 24. Casing Pipe Spacers Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Cascade (2) APS Spacing System (3) RAC! (4) BWM

WW 25. Pipe Adapter Couplings (for use on existing facilities) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Femco (2) Indiana Sea (3) Atlas (4) HARCO

WW 26. Pipe Transition Couplings - SDR-35/SDR 26 PVC to DIP or to PVC C900 Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Harco (2) Flow Control (3) NYOPLS (4) WAGER

WW 27. Corporations Stops with T-Head, MlP x MlP, (3/4, 1, 1-1/2, 2) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) FordFB500-TA (2) AY McDonald 4104BP (3) MuellerB-20013-10, B-2960-10

WW 28. Corporation Stops for ARV and Pressure Gouge Installations (MIP & MIP) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Ford FB 500 (2) A Y McDonald 3131 B (3) Mueller B-2969, B-20013

WW 29. Service Saddles/Sleeves (up to 2" Tap Size)-Iron Pipe Thread Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Ductile Iron Body, Double Steel Bales (up to 16")

(1) JCM408 (2) Smith Blair 313 (3) Ford FC202 (Epoxy-coated) (4) Romac 202 NU (5) AY McDonald 4826A

B. Ductile Iron Body Double Stainless Steel Straps (!) JCM406 (2) Smith Blair 317 (3) Ford FCD 202 (4) Romac 202 NS (up to 16", pre

approval required) (5) Power Seal 34 l 7 DI (6) AY McDonald 4855A


TSP-181-A

C. Epoxy-coated Steel Body Threaded Outlet Tapping Sleeves, Stainless Steel Hardware Required (Larger than 16", Preapproval Required) (!) JCM 418 (2) Romac FTS420T

D. · Stainless Steel Body Threaded Outlet Tapping Sleeves (Larger than 16") (1) JCM 438 (2) Smith Blafr 372

WW 30. Manhole Adjustment Rings Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Existing Manholes only, (max. 4" height adjustment) (I) Manhole Systems MS-IO 1 (2) Roblyn Series 2300, 2400 (3) EJ Corp. (Andrews Metal Style) M2-A, MS-A

B. New manholes, max 12" total ring height (1) Brick chimney, field installed (2-5 courses of bricks) (for field-applied corrosion barrier systems).

(2) Precast reinforced concrete rings (4,000psi), fieldinstalled fore cast-in liner and for field-applied corrosion barrier systems

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) Tri-County (2) U.S. Precast (3) US Concrete Products

WW 31. Manhole Frame and Cover (Gravity Sewer) - 7" Casting Standard, 4" Casting Must be Preapproved (Lid with PBC Logo required for all PBCWUD Manholes) Approved Products/Maoufacturers:

A. Casting frame 4" High: (I) U.S. Foundry 465KD (2) EJ Corp. VJ 144-2

B. Casting frame 7" High (1) US Foundry 420 KD (2) EJ Corp. I 072 Series (Frame EJ I 072 Z, Lid EJ 1072Al)

Note: Lids must be machined to accept inflow protectors.

WW 32. Rigid Manhole to PVC Pipe Connectors ("Sand Collar") Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Harco SDR35

WW 33, Manhole Flexible Pipe Connecto1· Sleeves (Cast-In) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Press-Seal Gasket Corp: Cast-a-Seal 12-08 (for PVC SDR Pipe; PVC C900 andD.I. Pipe in structures without Cast-in liner) (2) A-LOCK Products Inc: sealing gasket for lower invert in outside drop manholes with Cast-in liner (3) Cast-A-Seal (for PVC C900 and D.I. Pipe)

WW 34. Manhole Flexible Pipe Connector Sleeves (for use in structures with Cast-in liners and Castin "turn-back~'). Approved Manufacturer:

(!) Press-Seal Gasket Corp: PSX Dfrect Drive 12 M Boot (Double ridge sleeve with two stainless steel bands) (2) NPC Trelleborg Kor-N-Sea!I IOB Series

WW 35. Manhole Inflow Protectors Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) Southwestern Packing and Seals "Rainstopper PBC-1"

(2) L.F. Manufacturing, lnc. "Rain Guard LFN-SV"

(3) Knutson Enterprises Manhole Insert (4) USSI- "Inflow Defender SV-1"

Note: All Protectors must have Stiffening Ribs; Sealing Gasket and pre-approved valve design.

WW 36. Paint for Exposed Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings (Exposed D.I. Pipe and Fittings to be shop painted with red oxide primer) - Black with Green Stripes Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Moderate Exposure (I) SunTec-Primer 801 Rustking, Top Coat- 860A Rustking Acrylic Gloss (Black), (2) coats at 3 mils each. (2) Sherwin Williams Targuard Low voe Coal Epoxy with Reducer R7Klll; two coats at 8-16 mils per coat, 50% overlap with each pass.


TSP-182-A

B. Severe Exposure (l) Tnemec-Primer Zinc Series 90-97 (3 mils DFT) -Intermediate: Epoxoline JI Series N69 (2 coats, 6 mils DFT/coat) - Top Coat: EnduraShleld II Series 1074 (2 coats, 3 mils DFT/coat)

WW 37. Detectable Marking Tape for Force Mains Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Empire Level Mfg., Corp. "MagnaTec" (2) T. Christy Enterprises TA-ID-6-BRFM (3) Pro-Line Safety Products Detectable brown mylar tape 6" wide imprinted with the following in 2" high lettering: "CAUTION• FORCE MAIN BELOW". The wording shall occur every 3 feet.

WW 38. Sewer Lift Station Submersible Pumps Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Flygt (2) WILO-EMU (3) HOMA (up to 60 HP) Note: Must comply with NEC Class 1, Group D, Division 1; Five Year Warranty Begins at Lift Station Start Up

WW 39. Remote Telemetry Units (PLC Based) -(Panel shop UL Approved)

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) Curry Controls PBCRTU2015 (2) ESC PBCRTU2015 (3) AES PBCRTU2015 (4) CC Control PBCRTU2015 (5) Unitron PBCRTU 2015 (6) ChampionControlPBCRTU2015

WW 40. Corrosion Barrier System for Concrete Structure

A. Approved Products/Manufacturers for field applied systems (I) Madewell Corp. Mainstay System (ML-10 hydraulic cement mortar, ML-72 microsilica mortar, DS-5 epoxy) (2) SewperCoat by Kerneos (3) Strong Seal High Performance Mix (4) REFRATTA HAC 100 by Global Materials Company

B. Approved Products/Manufacturers for cast-in Solid Liners. (I) Agru SURE-GRIP Polypropylene liner with 3M sealant tape 5354 and ADEKA P-201 Waterstop (2) Agru SURE-GRIP HDPE Liner witb 3M sedlant tape 5354 and Adeka P-201 Waterstop (3) GU Systems of Florida, LLC: GU Liner System (Polypropylene Sealplate Wall Liner, Cone Liner (PP or FRP construction) and optional manhole base liner (PP or FRP) with 3M searant tape 5354 and Adeka P-201 Waterstop

C, Approved Products/Manufacturers for field installed Thermo-Plastic Liner Systems (1) Agru SURE-GRIP HDPE Liner with ADEKA P· 20 I Waterstop

WW41. Cleanout Castings Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) U.S. Foundry No. 7621 (2) SIGMA C-762

WW 42. Lift Station Control Panel and Electrical Components (UL Shop Listing Required) Refer to standard details. Approved Products and Manufacturers:

(I) Engineer Service Corp (2) CC Controls (3) Atlantic Environmental Systems ( 4) Unitron Controls (5) Curry Controls (6) Champion Controls

WW 43. Standard Aluminum Access Cover (Channel Frame Design, Spring Lift Assists) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Rated 300 lbs (!) Halliday Products WIS, W2S (2) USF Fabrication TPS 300, TPD 300 (3) BILCO Type J-AL, JD-AL

B. Rated H-20 for off-street locations (I) Halliday Products HI WS, H2W (2) USF Fabrication TBS, TIID (3) BILCO Type JAL-H20, JDAL- H20

WW 44. Flexible Manhole/Pipe Connector Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) PSI-Link Seal by GPT


TSP-183-A

WW 45. Root Barrier System Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Bio-Banier (2) DeepRoot UB36-2, UB48-2

WW 46. Fall Protection Systems Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Halliday Products Protective Grating Panel (2) USF Fabrication Hinged Hatch Safety Grate

WW 47. External Manhole Joint Seal Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Marmac Inc. Cretex Wrap (2) Canusa WrapidSeal

WW 48. Line Stop Tapping Sleeve Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) JCM 440

WW 49. HDPE/DIP Electrofusion couplings, fittings Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Central Plastic Company (2) JPEX Friatec

WW 50, HDPE/DIP MJ Adapter Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Independent Pipe Products, Inc. (2) lmproved Piping Products, Inc. (3) Central Plastics

WW 51. PVC Fittings (Up to 2") Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Lasco (2) NIBCO (3) Spear ( 4) Charlotte

WW 52. PVC Fittings (Gravity Mains and Laterals), ASTM 3034 SDR 35. Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Harco Harrington Corp. (2) Tigre S/A (3) Multi Fittings Corp.

WW 53. Portable Trailer Mounted Generator Set (56 KW -400 KW) (see specifications for required features) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Tradewinds Corp: TP/TJ (size 56-400) -PBC

(2A) Magnum Power Products: MMG (size 75-405)-PBC

(2B) Gonerac Branded Units from Magnum Power Products (must include a certificate of authenticity and conformity)

(3) Baldor Electric: TS (size 80T-350T)- PBC Note: Electrical connectors for power outlets and trailer plug must be compatible with PBCWUD equipment. Battery shut-off switch is required.

WW 54. Ultrasonic Level Transducer (with Stainless Steel Mounting Bracket)

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) Pulsar dB-10 with Black Box 130

WW 55. Above Ground Utility Markers

Approved Products/Manufacturers: A. Canal Crossings: (I) Roca!, Inc. #RJ-4PLPC 12-6

B. Miscellaneous Locations: (1) Rhino Marking & Protection Systems, Inc.: Triview Marker Post, color coded with decals.

(2) Rhino Marking & Protection Systems, Inc, Rhino 3-Rail (66"), color coded with decals.

WW 56. Fabricated Manhole Flow Channels Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Concrete (1) Tri County (2) US Precast

B. Fiberglass/Polypropylene Cast-In Base Liner

(I) GU Liner Systems

WW 57. Hydrophilic Waterstop Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Adeka P-201 Ultra Seal (Min. 3/8" Bead)


TSP-184-A

WW 58. Manhole Ring and Cover (ARV) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) US Foundry 690-AH-M (2) US Foundry USF 751 (Ductile Iron,32") (3) Pamrex (Ductile Iron, 32")

Note: Manholes shall be marked: "Sewer ARV~,

WW 59. Aluminum Vault Frame and Cover (for ARV) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) US Foundry AHS or AHD (2) Bilco J or JD (H-20)

WW 60. Grease Trap (Point of Use Type) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) Zurn 1170 RE-HD Model 800 (2) Approved Equal

Note: Facilities with total flow rates larger thau 25 gpm require the installation ofa minimum 750 gallon Oil/Grease Interceptor.

WW 61. Wedge Anchors for Pump Base Elbows (316 Stainless Steel, Minimum¾" x 10", Minimum 2" thread length, Top of bolt permanently coded) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Hilti Kwik Bolt 3, 316 SS, ¾" x 10" (Marked "R", Torque 150 ft/lbs)

(2) Simpson Strong-Tie WA751003 SS (Marked "R", Torque 150 ft/lbs)

WW 62. Lift Station Base Elbow Insert Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) WlLO EMU: Elbow Saver #2710169, 2710080

WW 63. Meter Box and lid for Force Main Flushing Connection (Tier 8 Load Category Minimum per Ansl/SCTE77) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) CDR: Box B03 l 11812A Lid: COOi 11802

Note: Box lid shall be without reader lid.

WW 64. Insertion Valve (AWWA CS15 Wedge to seal against valve body) - Ductile Iron ;Body, Resilient Seat Gate, MJ Type End Restraints Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!)Team INSERTVALVE (Occlude)

WW 65. Stainless Steel Stiffeners for HDPE Pipe Joint Restraint Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Cascade (2) JCM (3) Romac

WW 66. Sewer Pump Station Back up Pumping/Power/Control Unit (Critical Silenced, Diesel Powered, 6" Pump Size, Trailer Mounted, 30 Feet Suction and 30 Feet Discharge 4" Diameter Hoses, (2) 6" x 4" Hose Adapters, Self Priming (No Water Adding Required to Operate), 4" Discharge Female Camlok/Male Hose Adapter, Enclosure Doors with a Clasp for a Padlock, Integrated Battery Disconnect, Double wall tank, DOT Trailer, Vacuum Assisted, Steel Frame and Tank Coated with RHlNO or Equal, Alnminnm Enclosure, Overall Length less than 15 feet (unless preapproved otherwise)

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) Godwin Pumps (CD 150 or larger, with Primeguard Control Panel) (2) Thompson Pumps

Note: Trailer plug connector must be compatible with PBC WUD equipment. Unit size must be preapproved. See also written specifications,

WW 67. Directional Drill Tracer Wire (APW A Color Coded Green, AWG #12 Min,) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Copperhead 1245 EHS (2) Pro-Line Safety Products: Pro-Trace HD-CC & PE45

WW 68. Identification Paint for Buried DIP Force Main (APWA Green Stripes) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Induron Aquanaut (min. 8 mils WFT)


TSP-185-A

WW 69. Force Main Flow Through Isolation Valve for Pressure Monitoring (1/2" Stainless Steel Body) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Red Valve Series 742 (2) WIKA (3) Endress and Hauser

WW 70. Stainless Steel Stiffening Insert for HOPE Tubing Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) Ford (2) Mueller (3) AY McDonald

WW 71. Sealant Gasket for Concrete Structure Joints Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Concrete Structures without Cast-in Liner (I) Henry Company Ramnek RN! 03/RNJ O l (2) Concrete Sealants lnc. Con Seal CS I 02B

B. Concrete Structures with Cast-in Liner BJ. Liner Tum Back Seal and Vertical Seal Riser (1) Henry Company Rubr Nek LTM RU106 (2) Concrete Sealants Inc. Con Seal CS 102 (3) Press-Seal EZ Stlli: Premium Butyl Joint Sealant

B2, Vertical Riser Seal (1) Henry Company RamnekRNI03/RN101 (2) Concrete Sealants Inc. Con Seal CS102B

WW 72, Primer for Concrete Structure Joints (to be applied by precaster) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Henry Company Synko-Flex SF 311 (2) Concrete Sealants Inc. Con Seal CS-50 (3) Press-Seal EZ-Stik #4 Primer

WW 73. Soft Starters (SSRVS) with Integral Bypass and Fan (Required for pumps 20 Hp and larger) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Square D ATS 22D88S6U

WW 74. Lift Station Service Entrance Fused Disconnect Switch Approved Products/Manufacturers:

( 1) Square D H3 63NS

WW 75. Service Fuse for Disconnect Switch,{600 V, Dual Element, Time Delay Fuses Class RKl) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) Bussmann LPS-RK


TSP-186-A

3. RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM

RW 1. Ductile Iron Pipe Approved Products/Manufacturers for push-on and mechanical joint pipe:

(1) American Castlron Pipe Company (2) US.Pipe (3) Mc Wane Ductile (Atlantic States, Mc Wane, Pacific States, Clow Water Systems)

Approved Products/Manufacturers for flexible joint restraint pipe: (1) American- Flex-Ring, Lok Ring;

push-on joint pipe with Fast Grip Gasket (sizes 4"-24")

(2) US Pipe-TR Flex; push-on joint pipe with Field Lok 350 Gasket (sizes 4"• 24") - Bolt Lok

(3) Mc Wane Corporation-TR FLEX (4) Griffin-Snap Lok, Bolt Lok

Approved Fabrications for "Flanged" pipe: • ASAP Fabrication Inc. (] -813-752-1999) • Custom Fab, Inc. (l-407-859-3954) • US Pipe Fabrication Inc. (l-800-950-8525)

Note: The Fabricators must use pipe supplied by approved manufacturers.

Non-Flanged Pipe Size 3",4 11

611 -16" 20" 24" 30" and larger

Minimum Pressure Class

350 350 300 250 200

Minimum Special Thiclmess Class

51 50

50 50

50

Pipe must be cement mortar lined per A WW A Cl 04/ A2 l.50. Minimum Special Thickness Class 53 is required for flanged pipe. Toruseal or Flange-Tyte gaskets are required for flauged pipes.

RW 2. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (Color: Purple) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Push-on Joint Pipe, AWWA C-900, SDR-18 min, 235 psi min,, aud A WW A C905, SDR-25 min,, 165 psi min., NSF 61:

(1) JM Mauufacturing Compauy* (2) Diamond Plastic Corp.* (3) CertainTeed* ( 4) NAPCO Nmth American Pipe Corp.*

(5) IPEX, Inc. ** ( 6) National Pipe and Plastics (7) Sanderson Pipe**

* No Pipe deflection at the joint allowed. •• Up to two (2) degrees deflection at pipe joint allowed.

B. Restrained Joint PVC Pipe, C900/C905, SDR 18 min., NSF6 I.

BL Non-Metalic Modular Joint Restraint Design (1) Certain Teed Certalok

B2. Belle Integrated Metalic Ring Restraint Design (1) 1M Eagle Lok

B3, Joint Free Restraint Piping System (1) Underground Solutions Fusible PVC Pipe

C. Service Pipe Up to 6"- PVC Schedule 40 and 80, NSF61 (1) Heritage Plastics South Inc. (2) JM Manufacturing Company (3) Accord Industry (4) Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company

RW 3. Exposed Steel Pipe (A53 Grade B, ERW, minimum 0.500" wall tb.ickness, A WW A C200; flange shall be Class D per A WW A C204. Interior shall be lined with 7-11 mils DFT of Tnemec N-140 Pota-Pox Plus; Exterior coat: Tnemec 1074, 2 mils, color Pentone 522C, 2 coats.

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) Custom Fab

RW 4. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) pipe and Tubing

Approved Products/Manufacturers: A. Fusible HDPE, PE 4710, AWWA C906; Pipes shall be color-coded purple, minimum 40 feet standard lengths, DR 11 minimum, DIPS Size, 3" and larger (1) CPChem (2) JM Manufacturing Company (3) IPEX, Inc. ( 4) Po!ypipe by Dura-Line (5) KWH Pipe by Uponor Infra Ltd.


TSP-187-A

B. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Tubing (PE 3408/3608), CTS, DR9, AWWA C901 up to 2" size (purple or purple striped) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Charter Plastics, Inc. (2) ENDOT, Industries, Inc. (3) JM Manufacturing Company

RW 5, PVC Cement (Certified for both Schedule 40 and Schedule 80) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Plumbing Applicators: (!) Harvey's Wet Set PVC Cement#Ol8430 (2) Christy's Red Hot Blue Glue

B. Electrical Conduit Applicators (Medium Body Clear Cement) (1) Oatey 31008 (2) Rarey' s O 18280-12

RW 6. Thread Sealant Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) E-Z Weld 777 by Fry Technology Pipe Fit, PPP! (2) Teflon Tape (all manufacturers)

RW 7. Gate Valves (AWWA C509, C515, Ductile Iron Body) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Mueller 2361, 2362 (2) American 2500 (MM/FF) (3) Kennedy Ken-Seal II (4)M&H4067 (5) Clow F-6100 (6) US Pipe Metroseal AUSPl, AUSP2


RW 8. Butterfly Valves (A WW A C504) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) MuellerLineseal 111B3211 (2) M&H450 (3) Pratt Groundhog (4) DeZurik !SOB (5) Valmatic

Note: Worm Gears are required for valves larger than 16".


RW 9. Combination Air Release Valves Min. 1" ARV for pipes 4" - 16" Min. 2" ARV for pipes larger than 16" (Fusion Bonded Epoxy Interior and Exterior, Stainless Steel Bolts and Plugs) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) Valmatic VM22.3 SV, VM 38.2 SV (2) Crispin (3) GA Industries Model 912,920 (4) APCO

RW 10. Tapping Valves (AWWA C509, C515, D.l. Body) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

( 1) American 2500 TM (2) Mueller T-2361, T-2362 (3) US Pipe Metroseal (4) M&H4751-NRS (5) Clow F-6114

Minimum Pressure Class 200 is required for •valves larger than 24"

RW 11. Pack Joint Angle Single Check Valves -up to !" (ASSE Approved) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) Ford HA91-323, HA91-444 (2) McDonald (3) Mueller

RW 12. Pack Joint Single Check Valves - for 1-1/2" and 2" meters (ASSE Approved) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Ford HS 11-777 HS 11-666 (2) Mueller

RW 13. Slanted/Tilted Disk Check Valves - 3" and larger Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Valma tic Tilted Disc (2) APCO Series 800

RW 14. Pack Joint Branch Valves Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) AYMcDonald08U4M(l½x'/4x7.5);


TSP-188-A

RW 15. Mechanical Joint Ductile Iron Tapping Sleeve (faps 4" and La,·ger) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) American 2800 Series (2) Mueller H-615 (3) US PipeMJ

RW 16. Tapping Sleeves (Taps 4" and arger) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Stainless Steel Body, Flange and Hardware (I) Dresser 630 (2) Ford FTSS (3) Cascade CST-EX (4) JCM 432,452 (5) Power Seal Model 3490 (6) Smith Blair 663

B. Fabricated Epoxy-coated Steel Body and Flange with Stainless Steel Hardware (For Pipes Larger than 24") (I) JCM412 (2) Smith-Blair 622 (3) Powerseal 3460 (4) Ford FTSC (5) Dresser 610 (6) Cascade CFT-ESS, CFT-LP-ESS

RW 17. Mechanical Joint Restraining Devices Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Solid Design for D.I. Pipe (I) EBBA Iron Megalug 1100 (2) Sigma One-Lock SLOE (3) Unillange (Ford) Series 1400 (4) Star Grip Series 3000 (up to 16")

B. Solid Ring Design for PVC Pipe (I) EBAA Iron Megalug 2000 PV (2) Sigma One-Lok SLCE (3) Unillange (Ford) Series 1500 (4) Star Grip Series 4000 (up to 16")

C. Solid Ring Design for fIDPE pipe up to 12" requires stainless steel stiffening insert) (I) EBAA Iron Megalug 2000 PY (2) Uniflange (Ford) Series 1500

D. Split Ring Design for D.l. Pipe (1) EBAA Iron Megalug 1100-SD (2) Sigma One-Lok SSI.D (3) Start Grip Series 3000 S (up to 16")

E, Split Ring Design for PVC Pip (1) EBAA Iron Megalug 2000 SV

F. Split Ring Design for fIDP Pipe up to 8" (requires stainless steel stiffening insert) (1) EBAA Iron Megalug 2000 SV

RW 18. Pressure Pipe Bell Restraint (Bellside ring without serrations; rods, and nuts to be stainless steel 3 04 with nuts coated to prevent galling; split ring design shall be used ifavailable) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Split Ring Design for DI Pipe (I) EBAA IRON Series 1600 TD (2) EBAA IRON Series 1100 HD (3) SIGMA One-Lok Series SSLDH

B. Split Ring Design for PVC Pipe (I) EBAA IRON Series 1600 TD (2) EBAA IRON Series 1600 (3) EBAA Iron Series 1100 HV ( 4) SIGMA PY Lok Series PWH (5) FORD Uniflange UFR 1355-C-X

C. Solid Ring Design for DI Pipe (1) EBAA Iron Series 1700 (2) SIGMA One-Lok Series SLDEH (3) Ford Uni-Flange l450-X

D. Solid Ring Design For PVC Pipe (I) EBAA Iron Series 2800 (2) SIGMA One Lok Series SLCEH (3) Ford Unit-Flange 1350-X

RW 19. Pressure Pipe Bell Joint Leal, Clamps Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Smith Blair Type 274 (stainless steel Type 304 bolts, SS Type 316 nuts or Type 304 stainless steel coated to prevent galling)

(2) Ford Style FBC (SS nuts and bolts) (3) Romac Style 516 (stainless steel Type

304 bolts, SS Type 316 nuts or Type 304 stainless steel coated to prevent galling)

Note: Split Ductile Iron Rings required. Bnna-N gasket required. Longer bolts required for PVC pipe.


TSP-189-A

RW 20. Restrained Ductile Iron Flange Adapters Approved Products/Manufacturers:

{l) EBAA Iron 2100 Megaflange Hardware coated with Megabond (2) Smith Blair 912 (SS 304 bolts and nuts; nuts coated to prevent galling) restraint with anchor studs (3) Power Seal Model 3521 ---Stainless Steel Hardware, with anchor studs

RW 21. Flange Adapters - for 1 ½ and 2" meters Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Ford CF3 l-77 (with slotted bolt holes) (2) McDonald 610 F (3) Mueller

RW 22. Ductile Iron Fittings Approved Products/Manufacturers: A. Both Ends Mechaaical Joints and

Flanged Joint fittings Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Tyler (2) US Pipe (3) American (4) UnionFoundry (5) Star (6) Sigma (7) Clow

B. Flexible Restraint Fittings Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) American - Flex Ring, Lok Ring (2) US Pipe- TR Flex Bolt Lok (3) Mc Wane Corporation-Super Lock

C. Welded on Outlet Tees for pipes large than 24" nonflanged pipe. The welded on branch size shall not exceed ½ of the main pipe size. Welding shall be performed and tested by the pipe manufacturer. Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) American (2) USPIPE

Fittings must be ductlle iron meeting the requirements of AWWA C-110, AWWA C-153 and must be cement mortar lined and sealed per A WW A C-104 or fusion bonded epoxy lined inside and outside per A WW A Cl 16/ANSI A21.16.

The epoxy shall be applied to exterior and interior surfaces. The lining shall be factory applied and warranted by the fitting manufacturer. Toruseal or Flange-Tyte gaskets are required for flanged fittings.

RW 23. Follower Glands Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Tylerlntemational (2) US Pipe (3) Union Foundry ( 4) Sigma/NAPPCO

RW 24. Casing Pipe Spacers Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Cascade (2) APS Spacing System (3) RACI (4) BWM

RW 25. Pack Joint Curb Stops Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Ford BRW 77-777W (2) AY McDonald 6100W RWT- 44

(Reclahned Water size 2")

Must be permanently marked "Reclaimed Water"

RW 26. Pack Joint Yoke Angle Curb Stops (Compression PVC x Yoke) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Ford BARW91-323W, BARW91-444W

(2) A Y McDonald 4602BY-44 RTW -44 (Reclaimed Water)

RW 27. Corporation Stops (PVC Pipe) with PVC Compression Outlet and Tee Head - Iron Pipe Thread Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) AY McDonald 4704B-44 (reclaimed water) (2) Ford FBRW 1102

RW 28, Corporation Stops for ARV Installations (MIP & MIP) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) AY McDonald 313 lB (reclaimed water) (2) Ford FBRW 500


TSP-190-A

RW 29. Meter Yokes (must be epo:<y coated or powder coated) Approved Products/Manufacturers;

(1) Ford Y502, Y504 (2) Mueller H5020, H5040 (3) AYMcDonald 14-2, 14-4

RW 30. Yoke Expansion Connections Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Ford EC23, EC4 (2) Mueller H-14234 (3) A Y McDonald l 4-2EHG, 14-4EHG

RW 31. Double Strap Service Saddles/Sleeves (up to 2" Taps) - Iron Pipe Thread Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Ductile Iron Body, Double Steel Bales (up to 16") (1) JCM408 (2) Smith Blair 313 (3) Ford FC202 (Epoxy-coated) (4) Romac 202 NU (5) A Y McDonald 4826A

B. Ductile Iron Body Double Stainless Steel Straps (!) JCM406 (2) Smith Blair 317 (3) Ford FCD 202 (4) Romac 202 NS (up to 16", pre-approval

required) (5) Power Seal 3417 DI (6) Ay McDonald 4855A

C. Epoxy-coated Steel Body Threaded Outlet Tapping Sleeves, Stainless Steel Hardwar Required (Larger than 16", Pre-approval Required) (1) JCM 418 (2) Romac FTS420T

D. Stainless Steel Body Threaded Outlet Tapping Sleeves (Larger than 16") (1) JCM 438 (2) Smith Blair 372

RW 32. Post Type Flushing Hydrant Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) Mueller 2-1/8" (2) M&H33

RW 33, Meter Boxes (Tier 8 ANSI/SCTE77 Load Rating Minimum) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Single Service: 5/8" x 3/4" meters (]) Box: CDR WB03-l015-12

B. Double Service: 5/8" x 3/4" meters (1) Box: CDR WB03-1517-12

C. Single Service: (I" meters) (!) Box: CDR WB03-1118-12

D. Single Service: (I½" and 2" meters) (!) Box; CDR WB03-2436-18

E. Single Service: (3" meters) Direct Service: (1) Box: CDR WB03-2460-24 Lake Discharge:(!) box CDR WB03-2448- 24

F. Single Service: (4" meters) Direct Service: (I) Box: CDR WB 03-2460-24 Lalce Discharge:(!) Box CDR WB03-2448-24

G, Single Service: (6" meters) Direct Service(!) Box: CDR WB03-3672- 24 Lake Discharge: (1) Box: CDR WB03-3660

H. Single Service: (8" meters and larger) Shop drawings required for review Direct Service(!) CDR Lake Discharge: (1) CDR Straight wall meter boxes are required. Only boxes for 1-1/2" meters shall have "mouse holes".

RW 34. Meter Box Lids (Permanently infused with purple color and marked "Reclaimed Water-Do Not Drink"), Tier 8 ANSI/SCTE77 Load Rating Minimum Approved Products/Manufacturers;

A. Single service (5/8" x ¼" meter) (1) CDR C00I0l502P

B. Double service (5/8"x ¼" meter) (1) CDRC00l51702P

C. Single service (I" meter) (!) CDR C00111802P


TSP-191-A

D. Single service (1-1/2" and 2" meter) (!) CDR C00243602P ( offset meter reader lid)

E. Single service (3" meter) Direct service:(!) CDR C00246002P (one piece lid, offset meter lid) Lake Discharge:(!) CDR C00244802P

F. Single service (4" meter) Direct service: (I) CDR C00246002P

(one piece lid, offset meter lid) Lake Discharge: (1) CDR C00244802P ( one piece lid)

G. Single service (6" meter) Direct service: (l) CDR C00367202P (two piece lid) Lake Discharge:(!) CDR C00366002P \ (two piece lid)

H. Single service (8" meter and larger) Shop drawings required for review Direct Service: (1) CDR Lake Discharge: (1) CDR

RW 35. Manhole Cover Riser Rings (Max, 4" height, existing manholes only) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Manhole Systems MS-101 (2) RinkerMR-1 (3) EJ Co1p. Andrews Metal Style Inc.

M2-A,M5-A

RW 36. Purple Identification Paint for Components with Asphaltic Coating Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Indurall Coatings Inc. "Induron" Aquanaut Al272-RT170 Color shali be Pantone 522c. (Minimum 8 mil WFT, minimum 3 mils DFT)

RW 37. Purple Identification Paint for Components with Non-asphaltic Coating (minimum two coats requiI'ed), Exposed ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be shop coated with red primer. (Color shall be Pantone 522c.) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) TNEMEC Series 30 DTM acrylic (2) Sherwin Williams DTM acrylic coating B66-l00

Series

RW 38. Purple Identification Paint for PVC Components Color shall be Pantone 522c, Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Tnemec Series 66 Highbuild Polyamid Epoxy

RW 39. Screw Type (2) Piece Valve Boxes (Square Top) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Bingham/Taylor 4905

RW 40. Valve Box Lid (Heavy Weight, Square top, 4" skirt, marked "REUSE") Approved Products/Manufacturers: (I) Bingham/Taylor

RW 41. Detectable Reclaimed Water Marking Tape Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Empire Level MFG Corp. MagnaTec (2) T. Christy Enterprises TA-TD-6-PRW (3) Pro-Line Safety Products

Detectable purple mylar tape 6" wide imprinted with the following in 2" high lettering: "CAUTIONRECLAIMED WATER MAIN BELOW". The wording shall occur every 3 feet.

RW 42, Root Barrier System Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Bio-Barrier (2) DeepRoot UB36-2, UB48-2

RW 43, Sliding Type 2 Piece 4 ¼" Valve Box and cover for corporation stop (lid marlrnd "REUSE") Approved Products/Manufactures:

(I) Bingham Taylor 4903 Box (with Heavy Weight Tri-SkirtLid) -l4Bl43SSR Lid - CUIALRSQLS Top-CUL4TS Bottom-CCO4Bl43S

RW 44. Brass Compression by Male Adapter Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) AY McDonald 4753-44 (2) Ford C 87 Series


TSP-192-A

RW 45. Brass Compressions by Female Adapter Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) AY McDonald4754-44 (2) Ford C 17 Series

RW 46. Line Stop Tapping Sleeve Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) JCM440

RW 47. HOPE/DIP Electrofusion Couplings, Fittings: Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Central Plastics Company (1-800-654-3872) (2) IPEXFriatec RW 48. HOPE/DIP MJ Adapter (SS Stiffener Required) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Independent Pipe Products Inc. (1-800- 499-6927 (2) Improved Piping Products, Inc. (3) Central Plastics

RW 49. PVC Fittings (Up to 6" Schedule 40 and Schedule 80) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Lasco Fittings Inc. (2) Nibco, Inc. (3) Spears Manufacturing Company (4) Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company

RW 50. Above Ground utilify Markers Approved Products/Manufacturers:

Canal Crossirgs: (1) Roca], Inc. #RI-UPLPBC 12-6

A. Miscellaneous Locations: (1) Rbino Marking & Protection Systems, Inc., Triview Marker Post, color coded witb decals. (2) Rbino Marking & Protection Systems, Inc., Rhino 3-rail (66'), color coded with decals.

RW 51. Manhole Ring and Cover (ARV) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) US Paunchy 690-AH-MS (2) US Fonnchy USF 75J(Ductile Iron, 32") (3) Pamrex (Ductile Iron, 32")

Note: Manholes shall be marked: "Reuse ARV"

RW 52, Aluminum Vault Frame and Cover (:ARV) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) US Foundry AHS or AHD (2) Bilco J or m (H-20)

RW 53. Stainless Steel Stiffener for HOPE Pipe Restraint Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Cascade (2) JCM (3)ROMAC

RW 54. Insertion Valve (A WWA C515 WeHge to Seal Against Valve Body D.I. Body, Resilient Seat Gate, MJ-Type End Restraints Approved Products/Manufacturers:

{I) Team INSERTVALVE(Occlude)

R W 55. Pressure Control Valves (Sustaining, Reducing, Flow Rate, Float Pilot, Anti-Cavitation Trim Required) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Cla-Valve (2) Berroad (3) ocv (4) Ames

RW 56. Lake Discharge Check Valve Approved Products/Manufacturers:

{I) Cla-Valve -Duck-bill valve (2) Tideflex

RW 57. Valve Stem Extension (Carbon Steel Hot Dip Galvanized with Centering Ring and Stainless Steel Set Screws) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Custom Fab (2) Trwnbull Industries

RW 58. Directional Drill Trace Wire (APWA,Color Coded Purple, AWG #12 Min) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Copperhead 1245 EHS (2) Pro Line Safety Products Pro Trace HD CCSPE45


TSP-193-A

RW 59. Stilling Well Cover (1/4" Thick Aluminum Hinged End Cap, Lockable Stainless Steel Hinge) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) US Custom Fabrication, Inc. EC-USCFAL 3501S-HL

RW 60. Stilling Well Pipe Screen (#3 Stainless Steel Mesh End Cap with 2" x 1/8" Stainless Steel Flat Bar Frame) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) US Custom Fabricator, Inc. EC-USCFSS33 IOM

RW 61. Stainless Steel Stiffening Inserts for HDPE Pipe ( 4" -12") Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(l) JCM231 (2) Cascades

RW 62. Stainless Steel Stiffening Inserts for HDPE Tubing (up to 2") Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Ford (2) Mueller (3) A Y McDonald

RW 63. Electronic Pressure/Flow Control Valve With Anti-Cavitation Kit and Hydraulic Float Pilot Override (for Lake Discharge Applications with RTU) Approved Produots/Manufacturers

(1) Cla-Val 131-20 BCMPSVYKCO DS SSB 150AG

RW 64. Remote Telemetry- Unit RTU (PLC Based) Approved Products/Manufacturers

(I) Curry Controls PBCRTU2013 (2) Engineer Service Corp. PBCRTU2013 (3) AES PBCRTU2013 (4) CC Control PBCRTU2013 ( 5) Unitron PBCR TU 2013 (6) Champion Controls PBCRTU2013


TSP-194-A

4. LINE MAINTENANCE REPAIR MATERIALS All components that come in contact with potable water shall conform to the current NSF Staodard, Effective January 1, 2013, only "Lead Free" Brass Water Works Products shall be installed with Potable Water.

MR 1. Brass Plumbing Gate Valves with Female Threaded Ends (1/2" - 4") Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) American Valve

MR 2. Brass Straight Curb Stop Ball Valve (Full Port, Female x Yoke) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Ford B91-W-NL (2) AYMcDonald 76101WY

MR3. Bronze Swing Check Valve (3/4" -3") Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) American Valve

MR 4. Brass Pack Joint Couplings (1/2" - 2") -PVC x PVC; Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A, Straight Coupling (1) Ford C77- NL Series (2) Mueller - N (3) AY McDonald 7 -4758 Series

B, ELL Coupling (I) FordL77 -NL Series (2) AY McDonald 7-4761 Series

MR 5, Brass, Male x Pack Joint Adapter (1/2" -2"); Compression PVC x MlP; Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(l) Ford C 87 NL - Series (2) Mueller - V- 15440N Series (3) A Y McDonald 7 -4753 Series

MR 6. Brass Dual Check Valve with Tail Pipe and Male Threaded Ends - Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Ford (3/4" -2'')-NL (2) Mueller (3/4")-H14272N

l\1R 7. Brass Fittings, Unions, Bushings, Tees, Bends, Service Plugs, Caps and Nipples (114" -2"); Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Merit Brass (2)Lee (3) Mid-American Brass

MR 8. Rubber Reducers for Sewer Pipe (6" x 4", 8~' X 611, 8" X 4") Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) FERNCO

MR 9. Pressure Pipe Repair Clamps Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) FordFSl, FS2, FS3 (2) Smith Blair 261,262,263 (3) Power Seal Models 312 IAS, 3122AS,

3123 AS (4) TPS EZmax (5) JCM IOI, 102

Up to 1 O" - Single Band, minimum length 1 O", all stainless steel

Up to 16" - Double Band, minimum length 16", all stainless steel

Greater than 16" - triple band, minimum length equal to pipe diameter, all stainless steel

MR 10. Sewer Pipe Repair Couplings (4" -10") Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) FERNCO (2) !PBX

MR 11, Ductile Iron Restt·aint Flanged Adapters Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Smith Blair Type 912 (SS Hardware Coated to Prevent Galling, restraint with anchor studs) (2) EBAA Iron 2100 Megaflange (hardware coated with Megabond) (3) Power Seal Model 3521 (SS Hardware, restraint with anchor studs)


TSP-195-A

MR 12. Restraint Straight and Transition Couplings (EPDM or SBR Gaskets are required) Stainless Steel 304 Rods and Nuts (Flouropolymer coated) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Smith Blair Pipe-Lock 470 Series (2) EBAA Iron Mega Coupling Series 3800 (3) 1PS Hymax (Maxi-Lube Bolt Required)

MR 13. Cement (Bagged) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Sackrete (2) Fabri-Fonn

MR 14. Fast Drying Cement (Bagged) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Quadex Quad Plugs (2) EMACO Plug/BASF (3) Strong Seal Strong Plug (4) Made Well ML-10 Mortar

MR 15. Meter Adapters (from l" meter to 5/8" x ¾", from 2" meter to l") Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) FordA24-NL, A47-NL (2) McDonald 7 -(3) Mueller - H 10879N

MR 16. Teehead Bolt, MJ with Nut for MJ Assemblies, AWWA Ctll (3" -6 ½" long 5/8", ¾", 1" qnd 1 ¼" thick) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Russell MSG (2) Birmingbam Fastener, Inc.

MR 17. Water Meters Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A, Displacement, Compound, Turbine, Multijet (I) Seiisus (2) Precision (5/8" x ¼" Multijet Type Only) (3) Neptune (Displacement up to I ½" and

Turbine 2" and Larger)

B. Revenue Magnetic Type (1) Sensus iPerl System (5/8' x 3/4"; I")

And Related Appurtenances

MR 18. Corporation Stops (3/4" -2")- Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. MIP x MIP Thread (l) Ford FB500-NL (2)AYMcDonald73131 B (3) Mueller B-20013N (3/4", 1")

B-2969N (1-1/2", 2")

B. MIPxFlP (l)FordFBl700-NL (2) AY McDonald 73149B (3) Mueller B-20046N

MR 19. Straight Ball Meter Valve for 1 ½" and 2" Meter) (Lead Free) Approved Products/Ma1mfacturers:

(1) Ford BF 13-777W - NL (2) AYMcDonald 76101 MW (2") (3) Mueller B-24337N (2")

MR 20, Lift Station Main Breakers Approved .. Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Square D (2) Siemens (3) Westingbouse ( 4) Cuttler Hammer

MR 21. Lift Station Generator Breakers Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) SquareD (2) Siemens (3) Westingbouse (4) Cuttler Hammer

MR 22, Lift Station Generator Receptacles Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Russellstohl (2) Molex

MR 23. Lift Station Transient Voltage 'Surge Suppressor Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Atlantic Scientific Zone Sentinel 12102 (480V), 11202 (120V-240V)


TSP-196-A

MR 24, Lift Station Surge Capacitors Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Delta (2) GE (3) Comm-Omni Inrernational

MR 25. Lift Station Motor Circuit Breakers APproved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) SquareD (2) Siemens (3) Westinghouse ( 4) Cuttler Hammer

MR 26. Lift Station 120 V Transformers Approved Products/Manufacturers: (I) Square D (2) Acme (3) Westinghouse ( 4) Cuttler Hammer

MR 27. Lift Station Motor Starters Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) SquareD (2) Siemens (3) Westinghouse ( 4) Cuttler Hammer (5) GE ( 6) Allen Bradley

MR 28. Lift Station Phase Monitors (Voltage: 230V, 480V) programmed for phase reversal and under voltage only Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(J) Diversified (2) MPE 001-230-118 PBC (3) MPE 001-480-118 PBC

MR 29. Lift Station Fuses Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Buss (2) Goulds Shawmut (3) Little Fuse

MR 30. Lift Station Circuit Breakers (120 V) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) SquareD (2) Cuttler Hammer (3) Westinghouse

MR 31. Lift Station Outside Flood Lights (LED Type with Wire Guard) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Stonco STKLPF2K-8 with LPF2WG

MR 32, Lift Station Control Panel Outlets APproved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Hubbell (2) Eagle (3) GE

MR 33, Lift Station Control Relay Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Plotter Brumfield (2) Allen Bradley (3) Square D (4) Omron (5) AA Electric

MR 34. Lift Station Pump Selector Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) SquareD (2) GE (3) Cuttler Hammer (4) Westinghouse

MR 35. Lift Station Panel Terminal Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Square D (2) Westinghouse (3) Cuttler Hammer

MR 36, Lift Station Running Time Recorders Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Redington

MR 37. Lift Station Alternator Switches APproved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) SquareD (2) GE (3) Cuttler Hammer (4) Westinghouse


TSP-197-A

MR 38. Lift Station Alternators Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Diversified Electronics (2) AA Electric (3) Zoellor (4) MPE 008-120-13S

MR 39. Lift Station Flasher Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) SSAC (2) Zoeller

MR 40. Lift Station Outside Alarm Light (Minimum 100 W) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) RAB Lighting VXBRl00DG (!O0W) With GL 1 00R Globe

MR 41. Lift Station Outside Alarm Horn Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Edwards (2) Zoeller (3) Federal

MR 42. Lift Station Transformer (24 V) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Square D (2) Westinghouse (3) Impervatron

MR 43. Lift Station Pilot Lights (24 V) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Square D (2) GE (3) Dialco

MR 44. Lift Station Silence Push Buttons Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Square D (2) Cuttler Hammer (3) Westinghouse

MR 45. Lift Station Float Switches ( 40' and 60' Long Cables)- Mercury Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Anchor Scientific (2) Zoeller (3) FlygtENM-10 Level Regulator

MR 46. Lift Station Control Panel Wire Terminal Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Phoenix (2) Panduit (3) Molex (4) SquareD

MR 47. Lift Station Junction Box Power Terminal Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Marathon (1323572 and 1320572) per pump

MR 48. Electrical Stainless Steel Enclosures Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. NEMA4X (1) Hoffman (2) Schaefer's

B. NEMA 3R and Modified 3R (!)Hoffman (2) Schaefer's

MR 49. Lift Station Panel Gas Seal Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) O.Z. Gedney (2) Circle Seal Control, Inc.

MR 50, Lift Station Panel Raintight Hub Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) O.Z. Gedney (2) Bridgeport (3) Arlington (4) Circle Seal Controls

MR SI. Lift Station Panel Power Distribution Block Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Square D (2) Cuttler Hammer (3) Westinghouse

MR 52, Lift Station Panel Ground Terminals Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Square D (2) Cuttler Hammer (3) Westinghouse (4) Marathon


TSP-198-A

MR 53. Lift Station Remote Telemetry Units (PLC Based) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) CurryControls PBCRTU2013 (2) Engineer Service Corp. PBCRTU2013 (3) AES PBCRTU2013 (4) CC Control PBCRTU2013 (5) UnitronPBCRTU2013 (6) Champion Controls PBCRTU2013

MR 54. Water Meter Boxes and Lids (polymer concrete, straight walls, all sizes) Approved Products/Manufactures:

(1) CDR (2) GlasMastets (3) Armorcast

MR 55. Hydrant Adapter Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Powhattan (2) Trumbull Industries

MR 56, Brass Hoseblbbs (Threaded Outlet) and Sam piing Point Spigots (plain outlet); Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Nibco (2) Jones (3) American Standard

MR 57. Vacuum Breaker; Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) AY McDonald# 4421-146 (2) Ford (3) Mueller

MR 58. Meter Tail Pipe Coupling (Brass)¾" -2"; Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(l)AYMcDonald 74620 Series (2) Ford C38 -NL (3) Mueller H-10896N

MR 59. Eye Bolt (3/4", 5/8" x 4") Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Unique Industries (2) Action Bolt (3) Florida Bolts

MR 60. Valve Box Extension (2 1/2" Valve Box Riser) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) Bingham/Taylor (2) EastJordanlron Works (3) Sigma VB 26025-D (Ductile Iron)

MR 61. Gaskets (Flanged Pipe, Meters, Transition) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Toruseal by ACJPCO (2) Southern Mechanical Seals (flanged pipe fiber

neoprene gaskets) (3) Specification Rubber Products ( 4) Flange-Tyte by US Pipe (5) Garlock ( 6) John Crane

MR 62. Stainless Steel Type 304 All Thread Rods (1/8"-l") Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Fastening Specialist (2) Infasco (3) Unistrut (4) Action Bolt (5) Florida Bolts

MR 63. Stainless Steel Nuts Type 304 (1/8" -1", Coated to Prevent Galling) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) Fastening Specialist (2) Infasco (3) Unistrut (4) Action Bolt (5) Florida Bolts

MR 64, PVC Unions (1/2"- 2") Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Heritage Plastics South Inc. (2) Lasco (3) Spears ( 4) Colonial


TSP-199-A

MR 65. PVC Ball Valves Schedule 80 (1/2" - 3") (Full Port, Viton or EPDM "0" Rings) Female Thread or Slip Ends Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(l) Heritage Plastics South Inc. (2) Nibco (3) Spears ( 4) Hayward Industrial Products (5) Colonial

MR 66. Bronze Ball Valve (114 turn, 112" - 2"); Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) NIBCO (2) American Valve

MR 67. Pressure Sensor Transducer (4-20mA output, 1P68 Rated, NEMA 6 cable, 24 VDC) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Endress & Hauser Cerabar-TPMC 131-(2) Yokogawa (3) WIKA S-!0

MR 68. Minimum 4" Skirt Heavy Duty Valve Box Lids Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Bingham/Taylor (4906) (2) East Jordan Iron Works (06800045) (3) Sigma Corp. (Ductile Iron only) VB 2604WX

(Water), VB 2604SX (Sewer)

Note: Drop lid shall weigh minimum 24 lbs.

MR 69, CPVC Pipe SCH 80 ASTM D-1784, D-2846, NSF (112" and ¾") Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(l) Bristol Pipe (Bristoltherm CPVC 4120)

MR 70. Resetter/Iron Yoke (5/8" x ¾", including locking angle, curb stop, and dual check valve; Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(l) AY McDonalds 7170208 WD-2

MR 71. In-Line Residential Dual Check Valve (Cartridge Style, Straight Design, ASSE Approved); Yoke x FlP; Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(l) Ford HHCH 91-NL

MR 72. In-Line Residential Dual Check (Straight Cascading Design, ASSE Approved); Yoke x FlP; Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(l) FordHHS91-NL Series (2) Mueller H-714247

MR 73. Pack Joint Coupling (Female Copper Thread by PVC); Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Ford C-07 -NL Seties

MR 74. Pack Joint Coupling (Female Iron Pipe Thread by CTS); Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Ford Cl4 -NL Series

MR 75. Pack Joint Coupling (Copper by Copper); Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Ford C44 - NL Series

MR 76. Pack Joint Coupling (Male Iron Pipe Thread by CTS); Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Ford C84 - NL Series

MR 77. Pack Joint Coupling (Male Iron Thread by EP); Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(l) Ford C86- NL Series

MR 78. Brass Straight Curb Stop Ball Valve (Full Port, PVC Compression x Yoke), Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers

(I) Ford B-91W-NL Series with C87 Adapter (M x PVC) (2)AY McDonald 76102 WY-44

MR 79, "Cam Lock" Style Adapters, Coupler, Fittings (1 ½" -6"); Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) P-TCouplingCompany (2) Dixon Valve and Coupling Company


TSP-200-A

MR 80. Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) forRTU Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Allen Bradley MicroLogix 1400 with 1766 MMI Memory Module and Analog Extension Module 1762-IF4

MR 81. RTU Battery (Lead Acid Sealed, 12V, 18Ah) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Power SonicPS-12180

MR 82. RTU Battery Charger/Power Supply Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Allen-Bradley 1606-XLP SOB

MR 83, RTU Voltage Converter (12V to 24V) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Converter Concepts VT25-l 82-IO/XX (2) Allen Bradley (3) Automation Direct PSP24-DC 12-1

MR 84. RTU Solar Panel and Mounting Braclrnt; Note: Antenna Mast to be 2" Sch. 40 Galvanized Steel Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Sunwize SWSSA (2) Sola!'I'ech SPM 055 P-F with DPW Solar Panel Mounting Kit (SPM, High Wind Version, Anodized Aluminum Components with Stainless Steel mounting Hardware)

MR 85. RTU Solar Controller Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Morningstar Sunsaver SS-12-6L

MR 86. Fire Hydrant Security Wrench Approved Products/Manufacturers

A. Full Size Wrench (1) AmercianFlow Control: Captivator

Adjustable Wrench

B. Hand Wrench (l) American Flow Control: Captivator

Hand Wrench

MR 87, Time Delay Relay-Delay on Break (1 to 1023 Second, 11 Pin Base, 24 AC Volts)

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (!) SSAC TDB-120ALD for 120VAC (2) SSAC TRDU-24A3 for 24VDC

MR 88. RTU Radio (Lift Stations) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Microwave Data Systems MDS SD04MD-CESNNSN

MR 89. Complete PBC Lift Station Control Panel Package (Panel, Junction Box, Transformer, Antennae, RTU, Alarm Light, Flood Light, Receptacle, Generator Receptacle) as specified in PBCWUD Standards

(I) Model PBCLSP75 (up to 7.5 hp) (2) Model PBCLSPIS (>7.5 hp and<~ 15 Hp) (3) Model PBCLSP25 (>15 hp and<~ 25hp)

Approved Products/Manufacturers: (!) Engineer Service Corp. (2) CC Control (3) Atlantic Environmental Systems ( 4) Unitron Controls (5) Curry Controls ( 6) Champion Controls

MR 90. AC Drive (Conversion of Single Phase to Three Phase Current- up to 10 HP Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Altivar ATV 71 HU75 MR

MR 91. Grease Solvent Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) RedHot#616 by Goldstar Products

Note: Limited use, Issue and Monitor by l&l Superintendent

MR 92. Automatic Flushing Assembly Battery powered Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Mueller Hydroguard HG-6 Signature, (to be bolted to a 4' by 3' by 5" Reinforced Concrete Pad) (2) Mueller Hydroguard HG-1 Basic S, with integrated controller and pad lock wings, Part #HGJBSS102000NFPVCOO


TSP-201-A

MR 93. Insertion Valves Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(l) TEAM Insertion Valve

MR 94. Ultrasonic Level Transducer (with Stainless Steel Bracket) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Pulsar dB-10 with Black Box 130

MR 95, CorrOsion Barrier System for Concrete Structures (WUD Capital Improvement Projects) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Approved Products/Manufacturers for field applied systems: (1) Madewell Corp. Mainstay System

(ML-10 hydraulic cement mortar, L-72 microsilica mortar, DS-5 epoxy)

(2) SewperCoat by Kerneos (3) Strong High Performance Mix (4) Refratta HAC by Global Materials Company

B. Approved Products/Manufacturers for cast-in Solid Liners. (1) Agru SURE-GRIP Polypropylene liner with

3M sealant tape 5354 and ADEKA P-201 Waterstop

(2) Agru SURE-GRIP HDPE Liner with 3M sealant tape 5354 and Adeka P-201 Waterstop

(3) GU Systems of Florida, LLC: GU Liner System (Polypropylene Sealplate Wall Liner, Cone Liner (PP or FRP construction) and optional manhole base liner (PP or FRP) with 3M sealant tape 5354

C. Approved Products/Manufacturers for field installed Thermo-Plastic Liner Systems:

(J) Agru SURE-GRIP HDPE Liner and ADEKA P-201 Waterstop

D. Approved Products/Manufacturers for concrete structures with antimicrobial admixture (each structure must be certified by manufacturer for Admixture compliance).

Note: The use of the antimicrobial admixture mnst be approved in advance by utility for each application.

(1) ConShleld by US Precast

MR 96. Concrete Structure Microbial Corrosion Indicator Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) ConShield ID

MR 97. Cementitious Patching Material with Antimicrobial Additive Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) ConShield Joint Set

MR 98. Sewer Pump Station Back Up Pumping/Power/Control System (Diesel Powered Generator, Sound Attenuated Enclosure Required, Trailer Mounted) Double wall tank, DOT Trailer, Vacuum Assisted, Steel Frame and Tank Coated with RHINO or Equal, Aluminum Enclosure, Overall Length less than 15 feet (unless preapproved otherwise) Approved Prodncts/Manufucturers:

(1) Godwln Pumps (2) Thompson Pumps

Note: See also written specifications

MR 99, Pressure Pipe Bell Restraint for !PS O.D. PVC Pipe Approved Products/Manufacturers:

( 1) Sigma PV Lok Series PVP-S (2) EBAA Iron Series 6500

MR 100. Polymer Meter Vault (with Torsion Assist Frame and Covers, 20K Rated Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Armorcast A 600 1506 TAX 36 MT (48" X 72n X 36)')

(2) Approved Equal

MR 101. Sewer Lateral Cnred in Place Pipe Rehabilitation (ASTM F2561) Approved Products/Mannfacturers:

(1) T-Liner by LMK

MR 102. Gravity Sewer Main Cured in Place Sectional Pipe Lining (ASTM F2599) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Stephen's Technologies, Inc.: New Life System

(2) LMK Performance Liner Sectional Repair


TSP-202-A

MR 103. Gravity Sewer Main Cured in Place Pipe Lining (MH to MH)-ASTM 1216 Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Miller Pipeline (2) Reynolds (3) SAK (4) Lanzo (5) INSITUFORM LLC

MR 104. Manhole Inside Drop Inlet Fitting Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) GU Systems of Florida, LLC Type 370 (2) Reliner Inside Drop System

MR 105. Polybag for Ductile Iron Pipe (APW A Color Coded) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Trumbull Industries (2) Northtown Companies

MR 106. Asbestos Cement Pipe Restrainers: Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A, Fitting Restrainers (1) JCM630

B. Pipe Coupiing Restrainers (1) JCM 631 (2) TPS Hymax 2000 Coupling

MR 107. Adjustable Pipe Supports Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) BPDI - Guard Shack APS Series (2) Grinnell

MR 108. Leak Detection Equipment for Pressure Pipes: Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Sewerin (2) Approved Equal

MR 109. Crimping Tool for HDPE Services Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Timberline TR270 (Short Model)

MR 110. Portable Power Generators (up to 400 KW) diesel powered. Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Tradewinds

(2) Magnum

Note: Minimum Design Requirements Apply

MR 111. Force Main Flow Through Isolation Valve for pressure monitoring (1/2", stainless steel body) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Red Valve Series 742 (2) WlKA (3) Endress & Hauser

MR l 12. Universal Low Profile Tapping Saddle with integrated shut off housing for air release valves Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) H-Tec Model 371

Note: Minimum Design Requirements Apply

MR 113. Encapsulated strap for low profile pipe tapping saddles for air release valve (pipe sizes specific) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) H-TecModel310

MR 114. Shut off blade for low profile tapping saddle with integrated shut off housing Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) H-Tec Model 840

MR 115. Prestressed Concrete Pipe and Fittings Approved Products/Manufacturers

(1) Hanson Pressure Pipe, Inc.

MR 116. Brass Dual Check Valve (Straight, Cascading Style); Meter Swivel Nut & MIP; Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers

(!) FordHHA 38-323 NL (2) MuellerH-14272N


TSP-203-A

MR 117. Brass Angle Ball Valve (FIP x Meter Swivel Nut); Lead Free Approved Products/Manufacturers

(1) Ford BA13-332W-NL; BA13-444W-NL (2) Mueller B-24265N (5/8" x '/4" X ¼", 1) (3) A YMcDonald 7-4604B (3/4", 1)

MR 118. Chemical Grouting Material Approved Products/Manufacturers

(1) Avanti International

MR 119. Wastewater Mag Meters, Revenue Purpose, WUD AMR Compatible, IP68 Rated, 3" and Larger Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(l) ABB WaterMaster

MR 120, Circular Saw Blades for Ductile lron Cutting Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Desert Diamond Industries

MR 121. Polycarbonate Electrical Enclosures Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Hoffman (2) lntegra Enclosures

MR. 122 Restraining Plates for Flanges Approved Products/Manufaturers:

( 1) Trumbull "Flange Lugs" (2) Romac "Harvest Lugs"

MR 123. General Use Mechanical Piping Products and Associated Special Tools Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Grinnell

MR 124. Weather Station Approved Products/Manufacturers

(1) Columbia Weather Systems

MR 125. Gravity Sewer Main "Fold and Form" Type Lining (manhole to manhole) Approved Products/Manufacturers

(1) Miller Pipeline

MR 126. Hydrogen Sulfide Monitors/Loggers Approved Products/Manufacturers

(l) Arizonalnstruroents LLC-Jerome (H2S) (2) Apptech lnternational OdaLog

MR 127. Combo Shower/Eye Wash Station (Stainless Steel with Cover) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Speakman 625-SS-CV''

MR 128. Pressure Gauge (Stainless Steel, 0-100 PSI) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Ashcroft Duralife 1009 (25-1009-SW-Z2L-XLL" 100#)

MR 129. Pressure Recorder Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Hydrant Model (I) TELOG HPR-31

B. Line Pipe Model (l) TELOG LPR-31


TSP-204-A

5. WATER TREATMENT PLANT EQUIPMENT

• All components, which come in contact with potable water or with drinking water treatment chemicals, shall comply with the current NSF Standards.

• "Premium Efficiency" motors shall be used if available • All electdcal components and assemblies shall be UL listed.

WT 1. Well Pumps (Submersible, Turbine) Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) Peerless (2) Flowserve Ingersoll - Dresser (3) Weir-Floway (4) Flowserve-Byron Jackson (5) Layne/V erti-line (6) Goulds Water Technology Texas Turbine

Operations

WT 2. Well Motors (Submersible) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) ALSTRA-SME (2) Flowserve-Pluegler (3) Franklin Electric (4) Hitachi (5) ITT Centron Pro

WT 3. Stainless Steel Membrane Feed Pumps (Vertical Turbine) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Peerless (2) Flowserve-Ingersoll - Dresser (3) Flowserve-Byron Jackson ( 4) Sulzer Pumps (5) Afton Pumps Inc. (6) Layne/Verti-line

WT 4. Pre-Membrane Cartridge Filters NSF Certified, Each Filter Model must be Pre-tested and Pre-approved for Each Treatment Plant) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Five (5) micron filters Filter Ends Configuration: 1. Dual 0-Rings- Integrated

Collapsible Proplylene Spring 2. Dual 0-Rings- Blank Flange

(1) Parker - Hannifin (2) Cuno Poly Klean

3. MGSPA05FDP40B222SC (GUALRWTP, WUD#3, 9)

B. One (1) micron filter (1) Parker-Hannifin M 39 R40 SXC

(2) MGS A 01FDU40XCU WT 5. Stainless Steel Cartridge Filter Housing Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Cuno (2) Parker-Hannifan

WT 6. Sand Strainers (Automatic Self Cleaning) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Boll Filter (2) RP Adams (3) Hydrac Autofilt

WT 7. Membrane Elements (Nanofiltration) (NSF certified, each model must be pretested and preapproved for each treatment plant) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Dow FilmTec #NF90-400 (2) GE Desalak 4040 FF (3) Fluid Systems TFC-SRl 00 (8"

Element)

WT 8, Membrane Train Pressure Vessel Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Codeline (2) Protec

WT 9. Concentrate Booster Pumps (Horizontal, Split Case, Centrifugal) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Flowserve-Ingersoll-Dresser (2) Peerless (3) Aurora (4) ITT Goulds

WT 10. Degasifiers Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Dual! Division (2) Delta Cooling Towers (3) Indusco


TSP-205-A

WT 11. Blowers Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Gardner Denver, Inc. (2) NewYorkBlowers

WT 12. Transfer Pumps (Vertical Turbine) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Peerless (2) Flowserve-Ingersoll - Dresser (3) Flowserve-Byron Jackson (4) Sulzer Pumps (5) LayneN erti-line (6) Goulds Water Technologies Texas Turbine

Operation.

WT 13. Transfer Pumps (Horizontal, Split-Case, Centrifugal) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) Flowserve-Ingersoll-Dresser (2) Peerless (3) Aurora (4) ITT Goulds

WT 14. High Service Pumps (Horizontal, Split Case, Centrifugal) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(]) Flowserve-Ingersoll-Dresser (2) Peerless (3) Aurora (4) I1T Goulds

WT 15. Sump Pumps Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Zoeller M98-B

WT 16. High Efficiency Pump Motors Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) GE Water (2) Toco-Westinghouse (3) US Motors (4) Reliance (5) Marathon

WT 17. Variable Frequency Drives Approved Products/Manufacturers: (!) Square D (2) Allen-Bradley (3) ABB (4) Yaskawa ( 5) Cuttler Harrmer (Eaton)

( 6) ITT PumpSmart PS200

WT 18. Sodium Hydroxide Metering Pumps Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) MiltonRoy (2) US Filter/Wallace & Tiernan (3) Pulsafeeder (4) Prominent

WT 19. Sulfuric Acid Metering Pumps Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) MiltonRoy (2) US Filter/Wallace & Tiernan (3) Pulsafeeder (4) Prominent

WT 20. Ammonia Feed Systems Approved Products/Manufacturers:

( 1) US Filter/Wallace & Tieman (2) Capital Controls

WT 21. Sodium Hypochlorite Metering Pumps Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Milton Roy (2) US Filter/Wallace & Tiernan (3) Pulsafeeder (4) Prominent

WT 22. Chlorine Gas Feed Systems (Including Pressure Reducing Valves) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) US Filter/Wallace & Tiernan (2) Capital Controls

WT 23. Lime Softening Treatment Units Approved Prodncts/Manufacturers:

(1) InFilco Degremont (Accelator)

WT 24. In-Line Static Mixers Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Komax Systems, Inc. (2) Chemineer Company

WT 25. Air Compressors Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Quincy (2) Ingersoll-Rand (3) Kellogg"American


TSP-206-A

WT 26. Diesel Storage Tanks Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Con Vault (2) Tramont Corp. (3) Simplex (4) Modern Welding

WT 27. Stationary Emergency Diesel Powered Generators (Skid mounted, larger than 240 KW) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Caterpillar (2) Cummins

WT 28. Motor Control Centers Approved Products/Maoufacturers:

(1) Cutler Hammer/Westinghouse (2) GeneralElectric (3) SquareD

WT 29, Electrical Switchgear Approved Products/Maoufacturers:

(!) Cutler Hammer/Westinghouse (2) General Electric (3) Square D ( 4) Russ Electric

WT 30. Data Acquisition and Control Systems (Remote Telemetry Units) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Curry Controls (2) Engineer Service Corporation (ESC)

WT 31. Programmable Logic Controllers Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Allen-Bradley

WT 32. Flow Meters (Magnetic Type) (Ground rod required for transmitter) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) ABB (2) Rosemollllt (3) Krohne

WT 33. Flow Meters (Orifice Plate Type) Approved Products!Maoufactll!'ers:

(1) Flow-Lin Cmp. (2) Tri-Flo Tech

WT 34. Flow Meters Ultrasonic In-Line Style) Approved Products!Maoufacturers:

(1) ABB (2) Allen Bradley (3) GE Panametrics (4) Thermo Fisher Scientific

WT 35, Flow Meters (Venturi Type} Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Primary Flow Signal (2) BIF (3} ABB

WT 36. Pressure Sensing Transmitters Approved Products/Maoufacturers:

(!) Yokogawa (2) Rosemollllt

WT 37. Ozone System Air Compressors Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I} Nash (2) Ingersoll-Rand

WT 38. Ozone System Refrigerators/Dryers Approved Products/Maoufacturers:

(I) General Air (2) DN /PSB Industries

WT 39, Ozone System Desiccant Dryers Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(]) General Air (2) DN/PSB Industries

WT 40. Ozone System Generators Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) WEDECO (2) Praxair-Trailigaz Ozone Compass (3) FujiE!ectric (4) Ozonia

WT 41. Ozone System Off-gas Demister Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Koch Glitsch (2) Trailigaz


TSP-207-A

WT 42. Ozone System Pressure/Vacuum Relief Valves Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) L&J Technologies (2) Emerson Process Management

WT 43. Ozone System Destructor Units Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) WEDECO (2) Ozocan Corporation

WT 44. Ozone System Gas Blowers Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(]) New York Blower (2) Spencer Turbine Co,

WT 45, Ball Valves, PVC (Chemical Treatment Process) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Asahi/America (2) Hayward (3) Plast-O-Matic

WT 46. Check Valves (Lever and Weight Type) AWWAC508 Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(l) APCO (2) Georgia-Alabama Valve & Controls (3) Valmatic 7800 Series

WT 47. Stainless Steel Pipe and Fittings (Type 316L, Schedule lOS) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Aerex Industries (2) Douglas Brofuers (3) Felkel" Fabricatots WT 48. Oxygen Reduction Potential (ORP) Meter Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Yokogawa (2) Rosemount (3) HACH/GU DRDIPS

WT 49. Conductivity Meter Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Yokogawa, SC402G (2) Rosemount (3) HACH/GU 3422 Series

WT 50. PH-Meter Analyzer Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) ECD (Electric Chemical Devices) Model 121 - Probe shall be sodium chemical resistant Model: 2005130VIT

(2) Yokogawa, PH402G (3) Rosemount ( 4) HACH SC 200 Controller with HACH/GU DPD !Pl Sensor

Approved Products/Manufacturers:

WT 51. Chlorine Residual Analyzer Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) Prominent Model DICA WIC10002G0IOE

(2) HACH CL17 (with DPD) (3) Chem Scan (4) HACH CLT 10 (Reagentless)

WT 52. Online Dissolved Oxygen Meter Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Yokogawa (2) Rosemount (3) HACHLDO (0.1-20 ppm) (4) HACH Orbisphere (ppb)

WT 53. Online Turbidity Meter Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) HACH 1720E(0.00l-100NTU) (2) HACH Filter Trak 660 (0.0005-5

NTU)

WT 54. Fluoride Analyzer Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Wallace and Tiernan (for pH up to 10) (2) Prominent (for pH up to 8.5) (3) HACHCA610(forpHuptol0)

WT 55. Odor Control System Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) NewYorkBlowers (2) Heil Process Equipment (3) US Filter/Siemens (4) Indusco (5) Ceilcote ( 6) Duall Division


TSP-208-A

WT 56. Stainless Steel AirNacuum Valve Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) Vent-O-Mat (international Valve Marketing)

WT 57. Polymer Pump Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Wallace and Tieman

WT 58. Polymer Mixer Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Cleveland Eastern Mixers (2) Lightnin

WT 59. Hexametaphosphate Pump Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) Wallace and Tieman/ Penwalt

WT 60. Corrosion Inhibitor Pump Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Milton Roy

WT 61. Alkalinity System Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Cal-Flo

WT 62, Carbon Dioxide System Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) TOMCOZ

WT 63. Fluoride Metering Pump Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Grundfos (2) Milton Roy

WT 64. Ferric Metering Pump Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Milton Roy

WT 65. Ammonia Analyzer Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Chern Scan (2) HACH APA60(J0 Ammonia/Mono CL

WT 66. Ion Exchange System Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) TonkaEquipmentCo. (2) MIEX

WT 67. Chemical Tanks (fiberglass, high density cross linked polyethylene) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Plas-Tank Industries Inc. (2) PolyProcessing (3) Snyder Industries, Inc.

WT 68. Pressure Control Valves (Sustaining, Reducing, Flow Rate) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Keystone (2) Control Valve Technology (3) Toro (4) Cla-Val (5) OCV Control Valves

WT 69, Sodium Hypochlorite Pump :(Hose Pumps) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) Verderflex (2) Brede!

WT 70. Deep Injection Well Tubing (Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic - FRP) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) RedBoxbyFuturePipe Industries

WT 71. Deep Injection Well Packer Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) THS Retrievable Mechanical Packer by Texas Iron Works

(2) TAM International (3) YB! Packer

WT 72. Sodium Hypochlorite Pump (Magnet Drive Centrifugal Pump) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) March (2) PeriFlo ChemXFR


TSP-209-A

WT 73 Fluoride Transfer Pump (Magnet Drive Centrifugal Pump) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) March (2) PeriFlo Chem XFR

WT 74, Production Wells Acid (Minimum 28% Hydrochloric Acid) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Various

WT 75. Production Wells Screen (Stainless Steel Well Screen, V-Wire Wrap, Slot Size Varies by Well Site, Rated for 1500 Feet and Deeper.) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Johnson

WT 76. Monitoring Wells Screen (2 inch Schedule 80 PVC with 0.010 inch Slots) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Various

WT 77. Monitoring Wells Sand Pack (20/40 Grade Silica Sand - 98% Pure Silica Sand per ASTM D 5092-90) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Various

WT 78. Monitoring Well Secondary Filter Pack (30/65 Grade Sand Seal) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Various

WT 79. Monitoring Well Cement Grout (ASTM C 150 Type 1 Portland Cement) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Various

WT 80. Monitoring Well Protective Riser (Painted Green, Locking 4" X 4" Square Aluminum Riser) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Various

WT 81. Production Well Fast Closing Check Valve Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Valmatic "Surge Buster"

WT 82. Electric Valve Actuators Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Standard on-off Operation (1) Rotork (2)AUMA (3) Limitorque/Flowserve

B. Precision Modulating Operation (1) Harold Beck and Sons

WT 83, Scale Inhibitor with Fluorescing Tracer Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) NALCO Perma Treat PV 191 T (2) American Water Chemicals (AWC) AWCA A-102 Plus

WT 84. Odor Scrubber Packing Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Jaeger Tri-Pack

WT 85. Well Level Transducer/Monitoring Well Probes Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Level/Temperature Sensors (Range 5-1000 psi) IN-SITU INC: Aqua Troll 100

B. Level/Temperature/Conductivity Sensors (Range 5-1000 psi) IN-SITU Inc.: Aqua Troll 200

C. Level/Temperature Sensor (Range 13-108 psi) (1) IN-SITU Inc.: Rugged Troll 200


TSP-210-A

WT 86, Well Level Tapes and Meters Approved Products/Manufacturers;

(!) In-situ Inc,; Rugged Water Level Tape

WT 87. RTU Radio (Well Field Applications) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) Microwave Data Systems MDS iNET9000ENI

WT 88. Flow Meter (Magnetic Type; Full Pipe Insertion Style) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) McCrometer FPT

WT 89, Submersible Mixing System (with Residual Control System) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) PAX Water Technologies


TSP-211-A

6. WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT EQUIPMENT

Note: "Premium Efficiency" Motors shall be used if available; electrical components and assemblies shall be UL Listed.

ST 1. Fine Mechanical Screen Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Parkson (2) Infilco Degremont

ST 2, Flume Meter Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Drexel. (2) Primary Flow Signal (PFS)

ST 3. Grit Tank Equipment Approve Products/Manufacturers:

(1) ElMCO.

ST 4, Grit Cyclones Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) Krebs Engineers

ST 5. Grit Classifiers Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) EIMCO (2) Parkson

ST 6. Grit Blowers Approved Products/Manufacturers:

( 1) Garduer Denver

ST 7, Screening Press Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Parkson Corp.

ST 8. Sluice Gates (Stop Gates & Slide Gates) Approved Manufacturers:

(I) Davis Process (2) Waterman Industries (3) Dezurik (4) Hydro Gate Corp. (5) Plastic - Fab

ST 9. Blowers Approved Products/Manufacturers: (I) Garduer/Denver (Multi-stage) (2) Turblex (Single-stage)

ST 10. Diffusers Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Siemens (2) Parkson Corporation (3) Aerostrip Corp.

ST 11. Alkaline Monitoring Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) HACH APA6000 ALK

ST 12. Odor Control System Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Heil Process Equipment (2) Siemens (3) Duall Division (4) Ceilcote (5) Indusco

ST 13. Clarifier Mechanism Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(]) EIMCO Process Equipment

ST 14. Low Solids Content Centrifugal Sludge Pump Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I} [ngersoll-Dresser (Flowserve) (2) Goulds (3) Gorman Rupp

ST 15. Aeriation Basin Aluminum Covers Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) TEMCOR

ST 16. Chlorination Systems (Chlorine Gas Feed System) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) US Filter/Wallace & Tiernan (2) Capital Control


TSP-212-A

ST 17. Evaporators Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) Wallace &Tiernan (2) Capital Control

ST 18. Injectors Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(l) US Filter/Wallace & Tiernan (2) Capital Control

ST 19. Rota Meters Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) US Fllter/Wallace &Tiernan (2) Blue-White Industries. Ltd.

ST 20. Chlorine Scrubber Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Siemens (2) Northeast Control

ST 21. Polymer Feed System Approved Products/ManufactUl'ers:

(!) Siemens

ST 22. Gravity Belt Thicl<ener Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Andritz Ruthner, Inc.

ST 23. Belt Ftlter Press Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Andritz Ruthner, Inc.

ST 24. Strainers Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Arniad (2) SP Kinney

ST 25, Digester Covers (Fixed/Floating) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) EIMCO

ST 26. Waste Gas Burner Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Varec Biagas (2) Coen

ST 27. Hot Water Pump Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Goulds (2) Grundfos Group

ST 28. High Solids Content Positive Displacement Sludge Pump Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A. Progressing Cavity Pump (I) Moyno/Robbins & Myers

B. Lobe Rotary Pump (1) Vogelsang (2) Lobe Pro (3) Boerger

ST 29. Mechanical Sludge Mixer Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) EIMCO (2) Aeration Industries

ST 30. Boilers Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Clever Brooks

ST 31. Heat Exchangers Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Alfa Laval

ST 32. Grinders Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) JWC Environment (Muffm Monster) (2) Moyno/Robbins & Myers (3) Vogelsang

ST 33. Gas Monitoring Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) Mine Safety Appliance

ST 34. Reclaimed Water Effluent Disk Filtration Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Aqua Aerobics: Aquadlsk (2) Nova Water Technologies, LLC (3) Kruger


TSP-213-A

ST 35. Reclaimed Water Distribution Pumps (Vertical, Turbine Style) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) LayneNerti-Line (2) Flowserve-Ingersoll-Dresser (3) Peerless (4) Goulds ( 5) Flowserve

ST 36. Reclaimed Water Transfer Pumps (Horizontal, Split-Case Centrifugal Style) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Flowserve-Ingersoll-Dresser (2) Aurora (3) Peerless

ST 37. Pressure Control Valves (Sustaining, Reducing, Flow Rate) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Keystone (2) Control Valve Technology (3) Toro (4) Cla-Val ( 5) OCV Control Valves

ST 38. Electric Valve Actuators: Approved Products/Manufacturers:

A On-off Application (1) Rotork (2) Auma (3) Limitorque/Flowserve

B, Precision Modulating Operation (I) Harold Beck and Sons

ST 39. Ductile Iron Body Check Valves (A WWA) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) APCO (2) Georgia-Alabama Valve & Controls (3) Val-Matic

ST 40. High Efficiency Electric Pump Motors Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) US Motors (2) Reliance (3) Marathon (4) GE Water (5) Teco Westinghouse

ST 41. Chemical Feed Pumps Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Prominent (2) Siemens-Stranco

ST 42. Metering Pumps (Diaphragm Type) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Milton Roy (2) Prominent (3) LMl

ST 43, Blowers Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) NewYorkBlower (2) Air Cure Dynamics

ST 44. Vacuum Pumps Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Beckers Pumps Corp

ST 45, Submersible Sump Pump Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Zoelller M98-B

ST 46. Submersible Wastewater Pumps ,(NEC Class 1, Group D, Division 1, Compliant) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Flygt (2) WlLO-EMU (3) HOMA (up to 60 HP)

ST 47. Fire Protection Systems Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(]) Fire Master Safety (2) SimplexGrinnell (3) Amerex Corp. (4) Notifier

ST 48. Variable Frequency Drives Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) ABB (2) Allen Bradley (3) Square D (4) Yaskawa (5) Cuttler Hammer (Eaton)


TSP-214-A

ST 49. Programmable Logic Controllers Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Allen Bradley

ST 50, Remote Telemetry Units (PLC Based) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Curry Controls (2) Engineer Service Corp. (ESC) (3) Atlantic Environmental Systems, Inc, (4) CC Control (5) Unitron (6) Champion Control

ST 51. Level Control Switches Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Delta Controls Corp. (2) Whitman Controls Corp.

ST 52. Level Indicators Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) AMETEK Drexelbrook (2) Miltronics, 7ML10161AAI !OAB (3) Siemens (4) Endress + Hauser

ST 53. Pressure Transmitters Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Rosemount (2) Yokogowa (3) En dress + Hauser

ST 54. Temperature Transmitters Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Fluid Components (2) Yokogawa, YTAll0 (3) Rosemount, 3144PDIAJE5B5M5 (4) HACH SC200 w/pH or ORP

ST 55, Ball Valves, PVC (Chemical Treatment Process) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Asahi/America (2) Hayward (3) Plast-O-Matic

ST 56. Online Turbidity Meter Approved Products/Manufacturers:

HACH 1720E (Low NTIJ) HACH Surface Scatter 7 (High NTIJ)

ST 57. Generator Controls Approved Products/Manufacturers: (1) Russelectric

ST 58. Hose Pumps Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Verderflex (2) Brede!

ST 59. Online Dissolved Oxygen Meter Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) HachLDO (2) Royce

ST 60, Online Total Suspended Solids Meter Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Royce (2) HACH Solitax TSS (3) Cerlic

ST 61. Online Chlorine Analyzer APproved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Prominent (2) HACH CLI 7 (3) HACHCLT

ST 62. Electric Switch Gear APproved Products/Manufactuters:

(I) Cuttler Hammer (2) GE . (3) SquareD ( 4) Russelectric

ST 63. Harmonic Filter Approved Products/Manufucturers:

(I) Square D

ST 64. Pinch Valve Approved Products/Manufacturers: (!) Red Valve


TSP-215-A

ST 65. Expansion Flexible Pipe Joints Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Red Valve

ST 66. PH Meter Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) HACH/GLI DPD !Pl (2) Prominent

ST 67, Chemical Tanks (fiberglass, high density cross linked polyethylene) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Plas-Tanklndustries, Inc, (2) PolyProcessing (3) Snyder Industries, Inc.

ST 68. AirNacuum Valves- Stainless Steel Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(]) Vent-O-Mat-Series RGZX stainless steel

ST 69. Gear Drive for Clarifier Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) SEW-Eurodrive

ST 70. Deep Injection Well Tubing (Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic - FRP) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Red Box by Future Pipe Industries

ST 71. Deep Injection Well Packer Approved Products/Mauufacturers:

(1) THS Retrievable Mechanical Packer by Texas Iron Works

(2) TAM International (3) YBl Packer

ST 72. Deep Injection Well Corrosion Inhibitor Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) BARACOR 100 by Exxon

ST 73. Deep Injection Well Cement Grout (ASTM C150 Type 1I Portland Cement) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Various

ST 74. Monitoring Wells Screen (2 inch Schedule 80 PVC with 0.010 inch Slots) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Various

ST 75. Monitoring Wells Sand Pack (20/40 Grade Silica Sand - 98% Pure Silica Sand per ASTM D 5092-90) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) Various

ST 76, Monitoring Well Secondary Filter Pac1, (30/65 Grade Sand Seal) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Various

ST 77. Monitoring Well Cement Grout (AS1rM C 150 Type l Portland Cement) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Various

ST 78. Monitoring Well Protective Riser (Painted Green, Locking 4" X 4" Square Aluminum Riser) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(!) Various

ST 79. Gas Monitoring - Portable Style Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Environmental Monitoring Systems (EMS)

ST 80. Sodium Hypochlorite Pnmp (Magnet Drive Centrifugal Pump) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) March (2) PeriFlo ChemXFR

ST 81. Flow Meters Magnetic Type (IP-68 Rated for Submersible Service) Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(I) ABB (2) Rosemount (3) Krohne

(Note: Flow meters used for account billing purposes must be compatible with PBCWUD's used AMR technology)


TSP-216-A

ST 82. Odor Scrubber Packing Approved Products/Manufacturers:

(1) Jaeger Tri-Pack

ST 83. Stationary Emergency Diesel Powered Generators (Skid mounted, larger than 240KW

(1) Caterpillar (2) Cummins

July 2015


PALM BEACH COUNTY

HEALTH DEPARTMENT

TSP-217-A

TSP-218-A

Mission: To protect, promote & improve the health of all people in Florida through integrated state, county & community efforts.

Rick Scott Governor

Celeste Philip, MD, MPH Stale Surgeon General & Secretary

Vision: To be the Healthiest State in the Nation

Notification of Acceptance of Use of a General Permit

Permitee: Jackie Michels, P.E. Plan Review Manager Palm Beach County Water Utilities Department 8100 Forest Hill Blvd. West Palm Beach, FL 33413 [email protected]

Dear Ms. Michels:

Permit Number:138304-391-DSGP Issue Date: 05/21/2018 Expiration Date: 05/20/2023 County: Palm Beach Project: West Atlantic 42" Water Main Replacement Water Supplier: Palm Beach County System 3 PWS ID: 450 4393

On May 15, 2018 the Florida Department of Health-Palm Beach County, as an approved local program of the Florida Department of Environmental Protection, received a "Notice of Intent to Use the General Permit for Construction of Water Main Extensions for PWSs" [DEP Form No. 62- · 555.900(7)], under the provisions of Rule 62-4.530 and Chapter 62-555, Florida Administrative Code (F.A.C.). The proposed project includes :

Construction of an aerial crossing consisting of 420 LF of 42" DIP water main located along West Atlantic Avenue spanning the E-2E canal east of the Florida Turnpike in unincorporated Palm Beach County, Florida.

Based upon the submitted Notice and accompanying documentation, this correspondence is being sent to advise that the Department does not object to the use of such general permit at this time. Please be advised that the permittee is required to abide by Rule 62-555.405. F.A.C., all applicable rules in Chapters 62-4, 62-550, 62-555, F.A.C., and the General Conditions for All General Drinking Water Permits (found in 62-4.540. F.A.C.).

When any existing asbestos cement (AC) pipes are replaced under this permit, the permittee shall do so in accordance with the applicable rules of the Federal Asbestos Regulation and Florida DEP requirements. For specific requirements applicable to AC pipes, the permittee should contact the Air and Waste Management section managers prior to commencing any such activities at (561) 837-5900 #3. Please be aware that a notification is required to be submitted to the Department for a regulated project.

Florida Department of Health Palm Beach County, Division of Environmental Public Health P.O. Box 29,800 Clematis Street, West Palm Beach, FL 33402 PHONE: 561-837-5900 •FAX: 561-<137-5294 FloridaHealth.gov, Flhealthpalmbeach.org

• Accredited Health Department Public Health Accreditation Board

TSP-219-A

PERMITTEE: PBCWUD Permit/Certification No.: 138304-391-DSGP Jackie Michels, P.E.

The permittee shall comply with all sampling requirements specific to this project. These requirements are attached for review and implementation. Pursuant to Rule 62-555.345, F.A.C., the permittee shall submit a certification of construction completion [DEP Form No. 62-555.900(9)] to the Department and obtain approval, or clearance, from the Department before placing any water main extension constructed under this general permit into operation for any purpose other than disinfection or testing for leaks.

Within 30 days after the sale or legal transfer of ownership of the permitted project that has not been cleared for service in total by the Department, both the permittee and the proposed permittee shall sign and submit an application for transfer of the permit using Form 62-555.900(8). F.A.C., with the appropriate fee. The permitted construction is not authorized past the 30-day period unless the permit has been transferred.

This permit will expire five years from the date of issuance. If the project has been started and not completed by that time, a new permit must be obtained before the expiration date in order to continue work on the project, per Rule 62-4.030, F.A.C.

JH/JP

c: Project Engineer: Tom Jensen, P.E. Utility: Same

TSP-220-A

PERMITTEE: PBCWUD Permit/Certification No.: 138304-391-DSG P Jackie Michels, P .E.

Civil Penalty May Be Incurred if this project is placed into operation before obtaining a clearance from this office.

Requirements for clearance upon completion of projects are as follows:

1) Clearance Form Submission of a fully completed Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) Form 62-555.900(9) Certification of Construction Completion and Request for Clearance to Place Permitted PWS Components into Operation.

2) Record Drawings Submission of the portion of record drawings showing deviations from the DEP construction permit, including preliminary design report or drawings an specifications, if there are any deviations from said permit (Note that it is necessary to submit a copy of only the portion of record drawings showing deviations and not a complete set of record drawings.).

3) Bacteriological Results Copies of satisfactory bacteriological analysis (a.k.a. Main Clearance), taken within sixty (60) days of completion of construction, from locations within the distribution system or water main extension to be cleared, in accordance with Rules 62-555.315(6). 62-555.340, and 62-555.330, F.AC. and American Water Works Association (AWWA) Standard C 651 -92, as follows:

• Connection to an existing system • The end point of the proposed addition • Any water lines branching off a main extension • Every 1,200 feet on straight runs of pipe

Each location shall be sampled on two consecutive days, with sample points and chlorine residual readings clearly indicated on the report. A sketch or description of all bacteriological sampling locations must also be provided. All samples shall be collected by an employee of a state certified laboratory or a certified operator and be reported on DEP Reporting Format 62-550.730.

For further clarification contact: Jay Hardman, P.E.

Florida Department of Health Palm Beach Plan Review & Permit Section 800 Clematis Street, 4th Floor West Palm Beach, FL 33401

561 -837-5900 #5

TSP-221-A

NOTICE OF INTENT TO USE THE GENERAL PERMIT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF WATER MAIN EXTENSIONS FOR PWSs

INSTRuCTIONS: This notice shall be completed and submitted by persons proposing to construct projects pennitted under the "General Permit for Construction of Water Main Extensions for Public Water Systems" in Rule 62-555.405, F.A.C. AT LEAST 30 DAYS BEFORE BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION OF A WATER MAIN EXTENSION PROJECT, complete and submit one copy of this notice to the appropriate Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) District Office or Approved County Health Department (ACHD) along with payment of the proper permit processing fee. (When completed, Part II of this notice serves as the preliminary design report for a water main extension project, and thus, it is unnecessary to submit a separate preliminary design report or drawings, specifications, and design data with this notice.) All information provided in this notice shall be typed or printed in ink. The DEP permit processing fee for projects requiring the services of a professional engineer during design is $650, and the DEP pem1it processing fee for projects not requiring the services of a professional engineer during design is $500. * Some ACHDs charge a county permit processing fee in addition to the DEP permit processing fee. Checks for pennit processing fees shall be made payable to the Department of Environmental Protection or the appropriate ACHD. NOTE THAT A SEP ARA TE NOTIFICATION AND A SEPARATE PERMIT PROCESSING FEE ARE REQUIRED FOR EACH NON-CONTIGUOUS PROJECT.t

* Except as noted in paragraphs 62-555.520(3)(a) and (b), FA.C. , projects shall be designed under the responsible charge of one or more professional engineers licensed in Florida.

t Non-contiguous projects are projects that are neither interconnected nor located nearby one another (i.e., on the same site, on adjacent streets, or in the same neighborhood).

I. Gcncr:il Projl'd Information

A. NarneofProject: W t Atl t· A 42 · h W t M · R I t es an 1c ve. -inc a er ain ep acemen B. Description of Project and Its Purpose:

West Atlantic Ave. is being widened, and the County's existing 42-inch water main is in conflict with the future bridge construction. This project relocates the main north of the construction widening activities and places the water main on an existing aerial crossing over the LWDD's Canal E-2E. A total of 420LF of pipe is being relocated.

C. Location of Project RECEIVED 1. County Where Project Located: Palm Beach ----- - ----------- -----------,-- --~ .;--2. Description of Project Location: , , 1 , •

1

West Atlantic Ave., just east of the FL Turnpike interchange. Florida Department ~f Health • PBC Plan Re'11ew

D. Estimate of Cost to Construct Project: $1,300,000 --- ------------ - - --- ----- - - --- -E. Estimate of Dates for Starting and Completing Construction of Project: Estimated start date: October 2018; Estimated completion date: March 2019.

F. Permittee PWS/Companv Name: Palm Beach County Water Utllltles I PWS Identification No.:*4504393 PWS Tvoe:* I ~-• Communirv I_ -1 Non-Transient Non-Communirv I -1 Transient Non-Communirv I -1 Consecutive Contact Person: Jackie Michels, P.E. I Contact Person's Title: Plan Review Manager Contact Person's Mailinl! Address: a100 Forest HIii Blvd. City: West Palm Beach I State:FL I Zin Code: 33416 Contact Person's Telephone Number: 561-493-6116 I Contact Person's Fax Number: 561-493-6029 Contact Person's E-Mail Address: [email protected] * This information is required only if the permittee is a public water system (P rVS).

G. bli W S (PWS) S 1 . W P . Pu C ater ystem uootymg ater to roJect PWS Name: Palm Beach County W<l.er Utllrtles PWS Tvoe: 1.• I Community I _ I Non-Transient Non-Communitv PWS Owner: Palm Beach County Water Utilrties Contact Person: Jackie Michels, P.E. Contact Person's Mailing Address: 81 oo Forest Hill Blvd. Citv: West Palm Beach Contact Person's Teleohone Number: 5S1-493-6116 Contact Person's E-Mail Address: [email protected]

DEP Form 62-555.900(7)Allemate Effective August 28, 2003 (Upda1ed Sep1ember 8, 2015)

Page 1

I PWS Identification No.: 4504393 r · 1 Transient Non-Communitv I 1 Consecutive

I Contact Person's Title: Plan Review Manager

I State: FL 1 Zin Code:33416 I Contact Person's Fax Number: 561-493-6029

TSP-222-A


Pro' ect Name: west Atlantic Ave. 42-lnch Water Main Replacement Permittee: Palm Beach County Water U~lities

H. P bl" W u IC ater system s t a I wn ro1ect er t s ace mo ermanent (PWS) h t w·n O P ' Aft I I Pl d . t P 0 Jperation PWS Name: Palm Beach County Water Utilities I PWS Identification No.:*4504393

I.

PWS Ty_pe:* r ~-1 Community I .. I Non-TransientNon-Communitv PWS Owner: Palm Beach County Water UUllties

I _ j Transient Non-Community L . I Consecutive

Contact Person: Jackie Michels, P.E. Contact Person's Mailing Address: s 100 Forest Hill Blvd.

j Contact Person's Title: Plan Review Manager

City: West Palm Beach j State: FL I Zip Code:33416 Contact Person's Telephone Number: 551-493-6116 I Contact Person's Fax Number: 561-493-6029 Contact Person's E-Mail Address: [email protected]

* This mformatton 1s required only if the owner/operator 1s an existing PWS. Professional Erurineer(s) or Other Person(s) in Responsible Charge of Designing Project* Com_JJany Name: Kimley-Hom and Associates Designer(s): I Title(s) ofDesigner(s): S E . Thomas C. Jensen, P.E. r ngmeer ~alifications ofDesigner(s):

Professional Engineer( s) Licensed in Florida - License Number( s): 37290

D Public Officer(s) Employed by State, County, Municipal, or Other Governmental Unit of Statet D Plumbing Contractor(s) Licensed in Florida- License Number(s):" Mailing Address ofDesigner(s): 1920 Wekiva Way, Suite 200

Citv: West Palm Beach I State:FL I Zip Code: 33411 Telephone Number ofDesigner(s) : 561-840-0853 J Fax Number ofDesigner(s): 561-863-8175

E-Mail Address(es) ofDesigner(s):[email protected]

* &cept as noted m paragraphs 62-555.520(3)(a) and (b), FA. C, pro;ects shall be designed under the responsible charge of one or more professional engineers licensed in Florida.

t Attach a detailed construction cost estimate showing that the cost to construct this project is $10,000 or less. " Attach documentation showing that this project will be installed by the plumbing contractor(s) designing this project,

documentation showing that this project involves a public water system serving a single property and fewer than 250 fixture units, and a detailed construction cost estimate showing that the cost to constrnct this project is $50,000 or less.

II. Preliminnr~• Design Report for Project* A. Service Area, Water Use, and Service Pressure Infonnation

1. Design Type and Number of Service Connections, and Average Daily Water Demands and Maximum-Day Water Demands, in th E . Ar t B S db th W t M . B . C tru t d U d thi P . t e ntrre ea o e erve y e a er runs emg ons ce n er s roJec:

C = Average Daily D = Total Average

Daily Water Demand•, Water Demand Per gpd (Colwnns BxC for E = Total Maximum-

B = Number of Service Servtce Connection, Residential Service Day Water Demandb, A= Type of Seivice Connection Connections l!Pd Connectio!lll J gpd

Sincle-Family Home 0 Mobile Home 0

Al)artment 0

Commercial, Institutional, or Industrial Faci!iJy' Totnl 0 0 0 ...

a. Descnpt10n ofCommerc1al, Inst1tut10nal, or Industrial Fac1ht1es and Explanation ofMethod(s) Used to Estimate Average Daily Water Demand for These Facilities: ·

N/A Transmission main replacement

b. Explanation of Peaking Factor(s) or Method(s) Used to Estimate Maximum-Day Water Demand:

NIA

DEP F orm 62-555.900(7)Altemate Effectfvc August 28, 2003 (Updated September 8, 2015)

Page 2

TSP-223-A


Pro· ect Name: West Atlantic Ave. 42~nch Water Main Replacement Pennittee: Palm Beach County Water Utilities

2. Explanation of Peaking Factor(s) or Method(s) Used to Estimate Design Peak-Hour Water Demand and, for Small Water Systems that Use Hydropneumatic Tanks or that Are Not Designed to Provide Fire Protection, Peak Instantaneous Water Demand:

N/A

3. Design Fire-Flow Rate and Duration: NIA

4, Design Service Pressure Range: 60TO 70 PSI

B. Project Site Information I. ATTACH A SITE PLAN OR SKETCH SHOWING THE SIZE AND APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF NEW OR ALTERED

WATER MAINS, SHOWlNG THE APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF HYDRANTS, VALVES, METERS, AND BLOWOFFS IN SAID MAINS, AND SHOWING HOW SAID MAINS CONNECT TO THE PUBLIC WATER SYSTEM SUPPL YING WATER FOR TIIE PROJECT.

2. Description of Any Areas ·where New or Altered Water Mains Will Cross Above or Under Surface Water or Be Located in Soil that Is Known to Be Aggressive:

None exist

C. Information About Compliance with Design and Construction Requirements 1. If this project is being designed to comply with the following requirements, initial in ink before the requirements. If any of the

following requirements do not apply to this project or if this project includes exceptions to any of the following requirements as allowed by rule, mark "X" before the requirements and complete Part II.C.2 below. RSWW = Recommended Standards for Water Works as incorporated into Rule 62-555.330, F.A.C. """6<" a. This pr?j~c: is ~eing de~igned to keep e~sting "."ater mains ~nd service lines in operation durin? construction

---c::;;,- or to mmmnze mterruptmn of water service dunng construction. [RSWW J J.a; exceptions allowed under FAC 62-555.330]

X

b. All pipe, pipe fittings, pipe joint packing and jointing materials, valves, fire hydrants, and meters installed under this project will confonn to applicable American Water Works Association (A WW A) standards. [FAC 62-555 .320(2 l)(h ), RSWW 8.0, and A WW A standards as incorporated into FAC 62-555 .330; exceptions allowed under FAC 62-555.320(21 )(c)]

c. All public water system components, excluding fire hydrants, that will be installed under this project and that will come into contact with drinking water will conform to NSF International Standard 61 as adopted in Rule 62-555.335, F.A.C., or other applicable standards, regulations, or requirements referenced in paragraph 62-555.320(3)(b ), F .A.C. [FAC 62-555.320(3)(b); exceptions allowed under FAC 62-555.320(3){d))

d. All pipe and pipe fittings installed under this project will contain no more than 8.0% lead, and any solder or flux used in this project will contain no more than 0.2% lead. [FAC 62-555.322]

e. All pipe and pipe fittings installed under this project will be color coded or marked in accordance with subparagraph 62-555.320(2l)(b)3, F.A.C., using blue as a predominant color. (Underground plastic pipe will be solid-wall blue pipe, will have a co-extruded blue external skin, or will be white or black pipe with blue stripes incorporated into, or applied to, the pipe wall; and underground metal or concrete pipe \vill have blue stripes applied to the pipe wall. Pipe striped during manufacturing of the pipe will have continuous stripes that run parallel to the axis of the pipe, that are located at no greater than 90-degree intervals around the pipe, and that will remain intact during and after installation of the pipe. lftape or paint is used to stripe pipe during installation of the pipe, the tape or paint will be applied in a continuous line that runs parallel to the axis of the pipe and that is located along the top of the pipe; for pipe with an internal diameter of 24 inches or greater, tape or paint will be applied in continuous lines along each side of the pipe as well as along the top of the pipe. Aboveground pipe will be painted blue or will be color coded or marked like underground pipe.) [FAC 62-555.320(2 l )(b)3]

f. All new or altered water mains included in this project are sized after a hydraulic analysis based on flow demands and pressure requirements. ATTACH A HYDRAULIC ANALYSIS JUSTIFYING THE SIZE OF A.NY NEW OR ALTERED WATER :MAINS WITH AN .[\!"SIDE DIAMETER OF LESS THAN THREE INCHES. [FAC 62-555.320(2l)(b) and RSWW 8.1)

OEP Form 62-555.900(7)Altemata EffecUve August 28, 2003 {Updated September 8, 2015)

Page 3

TSP-224-A


I Project Name: WestAUanticAve, 42-ineh water Main Replacament I Pennittee: Palm Beach county Water U@ties

X

X

X

X

X

X

g. The inside diameter of new or altered water mains that are included in this project and that are being designed to provide fire protection and serve fire hydrants will be at least six inches. [FAC 62-555.320(21Xb) and RSWW 8.1.2]

h. New or altered water mains that are included in this project and that are not being designed to carry fire flov.'S do not have fire hydrants connected to them. [FAC 62-555.320(21 )(b) and RSWW 8.1.5]

.i. This project is being designed to minimize dead-end water mains by making appropriate tie-ins where practical. [FAC 62-555.320(2I)(b) and RSWW8.l.6.a)

j. New or altered dead-end water mains included in this project will be provided with a fire or flushing hydrant or blow-off for flushing purposes. [FAC 62-555.320(21 )(b) and RSWW 8.1.6.b]

k.· Sufficient valves will be provided on new or altered water mains included in this project so that inconvenience and sanitary hazards will be minimized during repairs. [FAC 62-555.320(21)(b) and.RSWW 8.2]

I. New or altered fire hydrant leads included in this project will have an inside diameter of at least six inches and will include an auxiliary valve. [l'AC 62-555.320(2l)(b) and RSWWS.3.3]

m. All fire hydrants that will be installed under this project and that will have unplugged, underground drains will be located at least three feet from any existing or proposed storm sewer, stonnwater force main, pipeline conveying reclaimed water regulated under Part Ill of Chapter 62-610, F.A.C., or vacuum-type sanitary sewer; at least six feet from any existing or proposed gravity- or pressure-type sanitary sewer, wastewater force main, or pipeline conveying reclaimed water not regulated under Part III of Chapter 62-10, F.A.C.; and at least ten feet from any existing or proposed "on-site sewage treatment and disposal system." [FAC 62-555.314(4)]

n. At high points where air can accumulate in new or altered water mains included in this project, provisions will be made to remove the air by means of air relief valves, and automatic air relief valves will not be used in situations where flooding of the valve manhole or chamber may occur. [FAC 62-555.320(21)(b) andRSWW 8.4.1]

o. The open end of the air relief pipe from all automatic air relief valves installed under this project will be extended to at least one foot above grade and will be provided with a screened, downward-facing elbow. [FAC 62-555.320(2l)(b) and RSW'WB.4.2]

p. New or altered chambers, pits, or manholes that contain valves, blow-offs, meters, or other such water distribution system appurtenances and that are included in this project will not be connected directly to any sanitary or storm sewer, and blow-offs or air relief valves .installed under this project will not be connected directly to any sanitary or storm sewer. [l'AC 62-555.320(2l )(b) and RSWW8.4.3)

q. New or altered water mains included in this project will be installed in accordance with applicable A WW A standards or in accordance with m1µ1ufacturers' recommended procedures. [FAC 62-555.320(2l)(b), RSWW 8.5.1 , and AWWA standards as incorporated into FAC 62-555.330)

r. A continuous and uniform bedding will be provided in trenches for underground pipe installed under this project; backfill material will be tamped in layers around underground pipe installed under this project and to a sufficient height above the pipe to adequately support and protect the pipe; and unsuitably sized stones (as described in applicable A WWA standards or manufacturers' recommended installation procedures) found in trenches will be removed for a depth of at least six inches below the bottom of underground pipe installed under this project. [FAC 62-555.320(2I)(b}, RSWW 8.5.2]

s. All water main tees, bends, plugs, and hydrants installed under this project will be provided with thrust blocks or restrained joints to prevent movement. [FAC 62-555.320(21 )(b} and RSWW 8.5.4]

t. New or altered water mains !hat are included in this project and that will be constructed of asbestos-cement or polyvinyl chloride pipe will be pressure and leakage tested in accordance with A WW A Standard C603 or C605, respectively, as incorporated into Rule 62-555.330, F.A.C., and all other new or altered water mains included in this project will be pressure and leakage tested in accordance with A WW A Standard C600 as incorporated into Rule 62-555 .3 30. [FAC 62-555.320(21 )(b) I and A WWA standards as incorporated into FAC 62-555.330)

u. New or altered water mains, including fire hydrant leads and including service lines that will be under the control ofa public water system and that have an inside diameter of three inches or greater, will be disinfected and bacteriologically evaluated in accordance with Rule 62-555.340, F.A1<;:11[Fl\C1'i2rr5s.320(2l )(b)2 and FAC 62-555 .340J . , , , ' '-' n /\ A 1111

v. New or altered water mains that are included in this project and ~a't ~ Il bli'nsraIJ°e'efi~e~ where there are known aggressive soil conditions wi!I b~ protected through use.§£ '6~~I~n-resistai,bwa.~ m'~. materials, through encasement of the water mams m polyethylene, or thrQJ1glpprov1s1on ot,catho~,_·.P,reJ.ett1on. [FAC 62-- o . 0 ·~ ·\I' -555.320(2l)(b)andRSWW8.5.7.d] - · ·.y ~ ·. -z__ -

= t1: ~ : :: - -¥ ~o _ : [J) = L J;,

~ .... ~J·

DEP FDITTl 62-555.900{7iAl!emale Effec11va August 28, 2003 (Updaled September a, 2015)

Page4

TSP-225-A


X

X

X

X

Permittee: Palm B•ach County Water UUlities

w. New or relocated, underground water mains included in this project will be laid to provide a horizontal distance of at least three feet between the outside of the water main and the outside of any existing or proposed vacuumtype sanitary sewer, storm sewer, stom1water force main, or pipeline conveying reclaimed water regulated under Part JIJ of Chapter 62-610, F.A.C.; a horiz.ontal distance ofat least six feet between the outside of the water main and the outside of any existing or proposed gravity-type sanitary sewer ( or a liorizontaJ distance of at least three feet between the outside of the water main and the outside of any existing or proposed gravitytype sanitary sewer if the bottom of the water main will be laid at least six inches above the top of the sewer); a horizontal distance of at least six feet between the outside of the water main and the outside of any existing or proposed pressure-type sanitary sewer, wastewater force main, or pipeline conveying reclaimed water not regulated under Part ill of Chapter 62-610, F.A.C.; and a horizontal distance ofat least ten feet between the outside of the water main and all parts of any existing or proposed "on-site sewage treatment and disposal system." [FAC 62-555.314(1); exceptions allowed under FAC 62-555.314(5)]

x. New or relocated, underground water mains that are included in this project and that will cross any existing or · proposed gravity- or vacuum-type sanitary sewer or storm sewer will be laid so the outside of the water main is at least six inches above the other pipeline or at least 12 inches below the other pipeline; and new or relocated, underground water mains that are included in this project and that will cross any existing or proposed pressuretype sanitary sewer, wastewater or stormwater force main, or pipeline conveying reclaimed water will be laid so the outside of the water main is at least 12 inches above or below the other pipeline. [FAC 62-555.314(2); exceptions allowed under FAC 62-555.314(5)]

y. At the utility crossings described in Part ll.C.l.w above, one full length of water main pipe will be centered above or below the other pipeline so the water main joints will be as far as possible from the other pipeline or the pipes will be arranged so that all water main joints are at least three feet from all joints in vacuum-type sanitary sewers, storm sewers, stormwater force mains, or pipelines conveying reclaimed water regulated under Part III of Chapter 62-610, F.A.C., and at least six feet from all joints in gravity- or pressure-type sanitary sewers, wastewater force mains, or pipelines conveying reclaimed water not regulated under Part ill of Chapter 62-610, F.A.C. [FAC 62-555.314(2); exceptions allowed under FAC 62-555.314(5)]

z. New or altered water mains that are included in this project and that will cross above surface water will be adequately supported and anchored, protected from damage and freezing, and accessible for repair or replacement. [FAC 62-555.320(21)(b) and RSWW 8.7.I]

aa. New or altered water mains that are included in this project and that will cross under surface water will have a minimum cover of two feet. [FAC 62-555.320(2I)(b) and RSWW8.7 2]

bb. New or altered water mains that are included in this project and that will cross under surface water courses greater than 15 feet in width will have flexible or restrained, watertight pipe joints and will include valves at both ends of the water crossing so the underwater main can be isolated for testing and repair; the aforementioned isolation valves will be easily accessible and will not be subject to flooding; the isolation valve closest to the water supply source will be in a manhole; and permanent taps will be provided on each side of the isolation valve within the manhole to allow for insertion of a small meter to determine leakage from the underwater main and to allow for sampling of water from the underwater main. [FAC 62-555.320(2l )(b) and RSWW 8.72]

cc. This project is being designed to include proper backflow protection at those new or altered service connections where backflow protection is required or recommended under Rule 62-555.360, F.A.C., or in Recommended Practice for Bacliflow Prevention and Cross-Connection Control, A WWA Manual Ml 4, as incorporated into Rule 62-555.330, F.A.C.; or the public water system that will own this project after it is placed into operation has a cross-connection control program requiring water customers to install proper backflow protection at those service connections where backflow protection is required or recommended under Rule 62-555.360, F.A.C., or in AWW A Manual Ml 4. [FAC 62-555.360 andAWWA Manual Ml4 as incorporated into FAC 62-555.330]

dd. Neither steam condensate, cooling water from engine jackets, nor water used in conjunction with heat exchangers will be returned to the new or altered water mains included in this project. [FAC 62-555.320(2 I)(b) and RSWW8.8.2]

DEP Form 62-555.900(7)Altemata Effeclive August 28. 2003 (Updated September 8, 2015)

Page 5

TSP-226-A


Pro· ect Name: West AUanUc Ave. 42-lnch Water Main Replacement Permittee: Palm Beach CountyWaterUUliHes

2. Explanation for Requirements Marked "X" in Part II.C.l Above, Including Justification, Documentation, Assurances, and/or Alternatives as Required by Rule for Exceptions to Requirements in Part II.C. l:

1.a. Main replacement, size on size. 1.h. No pipe size change, and fire flow can be handled. 1.i. Project has no dead ends. 1.j. Project has no dead ends. 1.1. Project has no fire hydrants. 1.rri. Project has no fire hydrants. 1.v. No aggressive soils are known to exist. 1.aa. No pipe will cross under surface waters. 1.bb. No pipe will cross under surface waters. 1.cc. Project does not require any backflow prevention. 1.dd. Project has no condensate/steam lines.

l completed Part II of this notice, and the information provided in Part II and on the attachment(s) to Part II is true and accurate to the best ofmy knowled0 e and belief

Printedff· ed Name: Thomas c. Jensen, P.E.

-..__

License Number of PE or License Number or Title of Other Person in Responsible Charge ofDesigning Project:* 37290 Portion of Preliminary Design Report for Which Responsible: Entire project

Signature, Seal, and Date of Professional Engineer (PE) or Signature and Date of Other Person in Responsible Charge of Designing Project:*

Printed/Tvoed Nan1e: License Number of PE QI License Number or Title of Other Person in Responsible Charge of Designing Project:*

Portion of Preliminary Design Report for \Vhich Responsible:

* Except as noted in paragraphs 62-555.520(3)(a) and (b), F.A. C., projects shall be designed under the responsible charge of one or more PEs licensed in Florida. lf this project is being designed under the responsible charge of one or more PEs licensed in Florida, Part JI of this notice shall be completed, signed, sealed, and dated by the PE(s) in responsible charge. If this project is not being designed under the responsible charge of one or more PEs licensed in Florida, Part II shall be completed, signed, and dated by the person(s) in responsible charge of designing this project.

DEP Form 62-555.900(7)Altemale Effective August 28. 2003 (Updated September 8, 2015)

Page 6

TSP-227-A


I Project Name; West Atlantic Ave, 42-inch Water Main Replacement I Permittee: Palm Beach County Waler urnmes

111. Certifications A. Certification by Pennittee

I am duly authorized to sign this notice on behalf of the permittee identified in Part I.F of this notice. I certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, this project complies with Chapter 62-555, F.A.C. I also certify that construction of this project has not begun yet and that, to the best ofmy knowledge and belief, this project does not include any of the following construction work:

• construction of water mains coriveying raw or partially treated drinking water; • construction of drinking water treatment, pumping, or storage facilities or conflict manholes; • coristruction of water mains in areas contaminated by low-molecular-weight petroleum products or organic solvents; • construction of an interconnection between previously separate public water systems or construction of water mains that create

a "new system" as described under subsection 62-555.525(1), F.A.C.; or • construction of water mains that will remain dry following completion of construction.

(A specific construction permit is required for each project involving any of the above listed construction work.)

I understand that, if this project is designed under the responsible charge ofone or more professional engineers (PEs) licensed in Florida, the permittee must retain a Florida-licensed PE to take responsible charge of inspecting construction of this project for the purpose of determining in general if the construction proceeds in compliance with the Department of Environmental Protection construction permit, including the approved preliminary design report, for this project. I understand that the pennittee must have complete record drawings prepared for this project. I also understand that the pennittee must submit a certification of construction completion to the Department and obtain written approval, or clearance, from the Department before the permittee places this project into operation for any purpose other than disinfection or testing for leaks.

---~~;J!-~.-!.....l,.,~ ~ ~O,~J:>~ ~U-..?-~ ~:::....:::=!§o...::::..::Sl~ ,ot t~ ckie Michels, P. E. s@i-eandDate Printed or Typed Name

B. Certification by PWS Supplying Water to Project

Plan Review Manager Title

I am duly authorized to sign this notice on behalf of the PWS identified in Part I.G of this notice. I certify that said PWS will supply the water necessary to meet the design water demands for this project. As indicated below, the water treatment plant(s) to which this project will be connected has(have) the capacity necessary to meet the design water demands for this project, and I certify that all other PWS components affected by this project also have the capacity necessary to meet the design water demands for this project. I certify that said PWS is in compliance with applicable planning requirements in Rule 62-555.348, F.A.C.; applicable cross-connection control requirements in Rule 62-555.360, F.A.C.; and to the best ofmy knowledge and belief, all other applicable rules in Chapters 62-550, 62-555, and 62-699, F.A.C.; furthermore, I certify that, to the best ofmy knowledge and belief, said PWS's connection to this project will not cause said PWS to be in noncompliance with Chapter 62-550 or 62-555, F .A.C. I also certify that said PWS has reviewed the preliminary design report for this project and that said PWS considers the connection(s) between this project and said PWS acceptable as designed.

• Name(s) of Water Treatment Plant(s) to Which this Project Will Be Connected:

• Total Permitted Maximum Day Operating Capacity of Plant(s),~ _ _,1-=0'-S'--'.t.:..:.=8'--M_ G_.D _ __________ _ • Total Maximum Day Flow atPlant(s) as Recorded on Monthly Operating Reports During Past 12 Months, ~ 7 / -07 MGi.D

..__ \ \l\~ sl,o 1, sz ~eandDate

Jackie Michels, P.E. Printed or Typed Name

C. Certification by PWS that Will Own Project After It Is Placed into Permanent Operation


I am duly authorized to sign this notice on behalf of the PWS identified in Part I.Hof this notice. I certify that said PWS will own this project after it is placed into permanent operation. I also certify that said PWS has reviewed the preliminary design report for this project and that said PWS considers this project acceptable as designed.

DEP Form 62-555.900(7)Allemate Effective August 28, 2003 (Updated September 8, 2015)

Jackie Michels, P.E. Printed or Typed Name

Page 7


TSP-228-A


Pro· ect Narn.e: WestAUantic Ave. 42-inch Waler Main Replacement Permittee: Palm Beach County water Utilities

D. Certification by Professional Engineer(s) in Responsible Charge of Designing Project*

I, the undersigned professional engineer licensed in Florida, am. in responsible charge of designing this project. I certify that, to the best ofmy knowledge and belief, the design of this project complies with Chapter 62-555, F.A.C. I also certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, this project is not being designed to include any oftbe following construction work:

• construction of water mains conveying raw or partially treated drinking water; • construction of drinking water trea1ment, pumping, or storage facilities or conflict manholes; • construction of water mains in areas contaminated by low-molecular-weight petroleum products or organic solvents; • construction of an interconnection between previously separate public water systems or construction of water mains that create

a "new system" as described under subsection 62-555.525(1), F.A.C.; or • construction of water mains that will remain dry following completion of construction.

(As eci:fic construction ermit is re uired for each roject involving any of the above listed construction work.) Signature, Seal, and Date: Signature, Seal, and Date:

\\\\\lllf/ 111 ,,\\ oMAs 1111

,, -<_'(\ .......... 9 // ~' .·· UC~,v~·'.:"0;/",;,

"1:-- ·.·v ..-. (5) -'Ve..-~- ': ff\::. 5~14-. lb

..-("\ •• .S'i_,. : -..L ::: \' ~ . ,, . : ..,.-- ::::

~-,.w~_..,.,,( Op:- • 11-,

,:_/ u); ··-.C:~IDA . . --·· <.(/,-...' // O,t, . . . . . . . . ~,<::- <'

111 ?IL. G\\~\ ,,

Printed/T • ed Name: Thomas .!Ji,rtsl>~,\Fl.e.'· ' Printed/Tvoed Name: I--'-=- -"-"'---=--'-'--------------- ---, License Number: 37290 License Number:

Portion of Preliminary Design Report for Which Responsible: Entire project

Portion of Preliminary Design Report for Which Responsible:

* Except as noted in paragraphs 62-555.520(3)(a) and (b), FA.C., projects shall be designed under the responsible charge of one or more professional engineers (P Es) licensed in Florida. If this project is being designed under the responsible charge of one or more PEs licensed in Florida, Part IIID of this notice shall be completed by the PE(s) in responsible charge. If this project is not being designed under the responsible charge of one or more PEs licensed in Florida, Part III.D does not have to be completed

DEP Form 6Z-555.900[7)Altomata Effective August 28, 2003 {updated September 8, 2015)

Page 8

P-1A

PROPOSAL FORM

(COMPANY NAME)

(COMPANY ADDRESS)

(COMPANY CITY & STATE)

(COMPANY ZIP CODE)

CONTACT NAME: _____________________________________________________________

PHONE NUMBER

FACSIMILE NUMBER EMAIL ADDRESS

FEDERAL TAX I.D. # DATE SUBMITTED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF: ATLANTIC AVENUE AND FLORIDA’S

TURNPIKE INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS PALM BEACH COUNTY PROJECT NO. 2012501 TO THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF PALM BEACH COUNTY, FLORIDA: We, the undersigned, hereby declare that no person or persons, firm or corporation, other than the undersigned, are interested in this proposal as principals, and that this proposal is made without collusion with any person, firm, or corporation, and are not on the Scrutinized Companies List as stated on page SC-1, and we have carefully and to our full satisfaction examined the Contract Documents, and that we have made a full examination of the location of the proposed work and the source of supply of materials, and we hereby agree to furnish and pay for all necessary labor, equipment, materials and services, fully understanding that the quantities shown herein are approximate only and that we will fully complete all necessary work in accordance with the Contract Documents and the requirements under them of the Engineer, within the time limit specified in this proposal for the following unit prices, to wit:

ITEM # ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY UNITS UNIT PRICE AMOUNT

ROADWAY ITEMS

1 Mobilization 1.00 LS $0.00

2 Maintenance of Traffic (Including M.O.T.) 1.00 LS $0.00

3 Monitor Existing Structures - Inspection and Settlement Monitoring 1.00 LS $0.00

4 Clearing & Grubbing 1.00 LS $0.00

5 Total Excavation 1515.00 CY $0.00

6 Embankment 110.00 CY $0.00

7 Type B Stabilization ( LBR 40 ) ( 12" ) 1615.00 SY $0.00

8 Optional Base, Base Group 07 1449.00 SY $0.00

9 Milling Existing Asphalt Pavement, 1.5" Avg. Depth 5263.00 SY $0.00

10 Type SP Structural Course (Traffic C) 199.00 TN $0.00

11 Asph. Concrete Friction Course ( FC-12.5 ) Rubber 556.00 TN $0.00

12 Miscellaneous Asph. Pavt. 2.00 TN $0.00

13 Inlets (Curb) (TYPE P-3) <10' 1.00 EA $0.00



16 Inlets (Curb) (TYPE 9) <10' 1.00 EA $0.00

17 Inlets (Ditch Bottom) (Type D) 1.00 EA $0.00

18 Closed Flume Inlet 1.00 EA $0.00

19 Manholes (J-7)<10' 1.00 EA $0.00

20 Concrete Class I, Endwalls 6.00 CY $0.00

21 Concrete Pipe Culvert (15") 12.00 LF $0.00



24 French Drain (24" DIA.) (Incl. Ballast Rock and Filter Fabric) 92.00 LF $0.00

25 Concrete Curb & Gutter (Type F) 586.00 LF $0.00

26 Concrete Sidewalk (4" Thick) 176.00 SY $0.00

27 Concrete Sidewalk (6" Thick) 43.00 SY $0.00

28 Riprap - Rubble, Bank & Shore 729.00 TN $0.00

29 Bedding Stone 232.00 TN $0.00

30 Guardrail (Roadway) 150.00 LF $0.00

31 Guardrail Removal 130.00 LF $0.00

32 Special Guardrail Posts 1.00 EA $0.00

33 End Anchorage Assemblies (Parallel) 1.00 EA $0.00

34 Guardrail Bridge Anchorage Assembly/ Approach Transition to Rigid Barrier 1.00 EA $0.00

35 Sodding 571.00 SY $0.00

$0.00

SIGNING AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS ITEMS

36 Thermoplastic , STD, White, 6" 0.49 NM $0.00

37 Thermoplastic , STD, White, 8" 0.07 GM $0.00

38 Thermoplastic , STD, White, 12" 454.00 LF $0.00



41 Thermoplastic , STD, White, 2'-4' Dotted 0.10 GM $0.00

42 Thermoplastic , STD, White, 6'-10' Skip 0.02 GM $0.00

43 Thermoplastic , STD, White, 10'-30' Skip 0.29 GM $0.00

44 Thermoplastic , STD, Yellow, 6" 0.20 NM $0.00

45 RPM's 71.00 EA $0.00

46 Thermoplastic, STD, White, Messages 5.00 EA $0.00

47 Thermoplastic, STD, White, Arrows 10.00 EA $0.00

48 Permanent Tape, White, Solid, 6" For Concrete Bridges 0.06 GM $0.00

49 Permanent Tape, Yellow, Solid, 6" For Concrete Bridges 0.01 GM $0.00

50 Permanent Tape, White, Skip/Dotted, 6" For Concrete Surfaces 0.02 GM $0.00

51 Single Sign Post, F&I, Ground Mount, Up to 12 SF 5.00 AS $0.00

52 Single Post Sign, Relocate 6.00 AS $0.00

$0.00

BID PROPOSAL

ATLANTIC AVENUE AND FLORIDA'S TURNPIKE

CONTRACT

PBC PROJECT #2012501

SUBTOTAL (ROADWAY)

INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS

SUBTOTAL (SIGNING AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS)

P‐2‐A


BID PROPOSAL


CONTRACT



BRIDGE ITEMS

53 Removal of Existing Structures/Bridges 617.30 SF $0.00

54 Hydrodemolition, Removal of Deck Surface 22.00 SY $0.00

55 Concrete Class II, Approach Slab 51.50 CY $0.00

56 Concrete Class IV, Superstructure 73.90 CY $0.00

57 Concrete Class IV, Substructure 27.80 CY $0.00

58 Bridge Deck Grooving, Less than 8.5" 177.00 SY $0.00

59 Reinforcing Steel - Bridge Superstructure 14600.00 LB $0.00

60 Reinforcing Steel - Substructure 4850.00 LB $0.00

61 Reinforcing Steel - Approach Slabs 9600.00 LB $0.00

62 Prestressed Concrete Piling, 18" SQ 394.00 LF $0.00

63 Test Piles - Prestressed Concrete Piling, 18" SQ 107.00 LF $0.00

64 Bridge Deck Expansion Joint, New Construction, F&I Poured Joint with Backer Rod 114.00 LF $0.00

65 Bridge Deck Expansion Joint, Rehabilitation, Poured Joint with Backer Rod 26.00 LF $0.00

66 Pedestrian/Bicycle Railing, Aluminum Only, 42" Type 1 101.00 LF $0.00

67 Concrete Traffic Railing, Bridge 32" F - Shape 101.00 LF $0.00

$0.00

SIGNALIZATION ITEMS

68 630-2-11-2 2" PVC (SCH 40) Underground Conduit 75.00 LF $0.00

69 630-2-12-2-4 4-2" (HDPE SDR II) Under Pavement Conduit (Directional Bore) 140.00 LF $0.00

70 632-7-1-19 Signal Cable - 19 Conductor 350.00 LF $0.00



73 635-2-12 Pull Box (24" x 36" x 12" D) Heavy Duty Covers (Tier 15) 11.00 EA $0.00

74 639-1-123 Electrical Power Service (Underground) 1.00 AS $0.00

75 639-2-1 Electric Service wire (single phase 3-wire, triplex) 50.00 LF $0.00

76646-1-12 Aluminum Signals Pole, Pedestrian Detector Post (5.5-FT Above Ground) with Transformer Base 4.00 EA $0.00

77 690-20 Remove Pedestrian Head Assembly, Removal 4.00 EA $0.00

78 690-70 Remove Pedestrian Detector Assembly 4.00 EA $0.00

79 649-31-105G Mast Arm Assy D7-S6 78' (Galvanized Finish) 1.00 EA $0.00

80 649-31-108G Mast Arm Assy D5-S23 60' with Luminaire (Galvanized Finish) 1.00 EA $0.00

81649-36-5-00 Remove Steel Mast Arm Assembly - Deep Removal (Includes Arm (S), Upright and Whole buried Attachments to the Depth of Existing Foundation Below Ground) Includes Delivery of Removed Mast Arm Equipment 2.00

EA $0.00

82 650-1-13 Traffic Signal Head Aluminum (3-Section, 1-Way) Includes Backplates 3.00 EA $0.00



85 650-1-70 Traffic Signal Head Assembly, Removal 4.00 EA $0.00

86 653-192 Pedestrian Signal - Count Down (2-Way) Aluminum 2.00 EA $0.00

87 660-4-10-B4 Video Image Detection 4 - Camera System (Iteris) Complete 1.00 EA $0.00

88 665-1-11 Pedestrian Detector (PushButton) 4.00 EA $0.00

89 670-5-11B Traffic Controller Assembly (Type 6) as Per Naztec 1.00 EA $0.00

90 690-15 Remove Internally Illuminated Sign 2.00 EA $0.00

91690-50-0 Remove Controller Assembly Complete with Foundation - Includes Delivery of Removed Controller Equipment 1.00 LF $0.00

92 690-70 Remove Pedestrian Detector Assembly 4.00 EA $0.00

93 690-100 Remove Miscellaneous Signal Equipment 8.00 HR $0.00

94 700-5-21 Internally Illuminated Sign (6') Fluoresent 1.00 EA $0.00

95 700-5-22 Internally Illuminated Sign (8') Fluoresent 1.00 EA $0.00

96 715-5-21-C1 Luminaire and Bracket Arm Aluminum (15' with 84" Rise) 2.00 EA $0.00

$0.00

SUBTOTAL (BRIDGE)

SUBTOTAL (SIGNALIZATION)

P‐3‐A


BID PROPOSAL


CONTRACT



UTILITY ITEMS

97 42" DIP Watermain 420.00 LF $0.00

98 12" DIP Watermain 50.00 LF $0.00

99 42" Butterfly Valve 2.00 EA $0.00

100 Valve Box For 42" Butterfly Valve 2.00 EA $0.00

101 12" Gate Valve 2.00 EA $0.00

102 Valve Box For 12" Gate Valve 2.00 EA $0.00

103 D.I. Fittings 31000.00 LB $0.00

104 Sample Points 3.00 EA $0.00

105 42" Flanged Pipe Assembly/ Appurtenances Placed On Existing Pipes 1.00 LS $0.00

106 Line Stops 42"X36" W/BY-PASS (Double) 2.00 EA $0.00

107 Existing 42" Buried Pipe Removal 460.00 LF $0.00

108 42" Pipe on Existing Piles Removal 60.00 LF $0.00

109 Existing 12" Buried Pipe Removal 115.00 LF $0.00

$0.00

CONTINGENCY ITEMS

110 Premium for Conflict Condition (See SP's) 1.00 EA $0.00

111 Class I Concrete (Miscellaneous ) 75.00 CY $0.00

112 Flowable Fill 75.00 CY $0.00

113 Changeable (Variable Message) Sign (Non MOT) 60.00 ED $0.00

114 Traffic Control Officer (Non MOT) 60.00 HR $0.00

115 Removal and Disposal of Unsuitable Material 125.00 CY $0.00

116 Storm Sewer Cleaning (Exist.) ( 24" Or Less ) (See SP's) 100.00 LF $0.00

117 Storm Sewer Cleaning (Exist.) (>48") (See SP's) 100.00 LF $0.00

$0.00

$0.00

Note #

1

2

3CONCRETE SAW CUT, REMOVAL OF GUARDRAIL AND DISPOSAL (AS REQUIRED) IS INCLUDED IN THE WORK FOR "CLEARING AND GRUBBING", LS.

4 OPTIONAL BASE GROUP & ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ITEMS INCLUDE BITUMINOUS MATERIAL & TACK COAT AS REQUIRED.

5 ALL STRUCTURE BOXES ARE 10 FEET OR LESS IN DEPTH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

6 THE COST OF BREAKING INTO EXISTING STRUCTURES IS INCIDENTAL TO COST OF PIPE.

7 THE COST FOR "SAW CUT AND BUTT JOINT", AS REQUIRED, SHALL BE INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATED ASPHALT ITEM.

8 SODDING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS.

9CHANGEABLE (VARIABLE) MESSAGE SIGN (NON-MOT) AND TRAFFIC CONTROL OFFICERS (NON-MOT) SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GENERAL PROVISIONS.

10

11

12

DAMAGES TO LOOPS OR ANY SIGNAL EQUIPMENT CAUSED BY CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT MUST BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED TO ORIGINAL OR BETTER CONDITIONS AT NO COST TO PBC.

CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT PAALM BEACH COUNTY TRAFFIC OPERATIONS AT 561-233-3900 FORTY HOURS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION IF WORK IS BEING DONE WITHIN 10 FT OF ANY SIGNAL EQUIPMENT

MOT SHALL INCLUDE THE COST OF ANY TEMPORARY PAVEMENT, AND TEMPORARY CONC. BARRIERS AS REQUIRED.

PAY ITEM FOOTNOTES

ALL ITEMS SHALL INCLUDE COST TO FURNISH AND INSTALL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

PREMIUM FOR CONFLICT CONDITION SHALL INCLUDE COSTS OF REQUIRED STEEL CASING, AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.

THE ITEMS AND QUANTITIES ABOVE, SHALL GOVERN OVER THE PLANS.

PAY ITEM FOOTNOTES IN CONSTRUCTION PLANS SHALL ALSO BE INCLUDED IN ITEM UNIT PRICE.

THE COUNTY DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY OF THE FORMULAS AND EXTENSIONS USED IN THIS SPREADSHEET.

TOTAL BID

SUBTOTAL (CONTINGENCY)

SUBTOTAL (UTILITY)

P‐4‐A

P-5A

PROJECT NO. 2012501 TOTAL BID $ IN FIGURES

The undersigned acknowledges that Addenda ______ thru ______ have been received and that related costs are reflected in the submitted bid. The undersigned further agrees to perform all necessary force account work, as provided for in the General Provisions, and to execute the Contract and return to the County along with a Contract Bond and Certificate of Insurance within fourteen (14) working days after the date of the “Letter of Intent to Award” and to begin work with an adequate work force and equipment within fourteen (14) calendar days from the date set forth in the “Notice to Proceed” and to fully complete all necessary work under the same. THE TIMELY COMPLETION OF THIS ROADWAY PROJECT IS CRITICAL TO THE HEALTH, SAFETY AND WELFARE OF THE TRAVELING PUBLIC. It is the desire of Palm Beach County to expedite the construction and opening to traffic of the project. The Contractor shall be required to work such hours, weekends and/or holidays to meet the required contract schedules. The contractor shall complete in full all necessary work under this contract within not more than (450) calendar days (see Special Provisions). It is further agreed that should the contractor fail to complete all necessary work under this contract within the above referenced time; then, due to the criticalness of the timely completion of this project, liquidated damages for failure to meet these provisions shall be in accordance with Section 8-10.2 of the Standard Specifications. The undersigned further agrees to furnish a sufficient and satisfactory bond, on the form herein provided, in the sum of not less than 100% of the Contract price of the work as indicated by the approximate quantities shown herein. The undersigned further agrees to bear the full cost of maintaining all work until the final acceptance, as provided in the Contract Documents. Accompanying this Proposal is a Proposal Guaranty made payable to Palm Beach County, a Political Subdivision of the State of Florida, in the sum of 5% of amount bid which is to be forfeited as liquidated damage if, in case this Proposal is accepted, the undersigned should fail to execute the attached Contract under the conditions of this proposal; otherwise, said guaranty is to be returned to the undersigned upon the delivery of a satisfactory bond. Company Name: Authorized Officer: (Print)

Address: Signature:

P-6A

CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION

PALM BEACH COUNTY

ENGINEERING AND PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT

NPDES GENERAL PERMIT FOR STORM WATER DISCHARGES

FROM

ROADWAY CONSTRUCTION SITES

ATLANTIC AVENUE AND FLORIDA’S TURNPIKE INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS

PALM BEACH COUNTY PROJECT NO. 2012501

“I certify under penalty of law that I understand the terms and conditions of the general National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit that authorizes the storm water discharges associated with industrial activity from the construction site identified as part of this certification.”

Name of Contracting Firm:

By: Date: Name and Title: Address or P.O. Box: City State Zip Code

Telephone:

Area Code Number

CONTRACT

C-1A

STATE OF FLORIDA ) ) ss. COUNTY OF PALM BEACH ) This Contract, made this day of , A.D. 20___, by and between PALM BEACH COUNTY, a Political Subdivision of the State of Florida, (hereinafter “County”), and_________________________________________, Florida, and its heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, (hereinafter “Contractor”): WITNESSETH: The Contractor agrees with the County, for the consideration herein mentioned at its own proper cost and expense to do all the work and furnish all necessary labor, materials, equipment, machinery, tools, apparatus, services, state Workers’ Compensation and unemployment compensation taxes incurred in the performance of the Contract, and means of transportation for the complete construction of: PROJECT NAME: ATLANTIC AVENUE AND FLORIDA’S TURNPIKE


PROJECT NO.: 2012501

IN THE AMOUNT OF:

(IN WORDS) $

(IN FIGURES) in Palm Beach County, Florida, in the manner and to the full extent as set forth in the Contract Documents therefore and the Contract Documents relative thereto, are made a part of this Contract as completely as if set forth herein, to the satisfaction of the County, or its duly authorized representative. The Contractor further agrees for the consideration herein mentioned to commence the work with adequate forces and equipment within fourteen (14) calendar days of the date set forth in the “Notice to Proceed”. The time limit for the completion of all work under this Contract shall be four hundred fifty (450) calendar days, (see Special Provisions). The date fixing this period upon the calendar shall be established and stated in the “Notice to Proceed”. After commencement of the work, it shall be properly dispatched toward completion, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and shall be fully completed within the time limit. It is understood and agreed that the time limit for completion of said work is the essence of the Contract. If Contractor fails to complete the work within the time limit, it is agreed that for such calendar day that any work provided for in these Contract Documents remain incomplete after the time limit has expired, including any official extension of the time limit, the sum per day given in the contained schedules shall be deducted from monies due the Contractor, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages (in accordance with Section 8-10.2 of the Standard Specifications) and added expense for supervision.